Cracks to Gravity Falls

Chapters

01) Looking at a New World
02) Tourist Trapped
03) The Legend of the Gobblewonker
04) Headhunters
06) The Inconveniencing
07) Dipper VS. Manliness
08) Twilight2
09) Irrational Treasure
10) Communication
11) Reunions Through Space and Time
12) Fight Fighters
00) The Beginning
05) The Hand That Rocks the Mabel

01) Looking at a New World

They were all looking through the mirror at Twilight.

“How did she get there?” Shining Armor asked.

Suddenly, Princess Cadance appeared somewhat injured being accompanied by Royal Guards.

"Princess Celestia we found Princess Cadance in the brig," said a Royal Guardsman.

Shining Armor immediately went to check on Princess Cadance and realizing that she was fine, she decided to continue watching Twilight through the mirror.

"Well done," Princess Celestia said, and immediately afterward she continued to stare at the mirror.

"What's going on here?" Princess Cadance asked seeing everyone here looking at the mirror where Twilight appeared.

"I have no idea what's going on either, can someone explain to us?" Rarity asked.

"If we assume that the one who impersonated Princess Cadance told the truth, what sucked Twilight in was a portal and sent Twilight elsewhere," Princess Celestia said feeling very guilty for not believing Twilight, then continued speaking. "We have to be vigilant to go looking for her as soon as we know her location."

"Well, the closest thing I can see to where Twilight is is the Everfree Forest," Applejack said.

Rainbow Dash hearing that decided to go to the Everfree Forest, she was about to go out to look for Twilight, but they stopped her.

“I said it looked like, not that it was the place! I hate to admit it, but we need to know more about where she is to go looking for her,” Applejack said.

Suddenly they saw a creature that they had never seen in her life and it approached Twilight.

...

Dipper and Mabel had been sent to Gravity Falls for a summer vacation with their great-uncle Stan, who had turned his cabin into a tourist trap, which he called the Mystery Shack.

Dipper was walking in the woods when he heard a noise and saw a purple pony sleeping near where he was, Dipper wondered who would paint a pony that color and looking closer he realized it was a unicorn, but wondered why. where he came out, because he was sure that he had just passed near where the unicorn is now and before there was nothing there.

Suddenly, Twilight began to wake up.

"How long have I slept?" Twilight wondered just waking up.

"I don't know how long you've been asleep, but are you okay?" Dipper asked, somewhat surprised that he could speak.

"I'm fine," Twilight said, then she looked at the source of her voice and was surprised to see a creature she had never seen before.

Seeing Dipper, Twilight immediately tried to make a force field to protect herself from her, but the only thing she achieved was that her horn launched some sparks.

Dipper stared at what the unicorn was doing and was pretty sure that what he wanted to do wasn't sparks.

“What creature are you? Also, what is your name? And more importantly, where am I?” Twilight asked.

“My name is Dipper Pines, I am a human and you are in the forest near the town of Gravity Falls”, said Dipper and then continued speaking. "And what's your name?"

"My name is Twilight Sparkle," she said, introducing herself.

Twilight was somewhat confused at hearing the name of the town, because she was sure she had never heard of Gravity Falls before, and the two decided to go to a place called the Mystery Shack to talk.

...

While in Equestria, everyone saw what had just happened and listened carefully to the conversation.

"Princess Celestia, where is Gravity Falls?" Rainbow Dash asked.

“I've never heard of a people called that and I've never heard of a species called human,” Princess Celestia said, very worried that she was beginning to think that Twilight had been sent to another world, but she wanted to confirm that first.

...

Dipper told Twilight about her having a sister named Mabel, when they arrived at the Mystery Shack, Mabel as soon as she saw Twilight, she threw herself to hug her.

"Great a unicorn," Mabel said hugging Twilight very tightly.

"Mabel I think you shouldn't hug her so tight," Dipper said.

"Obviously she likes to be hugged that tight," Mabel said.

“Why don't you ask him?” Dipper said.

Mabel hearing that looks at Twilight curiously.

"You're holding me so tight," Twilight said.

“Great you can talk!” Mabel said.

“Can you let go of me?” Twilight asked.

“I'm sorry,” Mabel said.

Stan, Wendy and Soos saw everything that happened and Stan was happy to use Twilight to attract more children and Dipper explained to Twilight that she was the Mystery Shack.

Twilight and Dipper agreed that they were going to ask each other questions.

Dipper discovered thanks to the questions he asked Twilight that he came from a place called Equestria, that there were earth ponies, pegasi, griffins among other creatures, that friendship was the most powerful magic in Equestria and he had never heard of Gravity Falls and the humans.

Twilight discovered thanks to the questions she asked Dipper that she was now in a world called Earth, that magic did not exist and if it did exist it was hidden, that nature, weather and animals were similar to the Everfree Forest, also that the sun and the moon moved naturally and that the only intelligent beings that could speak were humans.

Twilight when she realized that she was in another world she was very sad. Twilight tried to calm down and began to think about how she got here, because she was so confused by what was going on that she didn't stop to think about how she got here. In doing so she remembered about her brother's wedding and that Princess Celestia and her friends were very angry with her and that no one had believed her about someone impersonating Princess Cadance and she became much more depressed.

...

Meanwhile in Equestria, the mirror was taken to Princess Celestia's castle and everyone was watching what was happening.

Everyone realizing that Twilight was in another world, everyone felt very sad.

"Princess Celestia, can't you bring Twilight back?" Applejack asked.

"I can't do it, it would cost me too much to create a link between that and ours to create the portal," said Princess Celestia.

“Can't you use the mirror to create the portal?” Shining Armor asked.

“This mirror is just a window to another world, and what we need is to create a door to that world,” Princess Celestia said sadly, then continued speaking. "But that explains where the red bolts came from, something had to have tried to connect this world to the world where Twilight is now by force, which ended up creating those red bolts and the portal that took Twilight away."

They all decided that they better keep watching what happened to Twilight.

...

Dipper noticed that Twilight was suddenly depressed and decided to ask her why she felt sad.

"Twilight, why do you seem so sad all of a sudden?" Dipper asked Twilight.

"I remembered that nobody believed me when I told them something very important and then I had a fight with my friends and then I was transported to this world," Twilight said sadly.

All her friends seeing and hearing what Twilight had just said felt very guilty for everything that happened before the wedding started.

"Twilight, I'm sure all your friends feel guilty and miss you," Mabel said trying to make Twilight feel better.

“Mabel, I'm sure they realized I was gone after the wedding was over or bettter thought after the wedding was ruined,” Twilight said.

In Equestria, Twilight's friends agreed with what Mabel said, but felt more guilty for what Twilight had just said.

"Twilight I think you should stop thinking about that fight, because it's making you more depressed than you already are," Dipper said.

Everyone after Twilight calmed down a bit decided to go to sleep, Twilight stayed to sleep in the Mystery Shack, more specifically in Mabel's bed, because there were no more beds.

...

While in Equestria, Princess Celestia decided to speak to everyone present.

"I was hoping Twilight was somewhere in Equestria, but Dipper just confirmed that Twilight is on another world called Earth, more specifically in a town called Gravity Falls, and it looks like the mirror only shows Twilight because she's originally from Equestria." this world,” Princess Celestia said very sadly, then sighed and continued speaking. “I'll start creating a portal where Twilight is and tomorrow I'll move the mirror to the Ponyville library. Today everyone is going to stay in Canterlot to sleep.”

They all went to try to sleep, but deep down they all knew that they would not be able to sleep easily.

02) Tourist Trapped

It dawned in the city of Gravity Falls and also in Equestria, during the night Rainbow Dash discovered that if someone touched the glass of the mirror that showed Twilight it would show something random from Gravity Falls that lasted from 10 seconds to 10 minutes, then they would return to show Twilight.

Then thanks to Mabel, Twilight learned about the stories for children about the unicorns that were in this world and Twilight realized that her appearance was like a unicorn out of those stories and finally understood why Mabel acted like that with her. She though she hated Mabel who continually tried to hug her because she was a unicorn, but her Twilight hated more the tourists who came to the Mystery Shack who treated an animal or pet and even offered her food.

Twilight explained to Mabel that she didn't like being treated like an animal and that she belonged to an intelligent species in her original world. After hearing that, Mabel was left thinking about what she had just heard and would try to stop treating her like a pet or like the unicorns in the stories, but she had a comment to say to Twilight.

“Come to think of it, Twilight, you don't act like the unicorns in children's stories,” Mabel said.

"You finally figured it out," Twilight said happily.

“Your personality is very similar to Dipper's,” Mabel told Twilight.

Twilight was a little surprised by Mabel's comment, but she decided to ignore it for now to do something else. That comment also surprised the inhabitants of Equestria a bit.

Mabel also noticed two other things that she decided not to comment on and that was that Twilight barely spoke to her and was always trying to avoid her and she was also sure that she didn't like Mabel hugging her for another reason, but she decided not to ask her.

The main reason why Twilight didn't like spending time and hugging Mabel is that she reminded her a lot of Pinkie and Twilight for now didn't want anything to remind her of her friends, also Twilight every time she remembered her friends instead of feeling angry felt lonely and sad.

...

Twilight was sure Mabel wasn't going to hug her as often now, but she was also sure that if she wanted Mabel not to hug her at night she would have to get another bed.

Twilight remembered that she still had a little over thirty Equestria coins and decided to ask Dipper how valuable the coins were and how much a bed, mattress, headboards and sheets were worth.

Dipper was shocked when he saw those coins and realized that they were gold.

"These coins are very valuable," Dipper told Twilight.

"In my world those coins are common, how could they be valuable in this world," said Twilight.

Dipper stared at Twilight and realizing that she was serious, sighed and decided to explain to her why those coins were valuable.

“When a mineral is rare and useful, its price goes up and gold is a mineral you don't find so easily, but that will make it harder for you to buy something Twilight using those coins,” Dipper said.

Dipper is left wondering how to use the coins without drawing too much attention.

"I have an idea, first Twilight give me a coin," said Dipper.

Twilight immediately handed her a coin, then Dipper looked for Soos and asked her to use this coin to buy things to make a bed at a store and not tell anyone where this coin came from.

“So no one will know where that gold coin came from, because those coins are gold and if Soos used it they would think he found it anywhere, making suspicions go away from you, but I think you have to hide those coins and don't tell anyone where you hid them” said Dipper.

Then he came with all the things they sent him to buy and the change he gave to Dipper and after Soos left Dipper gave it to Twilight and told her to use this money and try her best not to use the gold coins .

...

Shortly after Twilight decided to try to build the bed that Soos had brought her, because according to her instructions it is very easy to put together.

"I don't care about that bed, but where do you plan to put it?" Stan said when he realized he was going to make the bed.

"In the room where Dipper and Mabel sleep, because there's still room in that room," Twilight said.

Twilight took a hammer using her magic, but Twilight's magic suddenly became unstable and the hammer shot out and destroyed some bottles.

“Twilight you are lucky that I know how to take advantage of this situation”, said Stan taking the broken glass and addressing a person who saw that those glass was broken by that hammer.

"You wants to buy some mystical crystals," said Stan.

"They were not some bottles that were broken by a hammer," said the tourist.

"Didn't you see that the hammer was covered in purple light," Stan said.

The tourist remembering that decided to buy all those crystals and while Twilight and those who were watching in Equestria thought how the tourists in the Mystery Shack could be so naive.

"Twilight if you want that bed built today, you better call Soos to build it," says Stan.

Twilight sighed and decided to go find Soos.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, Mabel was desperately trying to get a boyfriend because this was the first vacation they were going to be away from home, meanwhile Twilight went to see how the bed that Soos was putting together had turned out. Stan seeing that there were few tourists in the Mystery Shack decided that Dipper nailed some posters on the trees.

"Dipper you have to nail these signs to the trees to indicate the Mystery Shack," Stan told Dipper.

“No, something weird in that forest, I feel like they're watching me and the mosquitoes wrote this to me today,” Dipper said, showing Stan that the mosquitoes had written the word BEWARE on him with bites.

"Don't worry kid, paranormal things are invented by people like me for people like him," pointing to a tourist buying a souvenir.

Dipper went to put up the posters in that forest with some fear.

...

While in Equestria, Rainbow Dash got bored of seeing Twilight reading an instruction manual to build the bed to see if there was any mistake and decided to touch the mirror to see something else for a few minutes she touched it and showed Mabel that she was trying to get a boyfriend and after four minutes Rainbow Dash got fed up again and touched the mirror again and it showed Dipper nailing up some posters.

"Rainbow Dash I know you're bored, but you must remember that we now have to wait for Twilight to show again and not change it because it resets time and so we will have to wait more than four minutes," said Applejack.

“I know I didn't want to see Twilight and not be able to do anything so I changed it so I wouldn't feel so sad, but when I saw Mabel who just met Twilight so carefree I wanted to look at anything, even though I know she barely knows Twilight's story and that's why Mabel why you can't feel too bad for Twilight," Rainbow Dash said.

"I already know that, Rainbow Dash, but it's not like Dipper finds anything interesting putting up signs to distract us from that," Applejack said, turning her attention back to Dipper.

Suddenly, everyone watching Dipper was shocked when Dipper discovered that the tree that was going to put a sign on him was fake and had a switch that opened a secret compartment that had a book with a hand with six fingers and with the number 3 in the center.

"Or maybe I was wrong," Applejack said somewhat surprised by what he had just seen.

...

In Gravity Falls, Dipper was shocked when he found a book that he found in a secret compartment on the floor, thanks to a switch on a fake tree.

Dipper started reading it and the people in Equestria were listening to them. At the beginning of the page he began to read, he headed 'June 18', then continued writing 'It's hard to believe it's been six years since I began reserching the strange and wordrous secret of Gravity Falls, Oregon'. Journal 3 was full of creatures he had never imagined, of codes and cryptograms.

"What the hell is this?" Dipper wondered, until he got to the final pages of the Journal the author had written, which after a few nonsense words appeared written 'TRUST NO ONE', and then said 'Unfortunately, my suspicions have been confirmed. I'm being watched. I must hide the book before HE finds it.' and ended with the phrase 'Remember, Gravity Falls, there is no one you can trust'.

“What are you doing?” Mabel suddenly asked, scaring Dipper a bit.

Twilight was also there because after learning that Dipper was alone in the woods, she decided to check on him.

"I'm going to tell you in a safer place," Dipper says.

...

Shortly afterward at the Mystery Shack, Dipper decided to tell Twilight and Mabel about Journal 3 that he had found.

"This is fantastic, Grunkle Stan said I was paranoid, but according to this journal Gravity Falls has a dark side," Dipper said showing Journal 3 to Twilight and Mabel.

“Whoah! Shut. Whoops!” says Mabel.

"That diary is pretty interesting," says Twilight.

“And hear this! After a certain point the pages just... stop, as if the person who was writing... mysteriously disappeared," Dipper said.

Twilight hearing that someone was investigating about Gravity Falls, she decided to ask Dipper if there was anything that would explain what was happening to his magic.

“Dipper, does that journal talk about unicorns?” Twilight asked.

"I don't know, I'm going to look at the diary," Dipper replied.

Dipper began to review Journal 3 to see if he could find anything about unicorns, suddenly he stopped reviewing pages and his face showed some doubts if he had to show something and decided to continue reviewing, then it seemed that he ran out of pages that he could see and went back to read the page he had discarded before, when he finished reading he decided to talk to them.

“Twilight and Mabel, I found something that is something that isn't directly what they're looking for, but it may give a little confirmation,” Dipper said doubtfully.

Twilight decided to see what Dipper was referring to and she saw a page that talked about the Leprecorn, which was a small unicorn with the head of an Irish leprechaun, it had a rainbow-colored tail, mane and beard. Twilight and everyone who was seeing what was happening in Gravity Falls through the mirror when they saw the drawing went completely blank.

Mabel decided to read what the Leprecorn's Journal 3 said when she saw Twilight with a very doubtful face and also out of curiosity as to what Dipper was referring to.

"Twilight this is great, according to the journal, Leprecorn have horns that play music," said Mabel.

"Unicorn horns don't play music," Twilight said.

"Mabel, I didn't mean that, but the author wrote that Leprecorns are annoying, but normal unicorns are, too," Dipper said.

"One moment, there are normal unicorns in Gravity Falls, does the diary say where they live?" Twilight asked.

"Twilight, unfortunately only that little information appears, but I think that information must be in one of the other 2 journals," Dipper said, pointing to number 3 of the journal.

Twilight sighed as she realized that the other two journals could be anywhere in Gravity Falls, that she could have valuable information about the unicorns, and why their magic didn't work that well.

Suddenly, Twilight heard her doorbell ring causing her to snap out of her thoughts.

"It must be my boyfriend," Mabel said.

What she had just said shocked not only Dipper and Twilight, but everyone watching in Equestria.

"Wait a minute, Mabel, you mean you managed to get a boyfriend in less than ten minutes, while I was in the woods?" Dipper said.

"Yes," Mabel said very nonchalantly.

When Dipper and Twilight looked at Mabel's new boyfriend, they noticed that he moved very strangely and seemed very suspicious to them.

"What's your name?" Dipper asked.

“Huh, my name is... Nor... man, yes! My name is Norman”, he replied very suspiciously.

Making Dipper and Twilight more suspicious of him than they already were.

...

Shortly after Dipper was a little surprised to see a new bed, but he was more worried about his sister's new boyfriend because he was sure that he is not a normal human, it occurred to him to read Journal 3 to see if there was information about what could be.

Dipper decided to observe him from the roof with caution, he came up with the idea of looking at Journal 3 and saw a page that talked about zombies and was scared to realize that they looked alike, both physically and also how he walked.

"Zombie!" Dipper yelled in fear.

In another part of the cabin was Stan and heard the scream.

“Did someone say krombies? Krombies what is that? Is it nothing?”, immediately brushing off the words he had just heard.

...

Meanwhile, Twilight was outside the Mystery Shack, wondering what species Mabel's new boyfriend could be, because she was sure he wasn't a human, and suddenly she heard a scream, she didn't understand what she was saying, but she was sure the voice was Dipper and came from his room.

Twilight when she got to the room she saw Dipper looking a bit flustered.

“I heard a yell, what's wrong with you, Dipper?” Twilight asked.

“I think I already know that he's Mabel's new boyfriend,” Dipper said opening Journal 3 in front of Dipper's face.

Twilight stared thoughtfully at the image Dipper showed her, while Equestria also looked at the image Dipper showed her, Pinkie spoke.

“Norman is obviously that species,” Pinkie said.

"Pinkie, I think Dipper's on the wrong page," Applejack said.

Twilight decided to give Dipper her opinion on the page she was showing her.

"I admit that I also think that Norman is not human, I do not think that he is a Gnome," said Twilight.

Hearing that, Dipper looked at the page she was showing him and realized his mistake.

"No, what I wanted to tell you is that Norman is a zombie," Dipper said, showing Twilight the page from Journal 3 that talked about zombies.

"Dipper, I admit after showing me that I think Norman is a zombie," Twilight said.

With this Twilight was sure that Norman was not who she was really pretending to be, she also thought for some reason that this started to look familiar, but her thoughts were interrupted by a comment from Dipper.

"Is Norman a zombie or am I freaking out," Dipper said.

"It's a dilemma for sure," Soos said, surprising them both that he suddenly appeared there. "I couldn't help but listen to you both."

"You saw Norman, do you think he's a zombie?" Dipper asked.

“How many brains have you seen them eat?” Soos asked.

"Zero," Dipper and Twilight said at the same time.

“I believe that there are strange things in the town, for example I am sure that the postman is a werewolf, but you must have proof or everyone will think you are crazy,” said Soos.

"You're right Soos," Dipper said.

Twilight was very thoughtful by Soos's comment and gave an opinion.

"That advice could have served me well before," Twilight said somewhat depressed remembering her brother's wedding and she also remembered that she had given Pinkie something similar recently in the case of the cake.

“What are you talking about, Twilight?” Dipper asked.

"You're welcome, I think we'd better watch Norman," Twilight said.

Dipper was hesitant about Twilight's comment, but decided to see if his sister was in danger and then ask Twilight what she meant by that comment.

...

Dipper and Twilight began to follow Mabel and Norman secretly and record them, Dipper also taught Twilight that she was making a video recorder, while in Equestria they also watched and almost everyone also thought that Norman was a zombie, suddenly Fluttershy began to tremble and try to hide

"What's wrong with you Fluttershy?" Rainbow Dash asked.

"Norman is a zombie," Fluttershy said with great fear.

“All of us have only seen that he moves like a zombie, but that does not mean that he is a zombie, although he also urgently needs to change his wardrobe, because it is a fashion crime for someone if he dresses like that,” he said. Rarity.

“Recently, I saw that his hand fell off and then he put it back on like it was nothing,” Fluttershy said.

Everyone was shocked to hear that and wondered why they didn't notice.

...

Later in Gravity Falls, Dipper and Twilight were sure that Norman was a zombie. Fed up, Dipper decided to warn Mabel about Norman, but was stopped by Twilight.

“Listen Dipper, I know you care about your sister, but looks at what we've recorded,” Twilight said, putting on the video, so she could see what they recorded.

Showing everyone the things Norman did today.

"Dipper if you're going to tell Mabel about this now, obviously she's not going to believe you, because you have no proof, the only thing you have to confirm this is that Norman looks like a zombie, you're acting just like...", suddenly, Twilight stopped talking as she was very surprised to realize something. "Dipper, you're acting just like me."

Twilight realized that Dipper was acting the same as her during her brother's wedding while trying to convince everyone that Princess Cadance was not acting as she remembered, now she finally understood what Mabel meant that she looked a lot like his brother.

Dipper heard that and immediately wanted to ask her what she meant by that, but she realized that it wasn't the best time so she decided to watch the recording and was surprised by what she saw.

...

A little earlier, in Equestria they were listening to Twilight's words, when Fluttershy looked at the recording for a moment and realized something and started to tremble.

"What's wrong with you now, Fluttershy?" Rarity asked.

"This is the part where he drops his hand and puts it back," Fluttershy said.

They all stared at the video and were shocked to see Norman he fall out his hand off and then put it back on.

...

While in Gravity Falls, Dipper also noticed this and showed it to Twilight.

“That's if it's solid proof that he's a zombie,” Twilight said.

After Dipper and Twilight found out that Mabel and Norman they were into the woods, they asked Wendy for the mini golf cart.

"This is for you to use against zombies," Soos said handing them a shovel.

"Thanks, Soos," Twilight said.

“And this is in case they find a piñata,” Soos said, handing them a baseball bat.

“Hey, thanks?” Dipper said hesitantly and they set off in search of Mabel.

...

And in Equestria, upon seeing this, a comment from Pinkie arose.

"Soos, if she knows how to prepare a person for the trip," Pinkie said.

"Calm down Pinkie, has Spike sent the message to Princess Celestia yet?" Applejack asked.

"Yeah, she also said that she was going to be here soon, along with Princess Luna, Princess Cadance and Shining Armor, she also said that she feels somewhat regretful that she's not here, because she was trying to create the portal," Spike said.

And immediately after saying that they arrived at Ponyville and everyone else explained the situation to them. As they watched Dipper and Twilight speed off in the golf cart.

"I'd like to know if Mabel is okay," Applejack said, feeling identified with Dipper, because she was sure that if she suspected something similar was happening, a Apple Bloom or Big McIntosh would be acting just like Dipper.

Fluttershy was thinking how to know if Mabel was okay and suddenly she thought of something.

“How about we touch the mirror until Mabel comes out?” Fluttershy suggested.

They began to change the mirror image until one of those showed a creature, which they wished they had not seen.

“What the hell is that creature?!” Shining Armor asked.

"Great! Leprecorns exist”, said Pinkie very happily and then commented. "And the Journaul 3 were also right that they also have musical horns."

Everyone except Pinkie was very confused to see that strange creature that was walking and a melody that came from her horn did not stop, Rainbow decided to touch the mirror again to change the image and finally showed Mabel and Norman.

Norman told Mabel that he was going to tell her a secret, almost everyone in Equestria believed that Norman was going to tell that he was a zombie, but everyone was surprised that he revealed that he was a bunch of Gnomes.

"It was obviously a bunch of Gnomes," Pinkie said.

...

At the time in Gravity Falls, Norman revealed that the real names were Jeff, Carson, Steve, Jason, and Schmebulock. They also said that everyone wanted Mabel to become her queen, Mabel hearing all that, understandably rejected it and hearing that, the Gnomes tried to kidnap her and make her queen by force and immediately after that Dipper and Twilight appeared.

"What the hell is going on here?" Dipper wondered as he saw all the Gnomes trying to capture Mabel.

Twilight and Rarity noticed that one of the Gnomes that Mabel punched her in the stomach started to vomit a rainbow, they decided to pretend they never saw that.

"Dipper, Norman turned out to be a bunch of Gnomes and they're very annoying," says Mabel.

"Wow, they're Gnomes, I was wrong," says Dipper.

“At least these creatures aren't as dangerous as zombies,” Twilight said.

Dipper decided to read Journal 3 which he took out of his jacket to see what information there was on the Gnomes.

“Gnomes: little men of the Gravity Falls Forest. Weakness: unknown,” Dipper said as he read about the Gnomes from Journal 3.

“Aw, come on!” Mabel said very annoyed.

“Hey, let go of my sister!” Dipper said to the Gnomes.

“Oh! She ha ha, hey, there! Um, you know, this is all really just a big misunderstanding. You see, your sister's not in danger. She's just marrying all one thousand of us and becoming our Gnome Queen for all eternity! Isn't that right, honey?" Jeff said.

“No”, Mabel said that she had already been captured by the Gnomes and they decided to cover her mouth.

"There's no misunderstanding," Twilight said.

“Give her back right now, or else!” Dipper said pointing the shovel at Jeff.

“You think you can stop us, boy? You have no idea what we're capable of. The Gnomes are a powerful race! Do not trifle with the–”, Jeff was saying, but his threatening words were interrupted by Dipper who simply pushed him out of the way with his shovel and immediately released his sister and they got in the miniature golf cart and went straight to the Mystery Shack.

“She's running away with our queen, all Forest Gnomes gather!” Jeff yelled.

...

Dipper was driving the golf cart taking Mabel and Twilight to the Mystery Shack.

"Dipper, can you go faster?" Mable asked that she wanted to get away from this place as quickly as possible.

"I wouldn't worry Mabel, you saw the size of the Gnomes' legs they are tiny," said Dipper.

"Dipper is right, besides, my friends and I have defeated more dangerous creatures," said Twilight, but when she finished saying that she felt a little sad, she decided to keep talking to distract herself. "Besides, it's the worst thing a bunch of Gnomes can do."

Suddenly, heavy footsteps were heard, the three of them turned around and saw a giant Gnome made of pure Gnomes.

"And I had to talk," Twilight said.

"Go back to our queen," Jeff said.

Dipper accelerated while being chased by the giant Gnome, Twilight seeing that everyone was in danger tried to launch a lightning bolt, but only sparks came out. Twilight kept trying until a huge beam came out that shocked everyone present and those in Equestria, but as Twilight she was so focused on casting magic that she didn't hit the giant Gnome. Twilight realizing that she could have killed a lot of Gnomes so she tried to cast weaker beams and she was surprised that she had a much easier time creating them than she did before. Jeff, noticing those rays, took a tree to use as a shield, until Twilight was exhausted from throwing rays. Princess Celestia, Luna, and Cadance were very worried, but they couldn't help but wonder when they saw this why Twilight had so much power, why the first beam should have exhausted her, but she cast so much more.

Dipper managed to drive to the Mystery Shack, but the golf cart crashed upon arrival, Dipper defending Mabel and Twilight, throwing the shovel at her, which was easily destroyed by the giant Gnome.

"Uh, where's Grunkle Stan?!" Dipper asked a little scared.

...

In Equestria right after Dipper said that, a pile of books fell near the mirror and a sheet of paper touched the mirror and showed Stan talking to some tourists.

“Behold! The world’s most distracting object,” Stan tells the tourists.

"This can not be! Now we have to wait for the mirror to change itself, which lasts between 10 seconds and 10 minutes, while we watch Stan ripping off tourists, we can't stop worrying about Twilight," said Rainbow Dash.

"Just try to look away, you can't!" Stan said.

Suddenly Stan, the tourists and several of those who were watching in Equestria including Rainbow Dash, looking at that object were confused.

"I can't even remember what I was talking about," said Stan, very confused.

"Me too, I wonder what he was doing," says Rainbow Dash and several in Equestria thought the same.

Suddenly the mirror flashed back to Dipper, Twilight and Mabel against the giant Gnome and everyone who was confused in Equestria remembered what they were doing.

...

In Gravity Falls, Mabel manages to trick Jeff into approaching her and then uses a leaf blower on Jeff to launch him towards the giant Gnome thus defeating all the Gnomes.

“Why did my magic work, until now?” Twilight wondered aloud to herself.

"That's the magic of a unicorn, all unicorns have a lot of energy," said Mabel.

"Mabel, not all unicorns have the same level of magic," said Twilight, suddenly thinking more deeply about what Mabel said and said in surprise. "Since when do I have so much magic, even if I spent all my magic from before in a single attack, it wouldn't compare to the first beam I tried to throw at the Gnomes."

Dipper remembering what Twilight said earlier and when she asked about unicorns in Journal 3. Now he understood why Twilight wanted to know, because she wanted to know what she was up to now with your magic.

"Twilight I think your magic doesn't work well it's because in this world you have more power and I also think it's harder to control," said Dipper.

Twilight thought about what Dipper said and she remembered that she had only tried to use magic very few times, because she was more worried about getting to another world and that she might never see her friends.

"I think you're right, Dipper," Twilight said, and then they all walked into the Mystery Shack somewhat dejectedly.

Dipper decided to ask her some questions that she didn't ask him yesterday, because she was still very sad and shocked to have suddenly arrived in Gravity Falls.

"Twilight I would like you to tell me what your friends were like and most importantly, I want you to tell me everything about that day when your friends didn't believe you," Dipper said.

“Why do you want to know, Dipper?” Twilight asked.

“Because if you do tell, you might find out things you hadn't been aware of,” Dipper said.

Twilight sighed and began to tell the story, but as she told the story, Twilight realized that her friends had every reason to doubt her. She realized that she was very impulsive and very protective of her brother, although she was upset with her friends for not believing her, but she was more worried about how she would return to Equestria and also what had happened to her friends at the wedding, especially Princess Cadance. But if that meant everyone she knew ended up getting hurt, she'd rather be wrong.

Dipper and Mabel listened carefully to Twilight's story and Stan was more attentive to the Mystery Shack attractions, but he was able to listen long enough to understand Twilight's story.

"Twilight I think you acted very impulsively when you found out that your brother was getting married and then when you realized that something was wrong with Princess Cadance it was logical that no one would believe you, because you acted like that before the wedding," said Mabel and now she understood why Twilight avoided her, it was because she reminded her so much of Pinkie.

Twilight knew that Mabel was telling the truth, but deep down she felt very humiliated that Mabel was the one who told her about her mistakes that she made at her brother's wedding.

"I understand that you get upset about the tourists being so naive, but you have to admit that your acquaintances ended up being as naive as the tourists," Stan said mocking his friends and also said it to make Twilight feel a little better.

In Equestria, several ponies who heard that comment were very humiliated by that comment, but no one at the time came up with an argument against what Stan said.

"I think Mabel and your friends were in denial, because something was happening that was incredible and good for them, Mabel had a boyfriend and your friends were too happy for the celebration, that's why they ignored the obvious clues," Dipper said. .

Upon hearing that, Twilight realized that the only way all of this could have been avoided is if she wasn't so impulsive about her brother at the wedding and her friends weren't so excited about the wedding.

Stan seeing that the atmosphere of the place became depressing, decided to speak.

“Uh, hey! W-wouldn't you know it? Um, I accidentally overstocked some inventory, so, uh... how's about each of you take one item from the gift shop? On the house, y'know?" Stan said.

“Really?” Mabel asked doubtfully.

“What the hell is wrong with you?” Twilight asked seeing Stan acting like this.

"Watch's the catch?" Dipper asked doubtfully.

"The catch is do it before I change my mind, now take something," said Stan.

“Hmm. That oughta do the trick!” said Dipper choosing a hat with a blue pine tree symbol, because he had lost his hat while escaping from the giant Gnome.

Twilight began to search for what she wanted and decided to have a notebook with a pencil, to write down the things that she had learned in this world, because she wanted something that would remind her of her time in Ponyville.

"Mr. Stan, can I have this notebook and also a pencil to write on it?" Twilight asked.

"Okay," Stan said.

“And I will have a...”, said Mabel takes an object from the box, hides it and turns. “A Grappling Hook!”

"Wouldn't she rather have, like, a doll, or something?" Stan asked Dipper and Twilight.

“Grapping hook!” Mabel yelled using the grapping hook to lift herself off the ground.

“Fair enough!” Stan said.

...

Later in the attic of the Mystery Shack, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight went to bed in their respective beds. Dipper decided to write in Journal 3 about his adventure with the Gnomes and that the Gnomes' weakness was leaf blower and he also wrote and drew about Twilight.

Twilight wrote in the notebook that she got from Stan a lesson that she learned today. She wrote that cares about something and has a bad feeling about what's going on, shouldn't be so impulsive and has to calm down or they would just make bad decisions and the people they know would distrust about you. Twilight was still a little upset about everything that happened at the wedding, but she didn't feel so much hate that she couldn't forgive them.

...

While in Equestria, Rainbow Dash watched what Twilight and Dipper did and gave a comment.

"Dipper and Twilight really look alike," Rainbow Dash said, referring to the fact that the two decided to write before going to bed.

Everyone in Equestria also decided to go to sleep.

03) The Legend of the Gobblewonker

A few days later in Ponyville they were looking at the Mystery Shack, where Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight were having breakfast. Suddenly, Dipper and Mabel began to compete over who eats syrup first and Twilight was the judge. She won that competition Mabel, but she got a little stuck and Twilight was going to comment that Mabel had squeezed the syrup to win, but she didn't because she realized that Dipper didn't care about that.

"I knew Mabel was going to win," Pinkie said.

Although many enjoyed it and were relieved to see Twilight enjoying being in Gravity Falls, but some ponies did not like that Stan was he was such a scammer.

...

Meanwhile in Gravity Falls, Dipper looked at the newspaper called Gravity Falls Gossiper and decided to comment on what caught his attention in that newspaper.

“Ho ho, no way! Hey Mabel and so is Twilight, check this out,” Dipper said, showing them the newspaper.

Mabel and Twilight decided to see what Dipper had to say about the newspaper and Mabel was the first to speak.

“Human-sized hamster ball?” Mabel said looking at the newspaper very excited and then she continued talking. "I'm human-sized."

"No, no, Mabel. This,” Dipper said pointing to a monster photo contest. “We see weirder stuff than that every day!”

“Wait Dipper, do you want to take a photo of Twilight for the contest? She can barely stand the tourists that come to the Mystery Shack and you want more people to come see Twilight,” Mabel told Dipper. She worries about Twilight, because she doesn't like being treated like a pet.

Twilight began to tremble with fear as she imagined that many more tourists were coming to the Mystery Shack and she also wondered why Dipper wanted to expose her more to the public just to win a contest.

“That wasn't about Mabel, but about the Gnomes. We didn't get any photos of those Gnomes, did we?" Dipper asked.

Twilight sighed in relief when she realized that Dipper wasn't going to submit a picture of her for the contest.

“Nope, just memories. And this beard hair”, said Mabel showing it to Dipper and Twilight.

“Why did you save that?” asked Dipper, Twilight and several in Equestria wondered the same thing.

Mabel just shrugged. Twilight intended that today she was going to practice teleportation, because she had already mastered telekinesis. Shortly after Stan appeared and spoke to them.

“You know what day it is today,” Stan said.

"Um... Happy anniversary?" Dipper said a little nervously.

"Happy birthday?" Twilight said with much hesitation.

“Mazel tov!” Mabel said with her usual cheerfulness.

"No. Today is Family Fun Day, it's the day we don't work,” says Stan.

"I hope it's not like last Family Fun Day, where you had Twilight, Mabel and I make fake money," Dipper said.

"Dipper's right, if it wasn't for Dipper noticing the police coming and Twilight using her magic to get rid of the evidence I'm sure we would all have ended up in cold jail," Mabel said.

"As if I could forget that Twilight used her magic to take all the money and evidence, then in the next instant she was burned and all the evidence turned to ashes, since there was no evidence left they couldn't do anything against us", Stan said.

"I'll tell you again Stan, I had no desire to get burned along with all that stuff, I just forgot that I hadn't practiced teleportation and that's why I ended up getting burned, especially what I took with telekinesis," Twilight said, then I'm thinking about what he said and comment. "Come to think of it, I don't know how you convinced me to help you make fake money."

"Calm down, Twilight, I'm sure Stan managed to convince you to help him because you haven't been in this world long, if you had been living on Earth for years, Stan wouldn't have convinced you," Mabel said.

Dipper didn't know why, but he was sure that if Twilight had lived years on Earth, she same would have helped to Stan make fake money.

“All right, maybe I haven't been the best summer caretaker. But I swear, today we're gonna have some real family fun. Now who wants to put on some blindfolds and get into my car?” Stan enthused.

“YAY!” Dipper, Mabel and Twilight all said excitedly at the same time.

"Wait, what?" Dipper and Twilight said after thinking about what Stan said for a bit.

...

Shortly after, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight were in Stan's car blindfolded.

"Blindfolds never lead to anything good," Dipper said with some concern.

“I feel the same way as Dipper,” Twilight said.

“Wow! I feel like all my other senses are heightened. I can see with my fingers!” Mabel said as she touched Dipper's face.

Dipper hearing another crash of the car decided to ask Stan a question, because he had already heard it crash more than twenty times before.

“Grunkle Stan, are you wearing a blindflod?” asked Dipper.

"Haha. Nah, but with these cataracts I might as well be. What is that, a woodpecker?” Stan said as he pulled off the road into the woods.

"I had the intention of practicing teleportation, but I'll have to try to create a force field," Twilight said as she did not stop trying to make a force field to protect Dipper, Mabel and her from a possible accident.

...

After they reached the destination Stan wanted so badly, Twilight managed to create a force field to protect Dipper, Mabel, and her, though Twilight was highly hyperventilating.

“Okay, okay. Open 'em up!” Stan said.

Twilight realizing they stopped made the force field disappear and then the three of them took off their blindfolds to see that they were in the lake of Gravity Falls.

“Ta-da! It's fishin' season!" Stan said.

“Fishing?” Mabel asked hesitantly.

"What're you playin' at, old man?" Dipper asked.

Twilight was also very dubious, but she didn't ask why Dipper and Mabel had already done it.

“You're gonna love it! The whole town’s out here!” Stan said cheerfully.

Twilight, Dipper, and Mabel began to pay attention to the lake and so did the Equestrians watching, all of whom saw that most of the Gravity Falls people were in the lake. Wendy's father and 3 brothers were also fishing on the lake in a boat.

“Uh, is this good?” asks one of Wendy's brothers named Marcus, showing his father a fishing pole.

“NO!” shouts Wendy's father named Manly Dan.

After that he takes the fishing pole and breaks it in half.

“I’ll show you how a real man fishes!” says Manly Dan, grabbing a fish straight out of the water. “Ha ha ha ha ha!” After that he throws the fish on the floor of the boat, jumps on it and then starts hitting it repeatedly.

“Dad! Dad! Dad! Dad!” Marcus said with his two brothers Kevin and Gus supporting his father.

“Get 'em! Get 'em!” said Tyler Cutebiker on a boat supporting Manly Dan.

"I don't like what they're doing to that fish at all," Fluttershy said, watching from Equestria the beating the fish received.

After that Stan decided to speak.

"That's some quality family bonding!" Stan said.

“Grunkle Stan, why do you want to bond with us all of a sudden?” Dipper said.

“I think the same as Dipper, besides you always give the impression of wanting to make money in any way possible”, said Twilight remembering the attractions of the Mystery Shack and what happened recently when they made fake money, then she continued speaking. “No offense Mr. Pines.”

“Don't worry about it Twilight, I don't blame you for having that impression of me. Also, come on, this is gonna be great! I've never had fishing buddies before. The guys from the lodge won't go with me: they don't 'like' or 'trust' me," Stan said.

"I think he actually wants to fish with us," Mabel said quietly to Dipper and Twilight.

"Hey, I know what 'll cheer you sad sack up," says Stan immediately after he pulls out 3 hats with the names Dipper, Mabel and Twilight written on them. “Wow! Pines family fishing hats! That-that's hand stitching, you know and I didn't forget to make one for you Twilight."

Twilight, Dipper and Mabel seeing the hats could only notice that they were very poorly made.

In Equestria, they were watching this and Rarity gave a comment.

"Stan has no sewing skills," Rarity said giving her opinion on hats.

“It’s just gonna be us and those goofy hats on a boat for ten hours!” Stan said happily.

“Ten hours?” Dipper asked.

"I brought the joke book!" said Stan holds up called 1001Yuk 'Em Ups.

"No! NO!” Dipper yelled in fear.

"There has to be a way out of this," Mabel said, sharing her opinion with Dipper.

Twilight and everyone else watching from Equestria wondered why they were so scared just because of a book. Suddenly a person's screams were heard, Rarity almost fainted when she saw the person because of the way she dressed.

“I SEEN IT! SEEN IT AGAIN!” shouts a man named Old Man McGucket.

After saying that Old Man McGucket runs from dock, crashing into and overturning various things.

“The Gravity Falls Gobblewonker! Come quick before it scrabdoodles away!” yells Old Man McGucket and then starts dancing. “Eh, eh, ha ha hoo.”

“Awww... He's doing a happy jig!” says Mabel.

“NOO! It's a jig a grave danger!” says Old Man McGucket to Mabel.

After saying that Old Man McGucket said he saw a monster called Gobblewonker on Scuttlebutt Island and it damaged his boat, several people laugh and Old Man McGucket's son named Tate McGucket was ashamed of his father, the only ones who didn't laugh Old Man McGucket's were Stan, Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, and everyone else who was watching from Equestria.

“Aww, donkey spittle! Aw, banjo polish!” said Old Man McGucket before walking away.

“Mabel and Twilight, did you hear what that old dude said?” Dipper asked.

“Aww, donkey shpittle!” Mabel said, mimicking Old Man McGucket's voice.

“The other thing. About the monster. If we can snag a photo of it, we can split the prize fifty-fifty,” says Dipper.

"I think it would be easier to just use the coins I have," Twilight said in a whisper to Dipper.

"Twilight wearing that would raise a lot of suspicion," Dipper said in a whisper to Twilight.

“That’s two fifty!” Mabel said excitedly.

“Imagine what you could do with five. Hundred. Dollars!” Dipper said.

Mabel imagines that she bought a human sized hamster ball with the money and with it she bragged to a hamster and also to boys.

...

In Equestria they worried about Mabel because she suddenly seemed lost in her thoughts and happy with her.

"Mabel must be figuring out what to do with the money," Rarity said trying to guess what she was thinking.

"Obviously she must be thinking about what she would do if she had a human sized hamster ball," Pinkie said, sure that Mabel was thinking.

...

Back in reality, Dipper and Twilight worried that Mabel suddenly seemed very dazed.

"Mabel! Mabel?” Dipper asked somewhat concerned.

“Dipper, I am one million percent on board with this!” Mabel said.

“Grunkle Stan! Change of plans: we're taking that boat to Scuttebutt Island, and we're gonna find that Gobblewonker!" Dipper said.

“Monster hunt! Monster hunt!” Dipper and Mabel started to say.

In Equestria, Pinkie also to what Dipper and Mabel were saying. Suddenly, Old Man McGucket appeared.

“Monster hunt!” said Old Man McGucket joining the chant.

Dipper and Mabel stop singing and stare at Old Man McGucket, but Pinkie is still singing.

“Monster... Eh...”, Old Man McGucket was saying until he realized that everyone was looking at him. "I'll go."

Suddenly they heard the sound of a boat and saw that it was Soos a motor boat coming.

“You dudes say somethin’ about a monster hunt?” Soos asked.

“Soos!” says Mabel cheerfully.

“Wassup, hambone!” Soos said after that Soos and Mabel bumped fists and then made an explosion sound.

Twilight and several in Equestria laughed at the greeting they did.

“Dude, you could totally use my boat for you hunt. It's got a steering Wheel, chairs; normal boat stuff,” says Soos.

"All right, all right, let's think this through. Ya kids could go waste your time on some epic monster-finding adventure, or you could spend the day learning how to tie knots and skewers worms with your Great Uncle Stan!” Stan said happily.

The twins look at Soos in his boat; he does a robot dance. They look back Stan in his leaky old boat. They look at Scuttebutt Island in the distance. They grin at each other.

“So, whaddaya say”, says Stan, sure that they will choose him.

Twilight and several in Equestria who were watching and hearing what Stan said and seeing Stan's boat and comparing it to Soos's boat just thought that sometimes Stan didn't know how to negotiate. And also Fluttershy realizing that they were going to leave Stan, she got a little angry with Dipper and Mabel.

The twins drive off laughing with Soos in his boat toward Scuttlebutt Island, Twilight decided to stay with Stan so that he wouldn't be alone so he wouldn't end up being silly and to practice teleporting him, because she had a feeling she was going to need him soon.

“We made the right choice!” Mabel said excitedly.

“Yes!” Soos responded.

...

While on Stan's boat called the Stan'o'War, Stan decided to speak.

“ingrates! Aw, who needs 'em? I got a whole box of creepy fishing lure to keep me company”, said Stan somewhat annoyed.

"Hears! Don't I count as company?” Twilight asked angrily.

“Sorry about that, but I'm also surprised you chose to be here, because I'm pretty sure you love spending time with Dipper and Mabel,” Stan said doubtfully.

"Nothing in particular," Twilight said a little nervously.

Stan felt even more hesitant at Twilight's response and began to wonder why Twilight would stay with him.

"Twilight you want a quiet place to practice your magic", Stan said quite sure and serious of what he was saying. "You also want to keep an eye on me to prevent me from causing trouble for others."

"You're right, Mr. Pines," Twilight said somewhat embarrassed.

“By the way, what magic are you practicing?” Stan asked.

"I'm practicing teleportation," Twilight said.

"That could be useful to me in the future," Stan said happily.

Twilight and the others watching in Equestria wondered what Stan meant and suddenly realized.

"Stan, I told you another day that I wasn't going to use my magic on your crazy ideas to get money," Twilight said, remembering that most of the time they were obviously illegal scams.

To lighten things up, Stan decided to read out the joke book called 1001Yuk 'Em Ups.

...

Shortly after in Equestria, almost everyone was with a tired face, except Pinkie Pie who couldn't stop laughing.

"That book should be classified as torture material," Rainbow Dash said.

That book called 1001Yuk 'Em Oops its jokes were really bad, a lot of people in Equestria didn't like them, but Pinkie liked the jokes.

"It seems like Stan is reading that book to make improve the ambience, but he's only making things worse," says Rarity.

Twilight was sure she could handle listening to the book called 1001 Yuk 'Em Oops if someone else was on the boat, but being alone with Stan reading that book is sheer torture.

"We better watch the adventure Dipper and Mabel are having," Rainbow Dash said.

After saying that, Rainbow Dash touched the mirror and started looking for Dipper and Mabel.

...

Later in Gravity Falls, Dipper and Mabel headed to Scuttlebutt Island in Soos' boat called the SS. Cool Dude. Dipper explained his plan to photograph the Gobblewonker who had bought many cameras, in Equestria upon hearing this they realized that Dipper sometimes prepared himself as Twilight, but Mabel and Soos for their nonsense ended up getting rid of several of them.

Mabel started playing with a pelican pretending that she was a ventriloquist dummy and even tries to continue that game by drinking a glass of water while she talks, but she nearly drowns with the water.

"Aren't you supposed to be doing lookout?", Dipper asked Mabel because he left her watching to see if there was something that could collide with the ship.

“Look out!” says Mabel throws a volley ball at Dipper, hitting him on the arm after she speaks to Dipper. “Heh, heh. But seriously, I'm on it."

Just as Mabel finishes speaking, the boat jolts to a sudden stop having crashed into the shore of the island.

“Yeah? We're here! I'm a lookout genius! Hamster ball, here we come!” said Mabel.

They get off the boat and venture into the forest that was covered in mist. Dipper led the group with a flashlight. The three see a sign that said "Scuttlebutt Island". Soos and Mabel stop in front of the sign.

"Dude, check it out," Soos says, covering the part of the sign that says Scuttle, leaving only butt Island.

This not only caused laughter from Mabel, but also from several who were watching from Equestria.

“Soos, you rapscallion!” Mabel says after speaking to Dipper, “Hey! Why aren't you laughing? Are you afraid?

“Pssh! yeah right! I’m not—” Dipper was saying but was interrupted by Mabel.

Mabel continues to annoy Dipper by dropping his flashlight, and soon after a shrew steals it.

...

In Equestria the image is changed and shows Twilight and Stan on the boat again.

Twilight managed to practice enough to use teleportation well, but she was also mentally drained, because somehow when Stan didn't read that joke book, Stan found a way to get into trouble, but the way he got into trouble wasn't the way she thought Stan was going to do it. Stan bother the people in the lake and you could tell it was because he missed Dipper and Mabel.

Rainbow Dash, seeing that Twilight was fine, decides to see how Dipper and Mabel's adventure was going.

...

In the Scuttlebutt Island Dipper, Mabel and Soos heard a kind of roar, Mabel asks Soos if it was his stomach and Soos denies it saying that his stomach makes whale sounds, knowing and hearing this Mabel is amazed, like Pinkie, but most of those watching from Equestria were just wondering how that was possible.

Duuude, I dunno, man. Maybe this, uh... Maybe this isn't worth it," says Soos.

“Not worth it? Guys, imagine what would happen if we got that picture,” says Dipper.

Dipper and Mabel they think out what to do with the money and decide to keep going deeper into the mist to look for the monster. Realizing that she was going to be left alone, Soos decides to follow Dipper and Mabel.

...

Then they continued to advance in the fog, to lighten the mood Mabel began to sing and Soos accompanied Mabel's singing with beatboxing sounds.

“My name is Mabel! It rhymes with table! It also rhymes with... glabel! It also rhymes with... shmabel!” Mabel sang.

"Dude, we should be writing this down," said Soos, commenting on Mabel's song.

They heard the growl coming from the mist again and a bunch of birds flew out from that direction, Dipper and Mabel were happy and went in that direction.

They kept walking until they saw the silhouette of the lake monster and immediately after seeing that the 3 of them hid behind a fallen tree trunk.

“Everyone; Get your cameras ready!” Dipper told Mabel and Soos.

Dipper, Mabel and Soos turn on their cameras.

“Ready? Go!” said Dipper.

Dipper, Mabel, and Soos came out of their hiding places taking random photos as they approached the monster's silhouette, but as they got closer they realized it was the wreckage of a shipwreck with beavers living in it.

Realizing that they were beavers, Soos continues to happily take pictures of them and Fluttershy was also happy to see the beavers.

“But... but what was that noise, then? I heard a monster noise?” Dipper wondered.

They heard the growl again and saw that the sound came from a beaver biting into a rusty old chainsaw and sometimes managing to start it.

“Sweet! Beaver with a chainsaw,” Soos said happily, and right after that she starts taking pictures of herself.

Dipper and Mabel were very sad to realize that they abandoned Stan for nothing.

"Maybe that old guy was crazy after all," says Dipper.

"He did use the world 'scrapdoodle,'" says Mabel.

Soos kept taking photos of a beaver that was on top of a stump.

"What're we gonna say to Grunkle Stan? We ditched him over nothing,” Dipper said after he felt a tremor. "Hey...guys, do you feel that?"

Suddenly they all saw and heard something in the water and realized it was the Gobblewonker. Dipper was happy to find the Gobblewonker, but Mabel and Soos began to show a lot of fear on their faces, Dipper realized that and tries to reassure them, he turns to photograph the Gobblewonker, but then Dipper realizes that the Gobblewonker was in front of Dipper to attack. Dipper dropped the camera in fear and the three start to run away.

“Run!” Soos yells as she keeps running. “Get back to the boat! HURRY!”

Dipper tries to take a picture of the Gobblewonker as he was running but dropped the camera. Soos grabs Dipper so he doesn't go for the camera and be in danger.

“Dude, if it makes you feel any better, I got tons of pictures of those beavers, dude!” Soos told Dipper to reassure him.

“WHY WOULD THAT MAKE ME FEEL BETTER?!” Dipper yelled at Soos in response.

The 3 get into the boat and Soos starts the engine and they start to run at full speed from the Gobblewonker, Soos also misses several cameras because she was scared.

As they flee, Soos can't help but crash into the shipwrecked boat full of beavers and the beavers that fell on top of the boat start biting everything they can and one of them grabs Soos's face, forcing Mabel to drive the boat.

...

Everyone in Equestria was watching the adventure that Dipper, Mabel and Soos were having, but suddenly it showed Twilight and Stan on the boat again.

"This has to be a joke!" Rainbow Dash yelled as she was very interested in the adventure they were having.

Stan was very upset trying to untie a mooring knot on the fishing rod, but when he heard a couple of kids enjoying spending time with his grandpa on a nearby boat he got even more upset. He was going to yell at them, but Twilight stopped Stan first using telekinesis. Then Stan looked at Twilight who had a very doubtful face.

“Twilight, what the hell is wrong with you?” Stan asked Twilight.

"It's nothing, but you don't think those 2 kids look too much like Dipper and Mabel," Twilight said looking at those two kids.

In Equestria, upon hearing that comment, everyone paid more attention to them and had the same opinion as Twilight.

"It could be possible that they are related to Dipper and Mabel," Applejack theorized.

"I doubt it, because if they were, Stan would have recognized them, and I also doubt that Stan's family has so many twins," answered Rarity.

Suddenly, Twilight got up and decided to talk to Stan about something.

"Stan, I'm going to use the teleport to Scuttlebutt Island to talk to Dipper and Mabel, and I promise I'll be back soon," Twilight said.

Stan hearing what Twilight said just kept looking at her with a little suspicion. Twilight was going to teleport to where Dipper and Mabel were for three reasons, the first was that she wanted to know if they were alright, the second reason was that the more time she spent with Stan, the more she realized that he missed Dipper and Mabel, and the third reason was that she had a very bad feeling about the adventure he had.

Twilight was about to teleport away when she noticed a speeding boat that was also full of beavers. Twilight knew that boat was Soos's boat and she was being chased by something traveling under the water. Seeing all of this, Twilight immediately realized that Dipper, Mabel, and Soos were being chased by the Gobblewonker.

Twilight also saw that the Gobblewonker knocked Wendy's family off the boat, they thought the fish were taking revenge and ran away.

Twilight decided to try teleporting on Soos's boat and succeeded.

“Why is the monster chasing him? And also, why is this boat full of beavers?” Twilight asked everyone on the boat.

"I don't know, we just wanted to take a picture of him, when all of a sudden he started chasing us and we shock into a place full of beavers," says Dipper.

"And Dipper bought more than 10 cameras to photograph the monster, but several of them were destroyed by Soos and me by accident," says Mabel to lighten the mood a bit, while continuing to drive the boat.

Upon hearing this, Twilight realized that Dipper sometimes prepared like her.

The Gobblewonker got up from the water and immediately launched an attack at Soos's boat, when he was going to launch another attack Twilight created a force field to protect everyone in the boat, realizing this the Gobblewonker did not stop attacking the force field. force, this made Twilight unable to fight back or attempt to teleport away.

“WHERE DO I GO?!” Mabel asked as she steered the boat realizing that she was at a dead end.

Dipper immediately started flipping through Journal 3 and finds something.

“Um... uh... GO INTO THE FALLS! I think there might be a cave behind there!” says Dipper.

“MIGHT BE?!” Twilight and Mabel yelled at the same time.

Mabel had no choice and went through the waterfall where there was a cave. Her boat crashes onto the shore, causing everyone to fall to the ground, causing the beaver holding Soos's face to finally fall off and Twilight to stop doing the force field.

Gobblewonker was going to attack them but got stuck in the cave entrance.

"It's stuck!" Mabel said happily.

Twilight was also happy that the monster named Gobblewonker had gotten stuck in the cave entrance and she remembered that Stan was alone in the boat, when she was going to talk about it, Dipper interrupted her.

"Haha! yeah! Wait… It's stuck?” Dipper said and immediately started looking for a camera and Mabel showed him where she had one.

Dipper started taking a lot of pictures of the Gobblewonker, Dipper and Mabel were happy because they were sure they were going to win the photo contest, but suddenly a huge rock fell right on top of the Gobblewonker's head and the creature fell making a sound. electric.

Dipper hearing this approached the Gobblewonker. Touching it, she realized it was made of metal.

“Careful, dude!” Soos said worriedly.

"I've got this! Hold on!” Dipper said as he climbed onto the Gobblewonker and looks to the other side. “Hey guys! Come check this out!”

They all went to see what Dipper was referring to and see a door. They open it and there they find Old Man McGucket piloting the Gobblewonker.

“Work the bellows and the... Huh? Aww, banjo polish,” said Old Man McGucket realizing he had been discovered.

Twilight and the others in Equestria were shocked, because they now confirmed that even though there was no magic, the technology of humans could create something that could fit in perfectly with the Everfree Forest and also that someone who at first glance didn't seem very skilled with technology was able to create something like that.

“Wha- I- You?! You made this? W-w-why?” Dipper asked.

"Well, I... I, uh... I just wanted attention," said Old Man McGucket.

"I still don't understand," said Dipper doubtfully.

Twilight and several of those watching in Equestria wondered the same thing as Dipper.

“Well, first I just hootenannied up a biomechanical brain wave generator, and then I learned to operate a stick-shift with ma beard!” Old Man McGucket explained.

“Okay, yeah. But why did you do it?” Mabel asked.

“My own son hasn't visited me in months! So I thought I'd get his attention with a fifteen ton aquatic robot!” said Old Man McGucket. “In hindsight it seems crazy. You don't know how far we seniors can go for a little family time."

Hearing this, Dipper and Mabel feel very guilty about leaving Stan alone.

“Looks like the real monster is the two of you. Heh…heh sorry, that one went to my head and it went boom,” Soos said.

“Did you ever talk to your son about how he was feeling?” Mabel asked.

“No, I immediately started making the robot. I did a lot of robot in my time. When my wife left me, I created the Homicidal Pterodactyl-tron or when my friend Ernie didn't come to my retirement party I created an 18 ton Shame Bot that blew up the entire downtown area, well I'll keep working on my death ray said Old Man McGucket as he re-entered the robot. "Does anyone have a screwdriver?"

“Well so much for the photo contest,” says Dipper, feeling terrible about leaving Stan alone.

"I think we should do something about Mr. McGucket," Twilight said because she grew more concerned when she found out that she had built a lot more giant robots.

“After, now we're going to get back to Stan, which is the most important thing,” Mabel said.

...

Later in Equestria they watched as Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Soos spent the rest of the day with Stan with many happy moments, Soos was amused by the jokes from the book called 1001Yuk 'Em Ups.

As they watched them leave the lake, Pinkie accidentally touched the mirror and it revealed the real Gobblewonker.

"I can't believe that monster actually exists," Applejack said in shock.

“Great there is the Gobblewonker!” Pinkie yelled.

While Rainbow Dash was also happy that monster existed.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, before going to sleep Twilight wanted to write down what she learned today.

"Twilight, are you writing down what you learned today?" Mabel said.

"Not exactly, I wrote that you two learned that sometimes there are people who want to spend time with someone," Twilight said happily.

When she finished saying that, Twilight felt a chill run through her entire body, but it quickly disappeared. Dipper noticed but seeing that he calmed down he decided not to say anything.

“Does that mean you fully understand that?” Mabel asked, unaware that Twilight looked a little scared.

Twilight took a breath and calmed down completely and decided to immediately answer Mabel.

“Of course I do!” Twilight said with a lot of confidence in what she was saying.

Saying that, she felt a lot of hatred directed towards her again but it lasted a little longer than the previous time, Dipper noticed her and now Mabel also noticed her.

"What's wrong Twilight?" Dipper asked.

"I don't know, it seemed like someone hated me so much just saying those words," Twilight said.

Hearing what Twilight said. Dipper, Mabel and various in Equestria they thought it was just a bad feeling because they were sure no one would hate Twilight.

After everyone calmed down they decided to go to sleep.

04) Headhunters

In the days after the day they had their adventure at the lake in Gravity Falls, Twilight somewhat chided Mabel for throwing Dipper's cameras, after hearing the entire story of the Gobblenwonker adventure they had in detail, as well as the Old Man McGucket promised Twilight that she would tell her if she decided to build a new giant robot, and Twilight drew pictures of her friends and teacher as best they could to show Dipper, Mabel, Wendy, and Soos.

Twilight also told about Princess Celestia's attitude to Mabel and Dipper said that she was someone who always thought of others, very wise, she is someone very good and acts very kind to everyone.

...

In the present day, Dipper, Twilight, and Mabel were watching television called Duck-tective and various Equestrians were also watching the show they were watching.

“I have to admit, that show is better than I expected,” Applejack said.

"You're right, it's pretty good," Rainbow Dash said.

Everyone else was watching too thinking that and Pinkie was watching the show with 3D glasses and eating some popcorn.

“I'm afraid your services won't be required here, sir. My men have examined the evidence, and this is obviously an accident," said the TV show's Constable.

“An accident, constable? Or is it... Murder?!” Says the subtitles that translated the Duck-tective's quacking.

“What?!” says the Constable.

"Duck-tective will return after these messages," says TV Announcer.

Mabel was shocked by what had just happened.

“That duck is a genius!” says Mabel.

"Hey, it's easier to find clues when you're that close to the ground," says Dipper.

"Mabel, Dipper's right that clue wasn't too hard to find," said Twilight.

“Are you two saying you could outwit Duck-tective?” Mabel said as she closed her eyes and placed her hands on her hips.

“Mabel, I have very keen power of observation. For example, just by smelling your breath, I can tell that you have been eating”, Dipper said, sniffing Mabel's breath and continuing to speak somewhat confused. “... an entire had of toothpaste?!”

“Why the hell would you eat that?” Twilight asked.

“It was so sparkly...”, replied Mabel with some guilt.

Suddenly, Soos appears in the room.

"Hey dudes, you'll never guess what I found!" Soos said.

“Buried treasure!” Dipper and Twilight said at the same time.

“Buried–” Mabel was saying, but she stopped herself as she realized that Dipper and Twilight had said it first. "Hey, I was gonna say that!"

Afterward, Soos leads them to a door.

“So, I was cleaning up, when I found this secret door, hiden behind the wallpapper. It’s crazy creepy bonkers!” Said Soos as she opened the door.

And everyone in Gravity Falls and watching in Equestria saw a wax museum.

“Whoah! It's a secret wax museum!” said Dipper.

"This is amazing!" Twilight said.

"The're so life-like," said Mabel.

“Except for that one,” Dipper said.

But what Dipper thought was a wax statue suddenly spoke, revealing it to be Stan.

“Hello!” Stan said.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Soos scream as they suddenly see Stan.

"It's just me, your Grunkle Stan," Stan says with a laugh.

Dipper, Mabel and Soos scream again and run off.

"Mr. Stan you can stop talking, until we calm down, because we were still very scared when you spoke again”, Twilight said with some fear still.

...

After everyone calmed down, Stan decided to explain this place to everyone.

“Behold the Gravity Falls Wax Museum! It was one of our most popular attractions... before I forgot all about it. I got 'em all! Genghis Khan; Sherlock Holmes”, then Stan looks at the statue of Larry King and says. "some kind of, I don't know, goblin man?"

“Is anyone else getting the creeps here?” says Dipper.

"You're not the only one with a bad feeling, Dipper," says Twilight.

“And now for my personal favorite: Wax Abraham Lincoln, right over–”, Stan was saying, then he turns to see Abraham Lincoln, but sees only a lot of melted wax thanks to the light coming from a window. “Oh! Oh no! Come on, who left the blinds open? Wax John Wilkes Booth, I'm looking in your direction!"

Stan approaches the pile of melted wax very sad.

“How do you fix a wax figure?” Stan wonders.

“Cheer up, Grunkle Stan. Where's that smile?" says Mabel.

“Egh”, says Stan very sad and discouraged.

“Beep, bop, boop,” says Mabel as she playfully touches Stan's face with her finger.

"Ow," Stan groans at Mabel's finger in his face.

"Don't worry, Grunkle Stan. I’ll make you a new wax figure from all this old wax!” says Mabel.

“Do you really think you make one of these puppies?” Asked Stan.

“Grunkle Stan, I'm an arts and craft master. Why do you think I always have this glue gun stuck to my arm?” Mabel says and then raises her arm revealing a glue gun underneath and then shakes it.

“I like your gumption, kid!” Stan said.

"I don't know what that word means, but thank you!" said Mabel.

...

Then Mabel was ready to start making a wax statue, but first she was going to ask her what they thought of her ideas.

“Dipper and Twilight!” says Mabel.

This scared Dipper and Twilight the sudden appearance of Mabel, Dipper choked because she was drinking a drink, seeing this Twilight decided to help him.

“What do you think of my wax figure idea?” Mabel said showing Dipper and Twilight the drawing she had made. “Ella She’s part fairy princess, and part horse fairy princess”

"M... maybe you should carve something from real life," Dipper said.

"You should definitely do something else," Twilight said, somewhat disturbed by the drawing.

Many in Equestria when seeing Mabel's drawing thought the same.

“Like a waffle, with big arms!” Said Mabel showing the new drawing she had just made.

“Did you listen to Dipper's suggestion?” Asked Twilight.

“O-okay... Or, you know, something else. Like-like someone in your family,” Dipper said.

Immediately after Dipper said that, Stan appeared.

“Kids, have you seen my pants?” Said Stan, placing one foot on top of the briefcase and inadvertently striking a pose.

Mabel's eyes widen at this and she turns around.

“Oh muse. You work in mysterious ways,” said Mabel.

"Why's your sister talking to the ceiling?" Stan asked without knowing what was going on.

...

In Equestria they were seeing what was happening and they realized that Mabel did have a talent for creating sculptures.

"Mabel really has a talent for sculpture and a lot of skill," Rarity said.

"I thought you hated Mabel, because you said Mabel was selfish when Twilight pointed it out a few days ago," Applejack said, teasing Rarity a bit.

"You're right Applejack, but I've thought about it more calmly and if Mabel has someone like Twilight to point out when she's being selfish she'll realize it, plus I must also admire someone else's artwork," Rarity said.

Upon hearing that, Applejack realized that Mabel didn't notice her when she was selfish, but if someone pointed it out to her she would notice her and she felt guilty.

...

Meanwhile in Gravity Falls, Mabel was finishing making the wax statue.

"I think... it needs more glitter," says Mabel.

“Agreed,” said Soos, handing Mabel a bucket of glitter.

Mabel throws the bucket of glitter at the statue she was building and then Stan walks in.

“I found my pants but now I’m missing my–” Stan was saying, but he was startled to see the wax statue and fell backwards, knocking over some papers.

“What do you think?” Mabel asks.

"I think... the Wax Museum's back in business!" Said Stan cheerfully.

Mabel looked at the papers that had fallen, she realized that they were the drawings of Twilight's friends.

"Grunkle Stan, can you wait a bit to open the Wax Museum? I just thought of creating other statues," said Mabel.

“Mabel, I want to get the Wax Museum open fast, so just make a wax statue,” Stan said.

Mabel started looking at the drawings of Twilight's friends to see which one she chose and finally she decided who she was going to make the statue.

...

Then there was going on at the Mystery Shack, the grand re-opening of the Gravity Falls Wax Museum, and a lot of people had come for the show.

“Finally I am going to see how the wax statues that Mabel was making turned out, these days I have been busy because there have been many children among the tourists who have come to the Mystery Shack and when I found out that the wax statue had been finished and they were going to reopen the Wax Museum, Mabel didn't want to let me in because she was making another wax statue," Twilight told Dipper.

"Well, I'm surprised that so many people have come to see the Wax Mueseum," said Dipper.

“I know, right? Your uncle probably bribed them or something,” says Wendy.

"He bribed me," Dipper said, holding up a dollar.

Wendy also held up a dollar, pointing out that she too had been bribed. Then Stan, marks the start of the show.

“As you know, I always bring the people of this fair twon novelties and befuddlements, the likes of which the world, has never known. But enough about me. Behold… me!” Say Stan as he removed the blanket from the wax statue of him.

Alone two people in the audience politely clap and someone coughs.

"I must admit that Mabel does have a talent for building statues," Twilight said.

Mabel approaches Stan.

“Grunkle Stan, show the other wax statue too,” Mabel whispered.

“And this statue, too,” Stan said with obvious disinterest as he revealed it.

Everyone except Dipper, Mabel, Stan, Wendy and Soos weren't impressed by the statue Mabel had made, but the rest of those who were watching, especially Twilight who was left with her mouth open. Mabel had made an exact wax replica of Princess Celestia which was the first time they had seen that statue they were also impressed upon seeing the statue.

Everyone in the audience began to applaud at the sight of the wax statue of Princess Celestia.

“And now a word from our own Mabelangelo!” said Stan.

Mabel approaches the microphone.

"It's Mabel. Thank you for coming! I made this sculpure with my own two hands!” says Mabel raising her hands. "It's covered in my blood, sweat, tears, and other fluids!"

“Ugh! Ewwww!” says the entire audience with distaste.

“Yeah. I will now take questions!” Says Mabel with a smile, then points to Old Man McGucket. “You are there!”

“Old Man McGucket, local kook. Are the wax figures alive? And follow-up question, can I survive the wax-man uprising?” Asks Old Man McGucket.

“Um… Yes!” Replies Mabel somewhat confused by the question, then she points to Toby Determined. “Next question!”

“Toby Determined, Gravity Falls Gossiper. Do you really think this constitutes a wonder of the world?” Asks Toby Determined pointing to the wax statue of Stan.

"Your microphone's a turkey baster, Toby," Said Stan.

“It certainly is–”, Said Toby, deciding not to press the question further.

“Next question”, Said Stan pointing to a Shandra Jimenez.

“Sandra Jimenez, to real reporter. Your flyers promised free pizza with admission to this event”, says Shandra Jimenez showing flyers that said in large letters that there was free pizza. “Is this true?”

All those who had come to the show began to get angry when they realized that the pizza they had promised was not there. Dipper, Twilight and Wendy seeing all those annoying people started to feel scared.

“That was guy. Good night, everyone!” Stan said and immediately after throws a smoke bomb to escape and runs away with the money he had earned thanks to this show.

The entire audience leaves the place full of anger and destroying the place. Dipper, Twilight and Wendy watched with concern all the chaos that the angry people had caused, after those people left, Mabel approached Dipper, Twilight and Wendy.

"I think that went well," said Mabel very nonchalantly.

That comment made Dipper, Twilight, Wendy and the others who were in Equestria look at her with many doubts.

...

That night, inside the Mystery Shack, Stan was very happy because he had won a lot of money.

“Hot pumkin pie! Look at all this cash! And I owe it all to one person!” Stan said, then looked over and pointed at Wax Stan. “This guy!”

Mabel punches Stan playfully.

“Ooh! Yes, you too, little gremlin”, says Stan.

"I think you should also thank the wax statue of Princess Celestia, for what I heard from the angry crowd that they hadn't done much damage because they liked the statue of Princess Celestia," said Twilight as she left the statue of the Princess Celestia in this room.

“Now you kids wash up. We got another long day of fleeing rubes tomorrow. Go, go!” Said Stan, not paying attention to what Twilight said.

"Mr. Stan, if you don't mind, I'm going to leave the wax statue of Princess Celestia here and tomorrow I'll see where I'm going to leave it," said Twilight.

“Okay!” Stan said with a clear disinterest in the statue of Princess Celestia.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, Stan was watching Duck-tective on TV.

“Stupid duck!” Stan said watching the show.

After saying that he gets up from the couch and turns to look at Wax Stan.

“Well, I'm gonna use the john. You need anything?” Stan said to the wax statue and then laughs and says. “I love this guy! Don't you go nowhere”

...

In Equestria they were watching Duck-tective and when they found out about Stan they made scary faces, but before they could change what the mirror was showing it changed back to showing Twilight.

"I'm glad the mirror stopped showing Stan," Rarity said.

Everyone who was watching Duck-tective agreed with what Rarity said.

Princess Celestia was about to go back to Canterlot and she also liked the wax statues that Mabel had made, a thought passed through her head, it was that Stan acted as if he had met a relative of his in the way how I was dealing with that statue, but those thoughts were interrupted when everyone heard Stan yell. Dipper, Mabel and Twilight also heard that scream and they all saw that they ran down to where Stan was.

...

At the Mystery Shack, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight arrived at Stan.

“Mr. Stan, why did you scream?” Asks Twilight.

Wax Stan! He’s been… m-murdered!” Said Stan pointing to the statue of Wax Stan who had been decapitated.

Mabel fainted upon realizing that both of her wax statues were missing their heads.

...

Then Stan decided to call the police to find out who did this. When the two policemen arrived Stan explained to them what had happened.

“I got up to use the john, right? And when I come back, blammo! He's headless!" Explained Stan to the two policemen.

“My expert handcrafting... besmirched”, says Mabel very sad because someone ruined the two wax statues that she just made and then she screams. “Besmiiiirrrched!”

"Who would do something like this?" Dipper wondered.

"I don't know who would do something like that against Princess Celestia's dignity," said Twilight with some anger.

"What's your opinion, Sheriff Blubs?" Asked Deputy Durland.

"Look, we'd love to help you folks, but let's face the facts... this case is unsolvable," Replies Sheriff Blubs.

“What?!” Say Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Stan.

“You take that back, Sheriff Blubs?” Says Stan.

"You're kidding, right? There must be evidence, reasons. You know, I could help if you want," Said Dipper.

"He's really good. I figured out who was eating our tin cans!” Said Mabel.

"All sings pointed to the goat," said Dipper.

“I want to find out who was capable of doing something like that, too,” said Twilight, pointing to the statue of Princess Celestia that didn't have her head on it.

“If they let the two of them help out, they've proven to be pretty smart,” said Stan.

“Ooh! Would you look at what we got here! City boy thinks he's gonna solve a mystery with with his fancy computer pone!" Sheriff Blubs told Dipper, after watching Twilight. "And I don't think a cute magical being should get involved in this investigation, either."

“City boooy! City boooy!” Diputy Durland said to Dipper, then looked at Twilight and said. “Cute Magical Being! Cute Magical Being!”

Several in Equestria could barely contain their laughter at the two policemen's comments.

“Your are adorable!” Said Sheriff Blubs.

“Lovely?” Dipper and Twilight said at the same time.

Dipper is offended that they called him adorable and Twilight is offended that they imply that he is not smart by using magic.

Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland laughed at Dipper and Twilight's expressions.

"Look, P.J.'s and fairy tale creature, how about you leave the investigation to the grown-ups, okay?" Said Sheriff Blubs.

Twilight was very offended by that comment, she tried to calm down a bit.

"Dipper and Mabel, I'm also very angry with the police how they're taking this case, but they must be doing more important things," Twilight said, managing to calm down a bit.

Suddenly Blub's walkie talkie starts to ring and they answer.

“Attention, all units. Steve is about to fit an entire cantaloupe in his mouth. Repeat, an entire cantaloupe!” Says the voice coming from the walkie talkie.

“It’s a 23–16!” said Deputy Durland.

“Let’s move!” Sheriff Blubs responded.

After saying that they ran out of the Mystery Shack.

"But it seems I was wrong," Twilight says referring to what she said earlier.

"That's it! Mabel and also the 3 of us are going to find the jerk who did this, and get back that head. Then we'll see who's adorable", said Dipper and after finishing speaking he sneezes.

“Aww, you sneeze like a kitten!” Mabel says happily.

Twilight and several in Equestria who were watching thought Mabel was right and that was pretty adorable too.

Dipper, Mabel and Stan decided that they all had to go to bed, because it was already very late, but they took time to go to bed because Twilight wanted to find the criminal in the middle of the night and after a few minutes they managed to convince Twilight to go to sleep.

...

The next morning at the Mystery Shack, they were just going to investigate the case and began studying the crime scene.

"Wax Stan has lost his head and its up to us to find it," says Dipper.

Mabel was taking photos meanwhile. Twilight didn't like that Dipper didn't pay attention to the decapitation of Princess Celestia's statue.

"There were a lot of unhappy customers at the unveiling," Dipper said looking at a bunch of photos of suspects. “The murderer could have been anyone.”

"And it is! Even us!” said Mabel.

“In this town, anything is possible. Ghost, zombies, it could be months before we find our first clue,” Dipper said as he looked at Journal 3.

"Dipper and Mabel you're exaggerating I don't think it's something supernatural, besides we couldn't do it", Twilight said after saying that she looked at Dipper and said. “Dipper, why are you only looking for the culprit by focusing only on who hurt the Wax Stan? You shouldn't at least also focus on who damaged Princess Celestia's statue."

Dipper decided to explain to Twilight why she wasn't focusing on Princess Celestia's statue.

"Twilight because someone in Gravity Falls wanted to decapitate the wax statue of Princess Celestia," said Dipper.

Twilight started to think about what Dipper said and suddenly her face changed to terror.

“Someone wants to kill Princess Celestia!” screamed Twilight in fear.

Dipper and Mabel were surprised that Twilight could panic so quickly.

"Twilight seems to exaggerate a lot of more the things that we", whispered Mabel to Dipper as they both watched as she began to despair.

Many in Equestria who heard what Mabel said agreed with what she said.

“Twilight, calm down! First of all, it's the first time that the inhabitants of Gravity Falls see Princess Celestia, also they liked that statue and lastly they don't even know the name because none of us told him that and I'm sure Stan doesn't even know the name”, said Dipper.

Twilight thought about everything Dipper said and realized that the person who decapitated the statue of Princess Celestia only wanted to decapitate Wax Stan and she calmed down when she realized this, but another doubt arose, because the person who wanted to harm al Wax Stan decided to also damage the statue of Princess Celestia.

“Hey look! A clue”, said Mabel, pointing to some footprints on the carpet and interrupting Twilight's thoughts.

“Footprints in the shag carpet!” said Dipper.

“They can't be from Mr. Stan, because these prints are from shoes and he was in slippers that night,” said Twilight.

"That's weird. They've got a hole in them," said Mabel.

“I definitely didn't leave Mr. Stan those footprints,” said Twilight.

"And they're leading to..." said Dipper as he followed the shoe prints.

Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight found an ax behind the couch while following the shoe prints.

...

Then they took the ax away and showed it to Soos.

"So, what do you think?" Asked Dipper.

“In my opinion: this is an axe,” said Soos as she looked at the axe.

“I don't know why we went to show Soos the axe,” said Twilight. “No offense Soos.”

“Heh heh. I get that a lot,” says Soos without taking offense.

“Wait a minute. The lumberjack!” said Mabel.

Everyone remembered how angry Manly Dan was, after learning there was no pizza.

“Of course!” Dipper, Mabel and Twilight said at the same time.

"He was furious when he didn't get that free pizza," said Dipper.

“Furious enough, for murder!” said Mabel.

“Oh, you mean Manly Dan. Yeah, he hangs out at this crazy intense biker joint downtown,” said Soos.

"Thank you so much, Soos, for that information," said Twilight.

"Then that's where we're going," said Mabel.

“Come on!” said Twilight.

...

Later when they just got out of the Mystery Shack, Stan pulling a coffin out of the back of the car and saw them running.

“Hey, give me a hand with this coffin, will ya? I'm doing a memorial service for wax Stan. Something small, but classy,” said Stan.

"Sorry Grunkle Stan, but we have got a big break in the case!" Said Dipper.

"Break in the case," said Mabel.

"We're heading to the town right now to interrogate the murderer," said Dipper.

"And also to find out why he had to decapitate Princess Celstia's statue," said Twilight with a face full of anger.

“We have an axe!” said Mabel and then she took the ax out of Dipper's backpack and played with the axe.

“Hmm, it seems like the kind of thing that responsible parents wouldn't want you to do... Good thing I'm uncle of you two and have no blood relationship with you Twilight. Avenge me kids! AVENGE MEEE!!” Said Stan.

...

After Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight are sneaking behind a dumpster near the Skull Fracture.

"This is place," says Dipper to the others.

The 3 when they see the guard at the entrance get scared.

"How about I teleport everyone into this place and we avoid the guard," said Twilight.

"It's a bad idea to appear from nowhere to a place that we don't know what it's like inside, so it's best to try to enter through the entrance first," Dipper told Twilight, then looked at Mabel and said. “Got the fake IDs”

Mabel gives the fake IDs she had made to Dipper and Twilight.

"There's no way this plan is going to work," said Twilight as she looked at the ID Mabel had made.

...

In Equestria many thought the same as Twilight.

"There's no way they're going to let them through with those IDs," said Rarity.

"You're wrong Rarity, obviously those IDs are going to work," said Pinkie.

Almost everyone was surprised to see that those IDs worked.

"You see Rarity, I told you they would work," said Pinkie.

...

In Gravity Falls, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight entered Skull Fracture.

"Sometimes I'm surprised at how naive the people of Gravity Falls can be," said Twilight for herself.

As they enter, they see men are fighting the Skull Fracture. Dipper, Twilight and Mabel walk inside and look around. Dipper motions for Mabel to follow him.

“He´s resting”, says Mabel happily referring to a person who is lying on the ground.

Twilight and several in Equestria, seeing that, began to feel very afraid, but those thoughts had been interrupted by Dipper speaking.

"Alright, let's just try to blend in, ok?" Says Dipper to Mabel.

“You go it, Dippingsauce”, says Mabel immediately she sits on the chair, looks at a man and speaks to him. “Hey there, fellow restaurant patron!”

After saying that, she pats a man on the arm and the man just groans.

...

Dipper and Twilight later find Maly Dan playing an electronic strength game called 'Bicepticus'.

“Manly Dan, just the guy I wanted to see. Where were you last night?” Asks Dipper.

"Punchin' the clock," replies Manly Dan.

"You were at work," says Twilight with some hesitation.

“No, I was punchin’ the clock,” said Manly Dan as he pointed to a mangled and ruined clock outside on the street.

“10 o'clock, the time of the murder. So, I guess you've never seen before?” Said Dipper as he took the ax out of his backpack and showed it to Manly Dan.

"Listen, pair of the little girls!" said Manly Dan to Dipper and Twilight.

"Hey, actually I'm a-" Dipper was saying but was interrupted by Manly Dan.

“I wouldn't pick my teeth with that axe. It's left handed! I only use my right hand, the MANLY HAND!!”, said Manly Dan and immediately after ripping off the arm of the Bicepticus game and starting to destroy the game with the arm that I ripped off.

“Get ‘im! Get ‘im!” Said Tyler Cutebiker as he cheered on Manly Dan.

"Left handed..." Said Dipper and Twilight at the same time.

Dipper, Twilight, and most of the people in Equestria who were listening realized that it would be much easier to find out who the culprit was thanks to this new lead, and ran off to talk to Mabel.

...

Meanwhile, in another part of Skull Fracture Mabel had befriended the person she had growled at earlier, and they were playing with a cootie catcher.

"Your wife is gonna be beatiful," said Mabel looking at the cootie catcher.

“Yes!” Said the man happily.

Suddenly, Dipper and Twilight appear.

"Mabel, big break in the case!" Dipper said and then he and Twilight lead Mabel out of Skull Fracture.

"But will she love me?!" Said the man with some fear.

...

Afterwards the 3 were outside Skull Fracture.

"It's a left handed ax," says Twilight happily looking at the list of suspects.

“These are all our suspicions. Manly Dan is right handed, that means all we gotta do is find our left handed suspect and we've got our killer," said Dipper.

“Oh man we are on fire today! Pa-zow, Pa-zow, Pa-zow!” said Mabel.

"Let's find that murderer," said Dipper and then fist bumped Mabel.

And the 3 went in search of the culprit.

...

Throughout the day Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight began to weed out every right-handed suspect, until only one suspect remained.

Realizing this, Dipper and Mabel decided to call the police. They also managed to calm Twilight down so she wouldn't immediately go inside and wait for the police.

...

Later in the night Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and the police were on the street in front of the Gravity Falls Gossiper entrance.

“You kids better be right about this or you’ll never get the end of it,” said Sheriff Blubs.

"The evidence is irrefutable," says Dipper.

"It's so irrefutable," said Mabel.

Twilight was barely able to keep her cool because she wanted to know why someone would want to damage a statue of Princess Celestia.

"I'm gonna get to use my match stick!" Said Deputy Durland.

“You ready? You ready little fella?” Said Sheriff Blubs.

Sheriff and Blubs were very happy as they were about to enter Gravity Falls Gossiper.

“On 3! 1, 2, ...,” says Dipper.

Durland opens the door and everyone enters Gravity Falls.

“Nobody move! This is a raid!” Said Sheriff Blubs.

Toby Determined is startled to suddenly hear someone speaking.

“What is this? Some kind of raid?” says Toby somewhat confused.

“Derp!” Said Deputy Durland.

Twilight looked at Toby and saw that he was left handed and had a hole in his shoe.

"All the clues point to you, Toby," said Twilight.

"Toby Determined, you're under arrest for murder of the wax body of Grunkle Stan," says Dipper with great confidence.

“You have the right to remain impressed with our awesome detective work”, said Mabel with her usual joy and then high fives Dipper.

“Gobbling goose feathers! I don't understand!” said Toby very confused.

"Dipper, Mabel, I'm going to explain why we're here," said Twilight. “Someone beheaded Wax Stan, we found out whoever did this left footprints that had a hole in his right shoe, then we found the murder weapon which was a left-handed axe, we ruled out everyone who had a motive to behead Wax Stan who they won't fit the clues."

"And the only one who fits that whole description is you, Toby Determined," said Dipper.

"So you're to blame," said Mabel.

Twilight was about to ask Toby why he decapitated Princess Celestia's statue, but she was interrupted by Toby's reply.

“You three, your little knees must be sore... from jumping to conclusions”, said Toby and starts to dance and then says. “Axe! I had nothing to do with that murder”

"I knew it", said Dipper immediately, a little later he realized what Toby said and continued talking. “Wait, what did you say? Nothing? You say nothing?”

“Huh? Que? Could you respect?” Asked Mabel speaking at the same time Dipper spoke.

“That's impossible, all the evidence points to you as the culprit,” said Twilight.

“Then where were you at the night of the break-in?” Asked Sheriff Blubs.

"Uhh...", said Toby somewhat uncomfortably.

He then places a videotape on the TV showing him pulling a life-size cardboard replica of reporter Shandra Jimenez out of the closet.

“Finally, we can be alone, cardboard cutout of TV news reporter Shandra Jimenez!” says Toby and immediately starts kissing the cardboard replica.

Everyone who saw that, including the ones watching in Equestria, just felt disgusted to see that.

“Timestamp confirms it. Toby, you're off the hook. You freak of nature,” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Hooray!” Said Toby without being offended by that.

"But the only suspect left is you, Toby Determined," said Twilight.

“Twilight is right, you have to be him! Check the ax for fingerprints!” says Dipper.

Meanwhile, Mabel began to explain what fingerprints were to Twilight, but Twilight had a hard time understanding what they were because of the way Mabel explained.

“No prints at all,” said Sheriff Blubs after checking out the ax found at the crime scene.

“No prints?” said Dipper with much hesitation.

“Hey I got a headline for you: city kids and a fairy tale creature waste everyone’s time,” said Deputy Durland with a laugh.

Twilight managed to understand what the fingerprints were and decided to pay attention to the conversation they were having and heard that derisive comment from Deputy Durland and the three adults laughing at them.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight felt humiliated and very embarrassed.

"Boy, I'd be pretty embarrassed if I was you two," said Toby.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight didn't hear that comment, but everyone in Equestria heard that comment from Toby and thought that he is the person who should criticize that the least, mainly because in the video he kept kissing the cardboard cutout of Shandra Jimenez.

...

On their way to the Mystery Shack, Dipper and Mabel realized that Twilight intended to double check all the suspects to see who the culprit was, but Dipper and Mabel managed to calm her down and convince her not to investigate further as it was very late.

Mabel didn't know but Dipper and Twilight were going through all the clues in their minds to find out who the culprit was, but they did not understand why they could not find the culprit.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, Stan had held a funeral for Wax Stan and they also brought the headless figure of Princess Celestia to the funeral. Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, Soos and the other wax figures were also at the funeral.

Twilight saw how Stan and Soos were saddened by Wax Stan's beheading and she remembered how he acted when she saw the headless wax statue of Princess Celestia.

"That's how it feels to see someone who feels very bad seeing a precious object destroyed, the next time something similar happens I'll have to calm down," said Twilight remembering that she had acted very angry and paranoid when she saw the wax statue from Princess Celestia, but calmed down thanks to Dipper and Mabel.

Grunkle Stan stood in front of everyone and began to give the speech at the funeral.

“Kids, Twilight, Soos, lifeless wax figures, thank you all for coming”, said Stan looking at everyone and continues talking. “Some people might say it’s wrong for a man to love a wax replica of himself”

In Equestria, Princess Celestia and Princess Luna, upon hearing this, thought that Stan was not acting like a narcissistic person, but that he was acting like someone who had just lost a family member.

"They're wrong!" Said Soos, getting up from her seat.

“Easy Soos. Wax Stan, I hope you're picking pockets in wax heaven," says Stan, wiping a tear from his eye. "I'm sorry, I got glitter in my eye!"

Immediately after saying that Stan started crying and ran out of the place.

“Ohhhhh duuuude…” Soos said as she cries, running off after Stan.

Twilight and some who were watching in Equestria thought it was strange how Stan behaved.

"Those cops are right about me," said Dipper with a sigh.

"Dipper and Twilight, we've come so far, we can't give up now," said Mabel trying to cheer him up.

"You don't understand Mabel, I and I'm also sure Dipper thinks very well about this case, but there is no longer any suspect that he could have damaged Mr. Stan's wax statue," said Twilight.

...

In Equestria hearing that, they couldn't agree with Twilight and some tried to think why someone would do that, until a comment from Fluttershy interrupted those thoughts.

"Perhaps the person who decapitated the wax statues never intended to do so," Fluttershy said in her barely audible voice, but was heard by everyone present.

Hearing that, everyone agreed with Fluttershy, but that left the question as to why he did it.

...

While in Gravity Falls, Dipper and Twilight approached the Wax Stan's open casket, while Mabel followed them a little further.

"I considered everything: the weapon, the motive, the clues..." said Dipper looking into the coffin.

"You're right Dipper, but I feel like we're seeing something wrong and that with just one more clue we could find out who the culprit is," said Twilight.

"Wax Stan's shoe has a hole in it...", said Dipper somewhat astonished.

“All the wax guys have that. It's where the pole thingy attaches to their stand deals," said Mabel.

“Wait a minute, what has a hole on its shoe and no fingerprints?” said Dipper.

"This can't be," said Twilight realizing who was to blame.

Also many in Equestria also noticed and thought the same as Twilight said.

"Mabel and Twilight! The murderers are–” Dipper was saying but was interrupted by one coming from behind.

"Standing right behind you," says Wax Holmes.

Suddenly, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight see all the wax statues move.

"Wax Sherlock Holmes! Wax Shakespeare! ”, Says Dipper naming the statues with some fear when realizing that they are alive, but seeing a statue he did not generate fear but doubts and says. “Wax Coolie?”

"Wha s'up Holmes?" asks Wax Coolio.

Wax Lizzie Borden grabs the crime ax that Mabel was holding at the time and everyone realized that that ax belonged to her.

“Oh my gosh! Oh my gosh!” Says Mabel scared.

"Congratulations, my three amaetur slueths, you have unburied the truth, and now we're going to bury you," says Wax Holmes.

“I didn't expect them to be the culprits,” says Twilight.

“Bravo, Dipper Pines and Twilight. You’ve discovered our little secret,” says Wax Holmes, taking the heads of Wax Stan and Wax Princess Celestia out of his jacket. “Applaud, everyone, applaud sarcastically”

The wax statues decided to listen to Wax Holmes and began to applaud.

“Uh, that doesn't sound too sincere. Slow clap”, says Wax Holmes and the other wax statues hearing that began to clap slower. "There we go, nice and condescending."

“But... how is this possible? You're made of wax!" says Dipper.

“Dipper's right, how is this possible?” Asks Twilight.

“Are you... magic?” Says Mabel with a nervous laugh as she tries to figure out how the wax statues could possibly be alive.

"She wants to know if we're magic," said Wax Holmes laughing, then suddenly stops laughing and says angrily. "We're CURSED!"

“Cursed! Cursed!” say the other wax statues.

“Cursed to come to life whenever the moon is waxing. Your uncle bought us many years ago at a garage sale!” said Wax Holmes.

“A haunted garage comes out, they are!” adds Wax Coolio to the story.

...

They start counting when Stan got the wax statues.

“I must warn you, these statues come at a terrible price”, says the Seller.

“Twenty dollars?!” Says Stan looking at the price tag. "I'll just take 'em when you're not lookin"

“What?” says the seller doubtfully.

"I said I was gonna rob you," says Stan.

...

Twilight gives an opinion in the middle of Wax Holmes' story.

“I'm sure that's not buying,” Said Twilight.

Many of those who were listening agreed with Twilight's comment, including the wax statues, so Wax Holmes didn't get mad at the interruption and continued telling the story.

...

In Flashback, Wax Holmes began to explain when the wax statues arrived at the Mystery Shack.

“And so, the Mystery Shack Wax Collection was born. By day, we would be the playthings of man”, narrated Wax Holmes.

Residents of Gravity Falls were shown admiring and playing in the wax museum.

"But when your uncle went to sleep, we would rule da night," narrated Wax Coolio.

They showed various activities and antics that they got up to at the Mystery Shack at night while Stan was sleeping.

"It was a charmed life for us cursed beings..." narrated Wax Holmes.

The flashback showed Stan shaking the empty admission box and since nobody came to see the wax museum in Gravity Falls he just closed the room where the statues were and forgot about them.

"That is, until your uncle closed up shop," narrated Wax Holmes.

The flashback showed how time passed in the only way out of that room, also showing that it was covered by wallpaper, until Soos found the knocked over doorknob and opened the door to the wax museum.

“We've been waiting ten years to ge tour revenge on Stan for locking us away, but just when I was going to do it I saw the shadow of a unicorn nearby and decided that I was also going to behead the purple unicorn so as not to leave any witnesses...”, Wax Holmes narrated.

The flashback showed Wax Holmes beheading twice without hesitation using an axe.

"But we missed both targets," narrated Wax Holmes.

In the flashback it showed Wax Holmes realizing that he had missed the target and decapitated Wax Stan and the wax statue of Princess Celestia and when he heard that Stan was coming back into the room he decided to flee the room with both heads.

...

“So you were trying to murder Grunkle Stan for real and Twilight?!” said Dipper horrified at what they tried to do.

"That explains why we ran out of suspects, it's because we looked for someone who wanted to damage the wax statues and never attempted an assassination," said Twilight and immediately remembered that she thought it was an assassination attempt on Princess Celestia, but she never thought that they tried to kill her. "At least not in the way they explained."

“You two right all along, Dipper and Twilight! Wax people are creepy!” says Mabel fearfully.

“Enough! Now that you know our secret, you must... die,” said Wax Holmes.

The wax figures growl and their eyes roll back in their heads, as they slowly approach Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight.

“I've never come across such insane beings,” said Twilight, remembering that no enemy Twilight had with her friends had said they wanted to kill as directly as they did and tried.

“What do we do, what do we do?” asked Mabel fearfully.

"I don't know!" replied Dipper.

Twilight was going to use the force field to keep everyone safe, but before she could, Dipper and Mabel started throwing objects off the table at her, seemingly unaffected until Dipper threw a mug full of hot coffee at Wax Genghis Khan and he began to melt.

"That's it! We can melt them with hotty melty things!” said Mabel.

Realizing this, Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight immediately each take an eletric candle and smile.

"Anyone move and we'll melt you into candles!" says Dipper.

“Decorative candles!” adds Mabel.

"You've been warned," said Twilight.

“You really think you can defeat us?” asks Wax Holmes angrily.

"I-I don't really know. I'm not-I'm not really sure," said Dipper.

"It's worth a shot, I guess," said Mabel.

“Wow, they're honest,” said Twilight, a little surprised that they were telling the truth in this situation.

"So be it..." said Wax Holmes after turning to the other wax statues. “attack!”

Wax Lizzie Borden tries to attack Mabel using an ax but Mabel manages to dodge the ax attack and ends up decapitating Wax Robin Hood. Wax Shakespeare tries to attack Mabel, but Mabel manages to cut off both of her arms and these arms jump to Mabel's neck and try to strangle her, Mabel uses the door to crush the fingers of those arms so they stop strangling her.

"Interview this, Larry King!" said Dipper and then beheaded Larry King.

“My neck! My beautiful neck!” says Wax Larry King.

“Jokes on you, Groucho!” says Dipper as he cuts Wax Groucho in half.

“I've heard about a cutting remark but this is ridiculous! Hey, why is there nothing in my hand?” says Wax Groucho Marx as the top slides off the bottom.

Wax Genghis Khan runs towards Dipper, but Dipper manages to dodge him and dodging it made it crash directly into the chimney afire.

“Ha, Genghis Khan! You fell harder that the... uh... I don't know, uh, Jin Dynasty? Heh. yeah. Alright,” says Dipper.

...

Meanwhile, Twilight took the Mystery Shack outside to fight several wax statues, quickly realizing that they weren't as dangerous as they seemed at first and also the heat hurts them easier than she thought, but Twilight also realized that they looked like they never tired and when a part of the body of the wax statues was cut, this part moved independently.

Twilight couldn't go back to the Mystery Shack to check on Dipper and Mabel, she just hoped they were okay.

...

At the Mystery Shack Dipper and Mabel were still fighting, Mabel realized that Wax Sherlock was going towards Dipper.

“Dipper! Watch out!” yelled Mabel because she had realized that Wax Holmes was the most dangerous wax statue of them all.

Dipper was wrestling Wax Richard Nixon out of wax and managed to hurt his leg, causing him to lose his balance and fall into another room. Dipper heard Mabel's scream and realized that Wax Holmes was going to where he was.

“Alright. Let’s get this taken care of,” said Wax Holmes angrily as he released Wax Stan and Princess Celestia Statue’s heads.

Holmes then immediately took out a sword and destroyed Dipper's electric candle.

“Catch!” Mabel yells as she throws a poke at Dipper.

Wax Holmes keeps trying to attack Dipper, but Dipper barely manages to defend himself with the poker. This fight leads them to the attic room.

"Once you family and that unicorn is out of the way, we'll rule the night once again!" says Wax Holmes angrily.

Dipper manages to dodge Wax Holmes' sword and escapes through the window onto the roof of the Mystery Shack.

"Don't count on it!" says Dipper.

“Come back here, you brat!” yells Wax Holmes angrily.

Dipper climbs on the Mystery Shack sign as he is chased by Wax Holmes. Wax Holmes takes advantage of attacking Dipper with the sword, but Dipper manages to protect himself with the poker while he tries to keep his balance. Wax Holmes tries to strike with the sword but Dipper manages to dodge it and this attack collides with the letter 'S' of the word "Shack" on the Mystery Shack sign, causing that letter to fall.

“You really think you can outwit me boy? I'm Sherlock bleeding Holmes! Have you seen my magnifying glass?! It's enormous!” says Wax Holmes.

Dipper decides to quickly escape from the place as he is at a complete disadvantage because he can barely keep his balance. He drops the poker and climbs the billboard to the other side of the Mystery Shack and hides behind the fireplace.
He looks to see if Wax Holmes is there, but Wax Holmes kicks him and Dipper falls on the ground on his back and Wax Holmes points his sword at him.

“Any last words?” Asks Wax Holmes.

"Um... you got any sunscreen?" Replies Dipper.

“Got any–? What? ”, Wondered Wax Holmes with many doubts, but he realized that a light appeared and began to melt him, he turns to see where the light is coming from and realizes that it was dawn and he says with absolute fear. "Nope"

“You know, letting me lead you outside? Probably not you sharpest decision," said Dipper.

“Outsmarted by a child in short pants! No!” Wax Holmes was saying as he continued to melt and begins to fall from the roof of the Mystery Shack. “Fiddlesticks! Humbugs! Tiiter, total kerfuffle. Butter Hallabaloo”

“Case closed!” said Dipper as he wiped his hands, the dust making Dipper sneeze.

This was seen by Wax Holmes, Twilight and those who were watching in Equestria (The inhabitants of Equestria, seeing that they were well in their fight, Twilight and Mabel decided to see Dipper and were worried when they realized that Dipper had the most dangerous enemy , but they calmed down when they realized that Dipper was able to defeat him), seeing that everyone thought that Dipper was quite adorable.

“Ha ha ha! You sneeze like a kitten! Those policemen were right, you're adorable! Adorable!” Wax Holmes sneered as he used his last seconds to taunt Dipper as he fell from the ceiling.

"E-ew," said Dipper in disgust at seeing that.

...

A few moments before Twilight was still using the electric candle and magic to fight the wax statues, when they all tried to attack Twilight she simply used her force field, but unfortunately this strategy began to tire Twilight.

As Twilight continued to struggle, she realized that she could only use magic to use telekinesis on the electric candle. Twilight heard some noises on the roof of the Mystery Shack and saw Dipper who was cornered and was about to be killed by Wax Holmes and couldn't do anything just watch, but saw how it dawned and melted Wax Holmes and the other statues of wax.

“Thanks to Celestia for waking up,” said Twilight.

After saying that, Twilight heard Dipper sneeze, which made her laugh a little and she immediately went to the Mystery Shack to check on Mabel.

...

Inside the Mystery Shack, Mabel was in charge of destroying the last remains of the wax statues by throwing them into the fireplace.

Twilight caught a glimpse of Mabel throwing Wax Shakespeare's head off like it was nothing. Twilight thought that Mabel's attitude can be scary sometimes. After that Dipper entered.

Mabel looked at Dipper and Twilight, she was glad because they seemed to be fine and also that the crime had been solved.

"Dipper and Twilight, You're okay! You solved the mystery after all”, said Mabel.

Dipper grabbed Wax Stan's head and was about to speak to Mabel, but was interrupted by Twilight's opinion.

"These statues really scared me," said Twilight, she thought that the wax statues were definitely weaker than Nightmare Moon and Discord, what they could have done and openly declared their intentions to kill them, that's why the wax statues gave her more scared than Nightmare Moon and Discord.

Dipper and Mabel noticed that Twilight was still scared and she was worried.

"Twilight you don't have to worry about that, they're already gone," Mabel said happily believing that Twilight felt that way because of the way that every time they cut a part of the body that part moved on its own.

"Mabel's right, Twilight you need to stop thinking about what they could have done," Dipper said believing that Twilight was worried that the wax statues didn't hesitate to try to harm them all.

She suddenly appears in Stan's room and the whole place damaged.

“Hot Belgian waffles!! What happened to my parlor?!” Asked Stan seeing all the damage.

Twilight started to think about how to explain everything that happened, but Mabel decided to tell her what happened.

“Your wax figures turned out to be evil, so we fought them to the death!” said Mabel.

"I beheaded Larry King," added Dipper to the conversation.

"Those explanations sum up everything that happened," said Twilight.

“Ha ha ha! You kids and your imaginations!” Said Stan.

Twilight thought it was best that Mr. Stan didn't know too many details.

“On the bright side, though, look what we found,” Dipper says as he hands Wax Stan's head over to Stan.

“My head! Haha! I Missed this guy! You done good kids!” says Stan happily.

"Twilight I think you should put the head of the Celestia statue in its place, because it's strange to see that statue without a head," said Dipper.

“You're right, Dipper,” Twilight said as she snapped her head back into place.

In that same room, in a broken window that was shattered in the fight against the wax statues, Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland are seen outside lead the police cruiser.

“Solved the case yet, Dipper and Twilight? I'm so confident you're gonna say no, that I'm gonna take a long, slow sip from my cup of coffee, ”said the Sheriff as he slowly began to drink his hot coffee.

"Actually, the answer is yes," says Dipper and then shows Wax Stan's head.

When Sheriff Blubs heard that he spit the hot coffee in Deputy Durland's face, immediately after Deputy Durland spit the coffee at Sheriff Blubs, the two police officers started spitting hot coffee at each other.

“It burns! It burns!” Shouts Sheriff Blubs.

“My eyes,” yelled Deputy Durland, then Sheriff Blubs hit the gas.

Dipper, Twilight, Mabel, Stan, and the other Equestrians laughed at them.

“They got scalded!” Stan said as he laughed.

“They deserved it,” Twilight said happily, but didn't listen after the police car crashed.

“So, did you get rid of all the wax figures?” Dipper asked Mabel.

“I am ninety-nine percent sure that I did!” says Mabel.

“Good enough for me!” says Dipper.

"Those words make me worry," said Twilight.

...

Meanwhile in Equestria by accident Pinkie touched the mirror again and the mirror showed the ventilation ducts where Wax Larry King's head was.

"There's still a living wax figure," said Rainbow Dash.

Several in Equestria began to feel a bit scared upon seeing that a wax statue had survived, as Wax Larry King's head started, but stopped when he realized someone was near him.

“– Huh?” says Wax Larry King.

Wax Larry King's head turn to see a rat standing next to him.

"So you're a rat. Tell me about that," said Wax Larry King.

The rat just walks up to Wax Larry King, rips off his ear, and runs off with the ear.

“Hey, get back here!” says Wax Larry King. “I'm hopping! I'm hopping after a rat that stole my ear!"

The inhabitants of Equestria now began to see him with more doubts than fear.

"Somehow I'm starting to think we don't have to worry about this anymore," said Rainbow Dash and everyone else agreed.

...

On that same day at the Mystery Shack, Twilight decided to write down what she learned.

“In some crimes or cases that they investigate, you must mainly follow the clues, because sometimes you could never guess the motives of the culprit of the crime”, wrote Twilight, remembering that they would never have known his motivations until he said so and they could only get to him by the evidence that he himself left.

...

The next day Mabel was seeing which of the two sweaters to put on today.

“Hmm. Hey Dipper, which do you think is better? Sequins or llama hair?” asks Mabel.

Wax Larry King's head, which was in the vents near Mabel, heard the question.

“The llama hair. Llamas are nature's greatest warriors ”, answers the head of Wax Larry King and after answering he leaves.

"Thanks Dipper," says Mabel and runs out of the Mystery Shack.

Dipper and Twilight are each reading a book and stop when Mabel leaves.

“Who did Mabel just talk to?” Asks Twilight.

"I don't know," says Dipper.

Dipper and Twilight look around, but seeing that no one was there they decide to continue reading.

06) The Inconveniencing

In the Mystery Shack were Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, Wendy and Soos. Dipper was reading Journal 3, Twilight was reading another book, while Mabel was sitting and spinning on top of a globe, Wendy was reading a magazine and lastly Soos was cleaning up the Mystery Shack a bit.

“Mabel, Twilight, do you two believe in ghosts?” Dipper asks.

“I believe you're a big dork! Ha ha ha!” Mabel said as she laughed at Dipper.

Dipper uses the pencil to stop the globe Mabel was spinning on, causing Mabel to fall off.

"Dipper obviously there are no ghosts," Twilight said.

"Twilight, I thought that in a world where there is magic, ghosts existed," Dipper said, somewhat surprised to learn that there were no ghosts in the world of Twilight.

"A world where there is magic doesn't mean there is such an illogical thing as ghosts," said Twilight.

Dipper and Mabel were a little surprised that Twilight was swayed by logic more than they thought.

Suddenly Stan walks into the Mystery Shack.

“Soss! Wendy!” Stan yells.

Wendy who was sitting near where Stan came in just gets up, while Soos runs to get where Stan was.

"What's up, Mr. Pines!" Soos asks immediately upon reaching Stan.

I'm headin' out. You two are gonna wash the bathrooms, right?” says Stan.

“Yes, sir!” Soos replies immediately.

“Absolutely not!” Wendy replies.

"Haha! You stay out of trouble! ”, Says Stan and leaves the Mystery Shack where he had just entered.

"Hey guys! What's this?” Wendy said as she walks where there is a curtain.

“How come I didn't notice that?” Twilight wonders because the curtain is at the entrance to the Mystery Shack.

Wendy ignores Twilight's question and opens the curtain, revealing a ladder leading to the roof of the Mystery Shack.

“A secret ladder to the roof?” says Wendy.

"Uh, I don't think Mr. Pines would like that," Soos said doubtfully.

“Huh?” Wendy says, trying to cheer Soos up.

“Uhhhhh”, Soos replies fearfully.

"Huh?" Wendy says again to continue trying to cheer Soos up.

“You're freaking me out, dude!” Soos says, not understanding what Wendy was trying to do.

“Can we actually go up there?” Dipper asked quite excited to see that he wanted to show them Wendy

“I want to see what you want to show us, too,” Twilight said.

“Sure we can! Roof time! Roof time!” Wendy said.

Roof Time! Roof Time!” Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight said, imitating Wendy's enthusiasm.

Everyone except Soos goes up to the roof, while Soos just watches them through the window very worried.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight arrive at the place where Wendy wanted to show them.

“Alright, check it out!” Wendy says.

"Woah!" Dipper, Mabel and Twilight were surprised to see what Wendy had put on the roof of the Mystery Shack.

Wendy had put out an umbrella, a beach chair, a cooler, and a bucket full of pine cone.

“Cool! Did you put all this stuff up here?” Dipper asked.

“I may or may not sneak up here during work, all the time, every day,” Wendy replies.

Then Wendy throws a pine cone that she took out of the bucket, hitting a target of paper glued on a totem pole.

“Yes!” Wendy says, happy to have hit the target.

“Cool!” says Dipper.

“Wow, what an aim you have, Wendy,” Twilight said.

“Me first!” Mabel says anxiously trying to hit the target of paper with the pins.

Dipper and Twilight also took some cone pins to try to hit the target of paper. Twilight decided to just try to use only her front hooves to try to hit the target, because she used magic she felt like she was cheating.

Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight threw the cone pins at the Traget of Paper, but their throws deflected halfway down and landed on the parked car causing the alarm to go off.

Dipper was embarrassed because he was the one who threw the pine cone that hit the car.

“I think we should have thought that was going to happen,” Twilight said.

Jackpot! High five,” Wendy says.

Dipper high five with Wendy and suddenly a car arrives.

"Oh hey, it's my friends," Wendy says, referring to the car that had just arrived.

At an open car window, someone waves at Wendy.

"Wendy," says a voice inside the car.

“Uh, you guys are n't gonna tell Stan about this, are you?” Wendy asks Dipper, Mabel and Twilight because she was leaving work.

“I don't see any problem, because I doubt any tourists will arrive at the Mystery Shack at this hour,” Twilight said.

Dipper only does zip lips and Wendy, seeing that, answers Dipper with a zip lips.

“Later dorks!” Wendy says.

After Wendy begins to go down from the roof of the Mystery Shack using the nearby trees, Wendy after reaching the ground gets into the car where her friends were.

"Let's get out of here!", the voice of another of Wendy's friends is heard in the car.

...

Later, Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, and Wendy were inside the Mystery Shack.

“Random dance party for no reason!” Mabel yells as she lights up and starts dancing.

"Go! Go! Go! Go!” Wendy says as she dances.

While Dipper and Twilight were just watching Mabel and Wendy dance.

“Mabel actually looks a lot like Pinkie,” Twilight comments.

Suddenly Wendy went to where Dipper and Twilight were.

"Aren't you two gonna get in on this?" Wendy asked Dipper and Twilight.

Before Twilight could answer the question, Dipper spoke first.

"I don't really dance," Dipper replies.

“Yeah, you do! Mom used to dress him up in a lamb costume and make him do...”, says Mabel whispered to Wendy and then began to scream. "The Lamby Dance!"

"Now is not the time to talk about the Lamby Dance," Dipper says angrily at Mabel.

"Lamby Dance?" Twilight wonders doubtfully.

"Lamb costume? Wow, is there like little ears and a tails or...?” Wendy asks.

"Well uh, uh..." Dipper started trying to think of how to explain to Twilight and Wendy.

“Dipper would prance around and sing a song about grazing,” Mabel said, interrupting Dipper and showing a picture of the younger Dipper wearing a lamb costume.

Dipper started to signal Mabel to shut up and some in Equestria laughed at that.

Suddenly the cuckoo clock rang and Wendy realized the time.

“Hey, look at that! Quittin' time! The gang' waitin' for me”, says Wendy.

“Wendy, where are you going out with your friends?” Twilight asks.

“To a place where she's supposedly haunted and why do you ask?” Wendy said.

"Because I wanted to see how your friends acted and also to investigate a supposed place with magic," Twilight replied.

“Ohh... I don't know. My friends are pretty intense”, Wendy was saying, but before she could finish speaking she is interrupted by Twilight.

"I and my friends from Equestria have faced many dangers," Twilight said although she felt a little sad when she remembered that she was currently in another world.

"We're up against a bunch of Gnomes, some living statues, and a giant robot," says Dipper.

“We were also the ones who figured out who decapitated the wax Stan,” Mabel said.

“It's pretty amazing that they found the culprit with all those people who held a grudge against Stan for that wax museum scam, All right. I like your mother, friends! Let me get my stuff”, Wendy said and then leaves the Mystery Shack.

“Dipper, why did you want to go with Wendy's friends, maybe you are in love with Wendy”, said Mabel trying to make fun of Dipper.

Mabel noticed that Twilight seemed slightly annoyed by what she had just said.

"Mabel, I wanted to go because Wendy said that she was going to a haunted place and mainly I wanted to go because Twilight wanted to go there," Dipper replied calmly and after saying that she says. "And by the way, Twilight, what is the real reason you wanted to go to that place, because I'm sure it's not the reason you told Wendy and besides, you don't believe in ghosts."

Twilight calmed down immediately after she heard what Dipper said and decided to answer him.

"Because I saw some of Wendy's friends named Robbie and when they found out that Wendy was going out I had the feeling that they would get into big trouble and also the places that are haunted are old places, in other words they have a lot of history," he said. Twilight.

Then the Dippers, Mabel and Twilight went to get ready to go out with Wendy and her friends.

...

Meanwhile in Equestria, Twilight's friends saw this and had different opinions.

"Twilight is really going to a haunted place," Fluttershy said fearfully.

"I could be perfectly fine going to any haunted place," said Rainbow Dash.

"Well, I don't think you can do it," said Applejack.

“I can do it,” Rainbow Dash said with great confidence.

"I think we should report this to Princess Celestia first," Fluttershy said with a lot of fear in her voice.

They realized that and decided to send a letter to Princess Celestia and Princess Luna. Pinkie decided to calm Fluttershy down.

"Don't worry so much Fluttershy, maybe they're only going to visit one store and it's run by old people," Pinkie said.

...

In Gravity Falls Dipper, Mabel and Twilight met with Wendy and her friends, Dipper seeing how Wendy's friends acted realized that Twilight was right to be worried that she might get them in trouble. Wendy decides to introduce Dipper, Mabel and Twilight to her friends.

"Hey guys! These are my pals from work, Mabel, Twilight and Dipper,” says Wendy.

“I chewed my gum so it looks like a brain! BLASH!” Mabel says and then sticks out her tongue for everyone to see the gum she was chewing.

“So are you, like, babysitting, or–”, she started to ask Robbie, but was interrupted by Wendy.

"Eat on Robbie! Guys, this is Lee Nate,” Wendy says as she begins to introduce her friends.

Lee and Nate laugh and punch each other

“Tambry,” Wendy says, introducing a teenager who kept looking at her phone.

“Hey…” Tambry says as she continues typing on her phone.

“Thompson, who once ate a runeover waffle for 50 cents,” Wendy said.

"Don't tell them that!" Thompson said.

And Robby. You can probably figure him out,” Wendy said.

“Yeah, I’m the guy who spary-painted the water tower,” Robbie said in a very smug way.

“Oh, you mean the big muffin!” Replies Dipper.

“Um, it's giant explosion,” says Robbie angrily.

Everyone who heard the correction that Robbie told Dipper decided to see the water tower including those who were listening from Equestria, they all thought that drawing was a muffin.

“Hehe! Kinda does look like a muffin,” Lee said, then started laughing.

Nate also started laughing along with his friend Lee. Robbie looks very angry at Dipper.

“Let's hurry it up, guys. I got big plans for tonight!” says Wendy.

Everyone starts to get into the car, Dipper waits near the door of the passenger seat while he waits for them to stop getting in, when he sees that there is no one getting in, Dipper was going to start moving towards the door at the back of the truck but he is interrupted by Robbie who was already in the passenger seat.

"Sorry kid, I'll ride shotgun alright," Robbie says so he doesn't leave the passenger seat.

Dipper was sure that Robbie thought that Dipper wanted in the passenger seat and he did this to get a little back at Dipper for the muffin, while he sat in the back seats next to Twilight and Mabel.

"Okay just, before w ego, my mom said you guys aren't allowed to punch the roof anymore, so...", says Thompson.

“Thompson! Thompson! Thompson!” Wendy shouts along with her friends except Thompson as they pound the roof of the truck with their fists.

While everyone was traveling by van to the place where it was said to be haunted. Mabel sees that in the van someone wrote ¨You stink! ¨, she takes Dipper's pencil and crosses out that word and then writes ¨You Look nice today! ¨.

"Ha! This is gonna blow someone's mind!” Mabel said with a laugh.

“Dipper, did you want to go in the passenger seat?” Twilight asked.

“No Twilight, plus it's not like he's trying to earn anyone's respect here,” Dipper said.

...

In Equestria Rainbow Dash began to see other places in Gravity Falls to kill time while Twilight was still in the car. Suddenly they saw that Stan was sitting on the sofa watching television, Stan suddenly realized that they were going to show an old and romantic movie, so he started looking for the remote control without getting up from the sofa, but he couldn't find it, that's why he began to call Dipper, Mabel and Twilight to find the remote or change the channel.

"Stan could just change the channel if he'd just get off the couch," says Applejack.

Everyone was of the same opinion as Applejack then the image changed and he showed Twilight again that they had just arrived at the haunted place.

...

In Gravity Falls, when they arrived at the supposedly haunted place, they saw that it was an abandoned store called Dusk 2 Dawn.

“I thought it would be an older mansion or place,” Twilight whispers to Dipper immediately after getting out of Thompson's truck.

"Sometimes it just takes a little while for a place to be abandoned for everyone to start believing it's cursed," Dipper replied.

"Dipper, you're right," Twilight said a little discouraged since she thought it would be an older place.

Everyone arrives outside the fence, Wendy starts talking about the place.

“There it is, fellas! The condemned Dusk 2 Dawn!” says Wendy

"Ha! Cool!” say Lee and Nate.

Dipper decides to ask about the place which was the myth of the place.

“Why'd they shut it down, was it like a health code violation, or—”, Dipper starts to ask, but she interrupts him with the answer.

“TRY MURDER!” Nate says.

“Some folks died in there, the place has been haunted ever since!” Lee says to add in the response of his friend Nate.

“This town has such a colorful history!” Mabel says happily.

"Wha... Are you guys serious?" Dipper asks, somewhat scared.

"Yeah! We're all gonna die! Chill out man! It's not as bad as it looks!” Wendy says to Dipper to reassure him.

“Dipper remembers that people always over-exaggerate some stories,” says Twilight.

Many in Equestria upon hearing that thought the same as Twilight.

...

After Dipper manages to enter the store through a roof to the vents thanks to him getting on a dumpster and opening the place from the inside, allowing everyone to enter the Dusk 2 Dawn store.

“Did you decide to open the door, to humiliate Robbie a bit because he couldn't open the door?” Asked Twilight to Dipper.

"Yeah", replied Dipper.

Then Dipper and Twilight enter the Dusk 2 Dawn store.

“Do you guys really think it's haunted?” Thompson asks.

"Nah! Thompson are you kidding me?” Nate replies.

...

Meanwhile in Equestria everyone sees that the sign that says "Yes, we're open" to "Get lost! We're closed."

“I wasn't the only one I just saw that,” Rainbow Dash said fearfully.

"You weren't the only one and I think we should let Princess Celestia know what's going on," Rarity said.

They decided to send a letter to Princess Celestia about what was happening.

...

Meanwhile, in Dusk 2 Dawn they were seeing what that place was like.

“Whoa man, it's even creepier than I imagined!” Wendy said, very amazed.

Mabel looks at how the place was full of dust and decides to give her a finger and then put that finger in her mouth.

“Yep. It's dust," said Mabel.

Dipper picks up a dusty newspaper that says it was from May 02, 1995 and thanks to the newspaper he realized that this place had to close on that date.

Suddenly Wendy finds the light switches from Dusk 2 Dawn.

“Guys, check it out! You think these still work?,” Wendy says as she turns on the lights.

The lights come on and everyone sees what the place was like, Twilight looks at the good state of the food and comes to the conclusion that this place had been abandoned for a maximum of two weeks.

“So, what are we going to do now?” Dipper asks.

“Anything we want,” Wendy replies.

Everyone starts to have fun, Dipper, Mabel and Twilight were walking to see what to entertain themselves.

“Oh my gosh! Smile Dip! I thought this stuff was banned in America!” Mabel says happily.

“Maybe they had a good reason,” Dipper replies.

“I think Dipper is right,” Twilight says.

Then Dipper and Twilight leave that area of the store, while Mabel starts eating the Smile Dip.

Afterwards, everyone was enjoying the place, except Twilight because she thought it would be an older place with more history, not a store that she stopped using a few days ago.

"Dipper and Twilight, this night is like, legendary," says Wendy.

"Really?" Dipper asks.

“Just look around. The guys are bonding and I've never even seen Tambry look up from her phone this long,” says Wendy.

Dipper and Twilight watch Robbie, Thompson, and Nate playing with Dusk 2 Dawn products, while Trambry was still using his phone, but sometimes looked at what was going on.

“And your sister seems to be going nuts with that Smile Dip,” says Wendy.

“Ugh, maybe I've had too much. What do you think?” Mabel asks to a hallucination from eating a lot of Smile Dip.

"I don't think Mabel is fine, but Wendy I feel a little disappointed because I thought the place had been closed for years, but it's only been a couple of weeks," Twilight said, believing that everything was closed so little due to the state of the food.

"What are you talking about Twilight this place has been closed since before I was born," Wendy said.

"Wendy's right. I saw a newspaper they were selling that she said was dated May 2, 1995," Dipper said.

Twilight was surprised by this information because she believed that Dusk 2 Dawn had recently shut down.

"But that doesn't explain why all the food was kept so well," Twilight said, looking at all the food in the store.

"You're right Twilight that's very weird," Dipper said.

Dipper and Twilight began to walk further into the store to see if there was anything unusual. Suddenly they heard Lee's voice.

"Hey guys! We need more ice!” Lee yells.

“I'm on it!” Dipper replies.

He opens the refrigerator to take an ice pack, after taking the ice pack he saw a creature, this Cooler Monster was a brain with a lot of veins and some veins form hands, it also had a mouth with teeth and finally retractable eyes , these eyes approached Dipper, seeing this Dipper yelled and dropped the ice pack and immediately closed the refrigerator where the Cooler Monster was.

Dipper calmed down a bit and opened the fridge again, but there was nothing inside the fridge. Suddenly Twilight, Wendy and Wendy's friends arrive.

“What was that? I thought I heard some lady screaming back here”, Lee asked.

“You freakin' out, kid?” Asks Nate.

"Uh, no. I'm cool. Everything's cool,” replied Dipper.

“Then what's all this about?” Asks Robbie, pointing to the dropped ice pack.

“That's uh, um uh… hey look! Dancy Pants Revolution! The game that tricks people into exercising!” says Dipper.

Everyone except Wendy and Twilight felt doubts and decided to wait until everyone left to play to ask Dipper what he had seen.

...

Meanwhile, in Equestria, everyone felt a little scared when they saw that creature that Dipper saw in the refrigerator.

“Princess Celestia, what the hell was that thing?” Asks Rainbow Dash.

“I have never seen a creature like that in my life,” replied Princess Celestia.

Everyone present felt somewhat afraid that this creature could be dangerous and try to do something bad to Twilight.

...

Meanwhile in Gravity Falls, Dipper explained that he had seen a monster in the refrigerator when he went to get an ice pack, which scared him because of how sudden it was, he ended up throwing the ice bag away and closed the door immediately, but when He calmed down a bit and opened it again, there was nothing.

After hearing what Dipper saw, Twilight and Wendy decided to open the refrigerator again, but they didn't see anything.

“I don't see any monsters here, but I'm starting to think we should all get out of here because I've had a bad feeling ever since Twilight said that all the food has been good even after years,” Wendy said.

“I checked the food and realized that someone used magic to keep all the food cool,” Twilight said as she used her magic to put the ice pack back in the fridge.

But before Twilight could put the ice pack in the cooler, the Monster Cooler appeared inside the cooler and tried to get closer to Twilight. Twilight out of fright immediately threw the ice pack at the Monster Cooler causing it to go back into the refrigerator, the Monster Cooler immediately got up to get out of the refrigerator, but before he could do so Wendy closed the refrigerator door, then Twilight used his magic to put a heavy object on the refrigerator door so it wouldn't open and kept using magic to keep the object very close to the door. The Monster Cooler could be heard trying to get out of the fridge, but Dipper, Twilight and Wendy realized that the Monster Cooler couldn't open the fridge by itself, so Twilight stopped using the magic to keep the door closed and noise of the Monster Cooler and trying to get out stopped.

“Twilight, what kind of creature is that?” Dipper asked.

"I've never heard or read of any creature similar to what we just saw," Twilight said.

“Even though that creature is very disturbing, it seems to me that this creature is smart enough to do something to keep all the food fresh,” Wendy said.

"Wendy, do you really think there are ghosts here," Twilight said.

"Twilight I think that at this point it doesn't matter if it's a ghost or a wizard or some creature, the point is that there is something that is trying to keep this place in order and I think that your friends think that it is going to do something that It will end up pissing him off," Dipper said.

"Dipper, you're right," Twilight said, realizing that she had to check whether it was a ghost or not, but that there was something trying to maintain some order in the store and maybe they would do something that would end up making her angry.

"Wendy can you please watch your friends a little so they don't do something terribly stupid," says Dipper.

Wendy agreed with Dipper and left, although Wendy knew that her friends were having fun, but she also knew that there was something in this store that might end up pissing them off and not to mention that they had a monster trapped in the fridge that was still trying to get out. .

"Dipper you're right, although I would like to know more history, but if Wendy's friends are still here I'm sure they're going to get us all in trouble," Twilight said after she remembered something and said. "Now that I think about it, where is Mabel?"

Dipper and Twilight went to see where Mabel is and saw that she was hallucinating from having eaten too much Smile Dip, she was hallucinating that she was on top of a big dolphin with arms, while she said “The future! …is in the past! Onwards Aoshima!”.

"Mabel! How many of these did you eat!?” Dipper asked, worried about Mabel.

“Beleven… teen…”, replies Mabel.

"It seems that Mabel is overreacting by eating a lot of Smile Dip, because there weren't that many, plus there are a lot of Smile Dip left," Twilight says, seeing how Mabel was doing, then she comments. “Not only is Mabel different from Pinkie in being a bit more selfish, but she's less resistant to sweets.”

Suddenly Wendy appears after talking with her friends.

“What happened to your sister?” Wendy asks.

“She ate a lot of Smile Dip,” Dipper replied.

...

Meanwhile in Equestria they saw that Robbie had dropped a coin, Robbie saw that the coin fell near a couple of chalk silhouettes of people.

“Whoa guys, you might wanna see this,” says Robbie.

Everyone approached the chalk silhouettes except Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, and Wendy.

“Whoa. Then the rumors are true!” says Lee.

“Dude, I dare you to lie down in it,” Robbie says to Lee.

“Good idea!” Lee says, then tells Nate. “Go lie down in it!”

“I'm a dead body, look!” says Nate.

Nate walks over and lies down on top of the two chalk figures.

“I think this is a bad idea,” Rarity comments as she watches what Wendy's friends are doing.

"Even if there are no ghosts, doing that is a bad idea," says Princess Celestia, very upset by how disrespectful Wendy's friends were.

...

Dipper, Twilight and Wendy just arrived where the others are and saw that Nate had laid down on top of the two silhouettes.

Before Dipper and Twilight could process what was happening, the whole store started acting strange, Tramby suddenly disappeared, Dipper picked up the phone that had written on the screen is: "Status update: AAAAUUUUUUGGGGGGHHHHH!!!!" and then everyone saw that she was trapped inside the television.

“What are we supposed to do!?” Nate asked.

“I don't know man! I don't know!” says Lee.

“Let's just go already!” Robbie says fearfully.

“Thompson!” Yells Wendy.

But Thompson decided to continue playing because he was about to have the most score and suddenly he is locked inside the video game.

"Forget them! Let's go!” Robbie says, ready to walk out of the store and leave Tambry and Thompson.

Twilight was trying to find who was using magic, but hearing what Robbie was about to leave her friends made her angry, but before Twilight could criticize Robbie's words the store doors closed.

“What the…”, Wendy says as she tries to open the doors, but she can't and says. “Guys… It's locked!”

“OUTTA MY WAY!” Robbie yells and then immediately throws a cash register towards the door but it dissolves before hitting the door.

“Everybody, wait! Whatever is doing this has to have some kind of reason! Maybe if we could just figure out what it is, they'll let us out of here!” Says Dipper as he opens Journal 3 to the part that talks about ghosts.

“Uh-uh they'll let us out of here! Yeah, that makes a lot of sense!” Robbie says sarcastically.

“I don't know guys, maybe he's got a point!” says Wendy.

"If at least Dipper is trying to find solutions, while you only tried to abandon 2 of your friends," Twilight said. She still didn't believe that what was happening was a ghost, but she didn't discount what Dipper was saying.

"Wait, you can talk," Robbie said, surprised that Twilight could talk and he didn't care what she told him, because she thought Twilight wasn't smart.

Everyone was surprised that Robbie didn't know that Twilight was talking because Twilight didn't try to hide it and everyone already knew that before the trip, but everyone immediately decided not to think about it because they had bigger problems.

“Yeah right, I'm sure the ghost just wants to talk about his feelings from him!” Lee says sarcastically.

Suddenly Lee disappears and then reappears inside a picture of a cereal box and the Cereal box Toucan attacks Lee.

"Read! Okay, okay... I'm with you kid! 100%, man!” says Nate.

"Welcome!" said an unknown voice.

And everyone in the store and those in Equestria saw that something was possessing Mabel causing her to float and a light blue glow surrounded her. They had left Mabel near where they were so she could rest a bit and stop hallucinating.

“They got Mabel!” Dipper yells.

“Welcome to your graves, young trespassers”, says the possessed Mabel.

“We're super sorry for hanging out in your store!” says Wendy.

"Yeah! Can we just go now and leave forever?” asks Dipper.

“Well… okay. You're free to go”, said the possessed Mabel.

Suddenly the doors open.

“But before you leave, hot dogs are now half off. I know it might be crazy, but you gotta try these dogs!” Says the Mabel possessed pointing to some Hot Dogs on the counter.

Robbie and Nate immediately decided to escape the store, but the doors were locked before they could get there.

“Just kidding about the hot dog comes out!” said the Mabel possessed.

“Just let us out of here already!” Nate said as he attempted to attack the possessed Mabel, but was stopped by Robbie.

“I don't like your tone!” says the Mabel possessed annoyed with Nate's little respect.

And they turn Nate into a Hot Dog. The Mabel possessed then reverses gravity, putting everyone on the roof and causing various things on the roof to break open.

“It begins. Welcome to your home for all eternity!” Says the Mabel possessed.

Twilight wasn't sure where it was causing all of this, but now that it's possessing Mabel that being must be nearby and it was going to surround Mabel with its magic to free her of whatever was using Mabel and maybe catch the ones that were using to Mabel, but before he could do so he realized the cooler crashed and the Monster Cooler was released and he immediately approached Twilight. Twilight was about to use her magic and because of her fright she ended up shooting a beam directly at the Monster Cooler, but she didn't scratch it and then she tried to catch it with her magic, but she also didn't affect him in most minimal. Twilight, Dipper and Wendy realized that this creature was immune to magic. Twilight started to panic because that creature scared her more than if she they would have ghosts and she started to shoot a lot of bolts at that creature with no effect on that being.

Dipper saw that Twilight panicked, but he noticed something strange: the creature only approached Twilight when she prepared her spell or when she cast her magic on it, but when Twilight didn't cast any spells, the creature didn't move and does not approach Twilight. Suddenly one of the bolts of magic missed and impacted behind the creature. The Monster Cooler approached where the lightning struck.

"Twilight use your magic to bring this objet closer to that creature and then move it away, I think that one is drawn by magic," Dipper said.

Twilight immediately she used her magic to bring an object closer to where the creature. The Monster Cooler started following the object and ignoring everything else.

"So that creature was coming at me because of magic," Twilight said as she lured the creature back into the fridge.

...

While Twilight went to catch the Monster Cooler.

“Dipper, what do we do?!” Wendy asks Dipper.

“DUCK!” Dipper says because a piece of furniture was coming to crash against them and the two managed to avoid it.

“Quick! In there!” Wendy says to Dipper so they can protect themselves.

Dipper realized that the ghosts didn't have the slightest interest in Twilight and she was busy locking up that strange creature.

“What do they want from us?!” Wendy asks because she also realized that she had no interest in Twilight.

“Revenge, I guess?” Dipper replies.

“What did we do wrong?” Wendy asks.

Several in Equestria upon hearing that, thought that Wendy's friends deserved some kind of punishment, but not at the level that was happening at that moment.

“Okay, let's try to figure out the pattern here. Why was each person taken? Tambry was texting, Thompson was playing a video game, Lee was being sarcastic; it doesn't make any sense!” says Dipper.

"Yeah! I mean, those are all just normal teenage things,” Wendy replies.

“…Wendy, say that last part again,” Dipper says, realizing why they were so angry.

“Normal teenage things?” says Wendy.

"Of course! Stay here until I get back!” Dipper says as he comes out of the hideout.

“Dude, what are you doing?!” says Wendy.

Dipper ignores what Wendy was saying, as Twilight just locked the Monster Cooler back in the fridge and saw Dipper approaching the Mabel possessed.

“Hey ghost!” Dipper yells.

The Mabel possessed immediately turns her attention to Dipper.

“I've got something to tell you! I'm not a teenager!” says Dipper.

Upon hearing that, all the things that were there stopped and fell, two ghosts also became visible, they were a couple of old people who were holding Mabel.

"Ho Ho Ho! Well why didn't you say so? Says the male ghost and then lets go of Mabel and falls into a pile of candy.

“How old did you say you were?” the male ghost asks Dipper.

“I'm twelve, technically not a teen,” Dipper said.

“When we were alive, teenagers were a scourge on our store!” says the female ghost.

“Always sassafrassin' costumers with their boomy boxes and disrespectful short pants!” says the male ghost.

The two ghosts say they can call them Ma and Pa Duskerton. They also said that they hated teenagers for their rap music among other things, so after the two of them got fed up with everything that teenagers were doing in their store they decided to put up a sign that said 'NO TEENS', but 3 teenagers at the Finding out about this they decided to start bothering the owners on purpose by playing music outside the store to make the owners angry, until they made both owners suffer from a heart attack and die.

“That's why we hate teenagers so much! Don't we, honey?” Ma said.

And Pa Duskerton nodded, meanwhile Twilight and almost everyone in Equestria couldn't believe how evil those teenagers were.

“Wait, those teenagers bullied you two to death?” Says Twilight she could barely believe what she just heard.

“Yes!” Ma and Pa say at the same time.

"Those teenagers, did they at least regret what they did?" Twilight asked trying to believe that those teenagers couldn't be such idiots.

“I doubt it, those teenagers left the place just because they didn't have anyone to piss off anymore and that's why they left,” Pa Duskerton said thoughtfully.

...

In Equestria they could hardly believe the story of those ghosts.

"I can't believe how far those idiots got with their pranks, it never crossed my mind that a prank could do that", said Rainbow Dash, very surprised that they found what they ended up doing funny.

Everyone who heard Rainbow Dash agreed with her.

...

In Gravity Falls, more specifically in the Dusk 2 Dawn store, Twilight still couldn't believe what happened in the store and decided to ask about something else to stop thinking about them.

“And what is that creature in the freezer?” Twilight asked.

"You mean Monster Cooler, that creature appeared shortly after we finished haunting the place so the products wouldn't spoil and it's in the freezer because it likes cold places," said Ma Duskerton.

Twilight came to the theory that the Monster Cooler came to the store because she felt a lot of magic coming from her.

“But isn't there anything I can do to, to liberate the ones you caught for because they made you anger?” Dipper asked.

“There is one thing. Do you know any funny little dances?” says Pa Duskerton.

“Uh… is there anything else I can do?” Dipper says.

“NOOOO!” Pa Duskerton says angrily and with blue flames.

"I think Pinkie if she was here she could do it," Twilight said.

While in Equestria Pinkie agreed with Twilight.

“OKAY OKAY OKAY! Um… Well, I do know… the Lamby Lamby Dance. Boo-but I can't really do it, without a lamb costume!” Said Dipper, a little relieved not to do that dance.

Pa and Ma Duskerton use their powers and transform the clothes Dipper was wearing into a lamb costume for him to do the dance.

“Oh, well… there it is. Wellll…” Dipper says and then starts singing. “Who wants a Lamby lamby lamby? Gone! Gone! So go up and greet your Mammy mammy mammy! Hi there! Hi there! So march march march around the daisies…”

Twilight and Wendy couldn't help but smile when they saw Dipper's dance. Also several in Equestria really liked that dance, especially Fluttershy.

"Yes Yes! More! MORE!,” says Pa Duskerton because he was enjoying the dance.

“Don't don't don't you forget about the babies!” Dipper sang and then he winks.

“That was so fine, girly dancin' boy! Your friends are free”, said Pa Duskerton very happily and made Dipper's clothes go back to normal.

“Well I don't think you have to worry about us coming back, so…”, Dipper was saying.

Ma and Pa Duskerton disappear, then make gravity come back, freeing all of Wendy's friends, and Twilight realizes that Robbie was hiding inside a cabinet the whole time.

“Ugghh… I'm never gonna eat or do anything ever again,” Mabel said when she stopped hallucinating.

"Hey! There's still some left!,” Dipper says as he offers her a Smile Dip.

“EVIL!” Mabel says without looking at Dipper and slaps Dipper's hand to make him release the Smile Dip.

“What-what happened after everything went crazy?” Lee asks Wendy.

"In short, Dipper managed to convince the ghosts to let you go," Twilight replied.

Wendy turns to Dipper and zips lips to let Dipper know that he won't tell anyone about the dance he did and Dipper also zips lips to tell him back.

...

Then everyone was outside the Dusk 2 Dawn store, almost everyone was sleeping, except Dipper, Twilight and Wendy.

“Well, I'm probably scared for life,” Wendy said.

"Yeah, me too, not to mention that tonight made me realize that sometimes the stupidity of some people can go further than I could believe," Twilight said, remembering how stupid those teenagers from the story of Ma and Pa Duskerton were. .

"Yeah, that was pretty crazy," said Dipper.

“I think I'm gonna go stare at a wall for a while and RETHINK EVERYTHING. Hey, next time we hang out, let's stay at the Mystery Shack. Okay?" Wendy said.

"I think the same, Wendy," Twilight said because this adventure made her realize that the ghosts of Gravity Falls were real, but she was still sure that ghosts didn't exist in Equestria and that some people's stupidity can be very dangerous.

"Yah! Let's, let's hang out at the Shack!” Dipper said.

Dipper noticed before getting into the truck that Twilight was looking a little thoughtful.

“Twilight, are you wondering what lesson you learned today?” Asked Dipper.

"Hey? Something like that," Twilight replied.

“I think the lesson is that in some places you have to have a little bit of respect whether the stories in that place are true or not”, said Dipper.

"You're right, and I'm sure Wendy's friends should have learned from this experience too," Twilight said, remembering how patient Ma and Pa Duskerton were as Wendy's friends caused a lot of chaos in the store until Ma and Pa Duskerton until they got sick of them.

Immediately after, Dipper and Twilight got into Thompson's truck to go back to the Mystery Shack.

“OHHHHH… What kind of sick joke is this?” Mabel says, referring to what she had written before.

When Thompson's truck left the Dusk 2 Dawn store, the lights went out.

...

At the Mystery Shack, Stan was still watching the romantic movie because he couldn't find the remote. Suddenly Stan got angry because in the movie someone said the same thing as him. Dipper, Mabel and Twilight had just arrived and were outside the Mystery Shack, suddenly they saw someone throw the television out the window and Stan leaned out the window.

“Uh, couldn't find the remote,” says Stan.

07) Dipper VS. Manliness

At the Mystery Shack, Stan was serving a customer named Tyler Cutebiker.

“I like to get my Christmas shopping done early. Do you have anything that's in the spirit of the season?” Asked Tyler.

“Uh, how about these crystals?” Suggests Stan showing her a bunch of crystals in a bowl.

"Haha! Looks like broken glass,” said Tyler.

"What are you, a cop?" Said Stan.

"Ooh! What is that new thing?” Asked Tyler without paying attention to Stan.

Suddenly Dipper appeared, Mabel and Twilight appear in front of Stan.

“Grunkle Stan?” Asks Dipper to get Stan's attention.

“an we go to the diner? We're huuungry”, Asks Mabel.

"Yes, please Mr. Stan," said Twilight, a little tired of being in the Mystery Shack, because no tourists were showing up and the only customer had been trying to decide what to buy for over an hour and hadn't bought anything.

“Yeah, sure. Soon as this yahoo makes up his mind”, said Stan, also tired of waiting for Tyler to make up his mind.

“Do you have this in another animal?” Said Tyler, pointing to a hairy trout.

Stan, remembering that Tyler never made up his mind what to buy and hardly paid attention to him, Stan decided to simply leave the Mystery Shack.

“I'm fine locking him inside if you are”, said Stan because he was already fed up with Tyler.

Dipper and Mabel immediately agreed, but Twilight doubted that and so did several of those watching from Equestria, but everyone deep down knew that Tyler wouldn't realize he was alone and locked up here so they agreed with him. Stan and they left.

“Puma shirt, panther shirt. Puma shirt, panther shirt. Puma shirt… panther shirt. ”, Tyler said that he still couldn't decide what to buy, without realizing that he was left locked up and alone.

...

In Equestria they saw the cafeteria Greasy's Diner had a lot of people and also animals like a woodpecker and a beaver, although Fluttershy liked that there were those animals.

“Lazy Susan! There's my little ray of sunshine! Where were you yesterday?” says Stan.

“I got hit by a bus!” replies Lazy Susan.

“Ha ha ha ha! Hilarious!” says Stan.

“You do split plates, right?” Stan said.

“Maybe…”, Lazy Susan says after with her hand she makes the eyelid that she can't use for a wink and says. “Wink.”

“Great! We'll all split a one-fourth of the number seven, plus a free salad dressing for the two ladies and a small plate of ketchup for the boy,” says Stan.

“But Grunkle Stan, I want pancakes!” Mabel said.

“With the fancy flour they use these days? What am I, made of money? ”, Stan said after realizing that a bill he had up his sleeve almost fell off and Stan immediately hides it.

In Equestria they were a little upset with Stan for what he had just been through, but at the same time they weren't surprised. Dipper seeing that there was a manhood tester.

“Don't worry guys, pancakes are on me. I'm going to win some by beating that manliness tester,” Dipper says confidently.

“Manliness Tester?” says Stan.

“Beating?” says Mabel.

Mabel and Stan started laughing and also teasing Dipper that he thought he was manly.

"Que? What's so funny?” Asks Dipper.

“Oh, no offense Dipper, but you're not exactly "Manly Mannington." He ha ha ha!” says Mabel.

“Look, face the music, kid. You got no muscles, you smell like baby wipes, and let's not forget last Tuesday's... 'incident.'” said Stan.

...

A few days ago Dipper while he was in the bathroom began to sing a song from the BABBA group, suddenly he realized that Stan was standing behind him. The people of Equestria also saw that.

...

Back in the present Mabel laughed at Dipper and says.

“You were listening to girly Icelandic pop sensation “BABBA”?” asks Mabel.

“So that's the name of that song you were singing,” Twilight said.

"Wait, Twilight, you knew about that," Dipper said.

"Yes, I knew, when you sang that day I was reading a book and I heard that you were singing very happily," said Twilight.

Mabel and Stan laughed at Dipper again.

“Fine, ‘family of little faith’ Get ready to eat your words. And a plate a delicious pancakes”, said Dipper and then Dipper said to himself. “Alright, Dipper. Time to manhandle this… man handle…”

Dipper gets up and goes to the machine to get the pancakes.

“And a one and a two…”, said Dipper to himself.

“Quit stallin'!” said Stan.

“Mabel can't understand why you're making fun of Dipper,” said Twilight.

"What's your problem Twilight? I find it funny that Dipper thinks he's manly," replied Mabel.

“According to your Mabel, you think Dipper is not manly, right?” Twilight said, a little annoyed by Mabel's teasing of Dipper.

"Yes," said Mabel as she nodded.

“But you didn't end up dating Gideon, because you said Dipper was too manly,” said Twilight.

Mabel upon hearing that was confused, because she realized her contradictions in her opinions. Stan got a little upset when he heard something about Gideon.

Dipper used the manliness tester, but it came out that it was not manly and a card came out that said it was 'You are a cutie patootie!'.

“Oh what? This thing must be broken. It's totally broken, guys. It's like a million years old, probably ran out of steam power or–”, was saying Dipper.

Dipper realized that there was another person to use the manliness tester, he saw that he was Manly Dan and began to prepare to use the manliness tester.

“It's rickety man, you shouldn't even–”, Dipper began to say.

Manly Dan just pushes the lever of the manliness tester with his little finger, it reached the maximum and then it exploded.

"Forks! Pancakes for everyone!” Yelled Manly Dan.

Almost everyone at Greasy's Diner celebrated what Manly Dan said, except for Dipper and Twilight. Twilight couldn't help but wonder how this machine could possibly measure how manly someone is.

"Dipper just forget about it, plus I don't think you like being very similar to Manly Dan," Twilight said trying to make Dipper feel better and also because he thought it wouldn't be ideal to be manly just like Manly Dan.

Dipper then decided to leave Greasy's Diner, but as he was leaving he almost fell over because he tripped over a beaver.

“I'm fine! Heh heh! Everything's fine!” Said Dipper and left.

“Yeesh! How am I related to that?” Said Stan with disgust.

Twilight looked at Stan angrily and immediately decided to go see where Dipper is. Several in Equestria also didn't like Stan and Mabel's attitude.

“Come on, Grunkle Stan. I'm sure deep down you have a soft side too”, says Mabel.

"Ha! Nothing in here but a cold, dark, empty soul”, replies Stan.

Suddenly Lazy Susan appears with the food Stan ordered and places it on the table.

“Food!” says Lazy Susan.

“Thanks there, sugar pot. I-I mean, I mean uh honey wasp, kitten baby, b-baby cow,” replies Stan.

Lazy Susan starts laughing and then goes to continue serving the restaurant.

"What was that about?" Asks Stan.

“Nothing. I don't wanna talk about it. Talk about what? Why is this table wet?" Said Stan nervously as he tried to ignore the question.

“Wait just a second. I think I have an idea happening here. You…”, Mabel was saying.

“No!” Stan tries to interrupt.

“And her de ella…”, Mabel continues, very thoughtful.

“Stop it!” Stan says, still trying to interrupt Mabel.

“AAAHH!” Mabel yells realizing that Stan was in love with Lazy Susan.

“Oh boy,” Stan says, discouraged that Mabel has noticed.

“You have a thing for Lazy Susan! You do have a soft side!” Mabel yells.

Stan covers Mabel's mouth to shut her up.

“Keep it down, will ya?! Right. I admit it, okay? It would be nice if she liked me. But I've been out of the game for so long I wouldn't know where to start. I mean, look at her. She's so classy,” says Stan.

Lazy Susan was hitting the spinning trolley foot to get it working again.

“Grunkle Stan, you are a cranky, gross, weird old man. But we will get Lazy Susan to like you because nothing is stronger than the power of–”, said Mabel.

“Love?” Stan says as he tries to guess what Mabel was going to say.

"Mabel. To victory!” Mabel says and then drinks the salad dressing.

...

In Equestria everyone saw that something strange what was happening.

"I don't know why but that we shouldn't try to see what's going to happen to Stan," said Rainbow Dash.

They all nodded and decided to see that he was doing Twilight.

...

Meanwhile Dipper was walking around the city very upset about what happened at Greasy's Diner restaurant.

"Not manly enough, stupid diner, stupid lumberjack...", says Dipper.

Suddenly something splashes water on him and he sees that he is hydrant destroyed.

“Another hydrant destroyed. It's a gosh dang mystery,” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Wanna take off our uniforms and run around in circles?” asks Deputy Durland.

“Quit readin' my mind”, answers Sheriff Blubs who had already taken off his uniform.

And the two start running around the hydrant. A woman bumps into Dipper, the woman tries to apologize, but all of Dipper's insecurities make him despair and escape into the woods.

...

In Equestria they saw Twilight arriving at the Mystery Shack to talk to Dipper, but she realized she wasn't here. She also saw that Tyler was still thinking about what shirt she was going to buy and she didn't realize that they had left him locked up in the Mystery Shack.

Twilight saw that Journal 3 was in the Mystery Shack. She thought that Dipper wouldn't get into trouble since she didn't have Journal 3. As soon as that thought came to her quickly she decided to dismiss it because Gravity Falls seems to be full of all kinds of problems so she went to try and find Dipper in town.

When she came out of the Mystery Shack she saw that Mabel, Stan, Soos and Wendy had just arrived.

In Equestria they also decided to see where Dipper was and saw that he was in the woods and was carrying a bag of jerky. Suddenly they saw that a lot of animals started running away from something.

...

A few moments before Dipper was trying to train, he realized that he couldn't do it.

“Is it physical, is it mental, what's the secret?” Dipper wonders.

Look at the bag of beef jerky he had and the image of a person saying: 'You're inadequate!'.

“You said it brother. I need help”, said Dipper.

Suddenly there was a roar and immediately a small tremor was felt and then there was a stampede of different animals fleeing in the opposite direction of the roar.

“For the love of all that's holy, run!” Says Manly Dan running away.

A tree was going to fall on top of where Dipper left his hat, but Dipper removes his hat before the tree falls on him, then he hears another roar and a shadow of a creature heading towards Dipper.

Dipper screams in fear, but he realizes that his screams are too high pitched and decides to try to shout with a deep voice.

Dipper and the people of Equestria saw a being called Chutzpar that is very similar to a Minotaur, but much bigger, muscular and also seems more aggressive. He suddenly yawns, he picks up a deer that was hiding and uses his antlers to scratch himself, after scratching he throws it at the deer, the now free deer immediately runs away. Chutzpar then takes the log Dipper was using to hide and throws it away, revealing Dipper.

“Please don't eat me! I haven't showered! In like a week! And, I'm all elbows! Elbows, and gristle!” Says Dipper fearfully.

“YOU…!” Chutzpar starts to say as he points to Dipper.

“Ah!” Dipper yells in fear.

“Gonna finish that?” Chutzpar asks.

Dipper realizes that he wants the jerky he had and tells him no, he immediately starts eating it.

“I can't believe it, part animal, part human. Are you some kind of Minotaur?” Dipper says in surprise.

“I can't believe it, part animal, part human. Are you some kind of Minotaur?” replies Chutzpar.

“So did I, like, summon you or–?” Dipper begins to say.

“The smell of jerky summoned me! JERKY!” Chutzpar says, then knocks down a tree and breaks a stone with his head and continues to speak. “YEAH!! Haha! Heh”

Suddenly Chutzpar starts sniffing the air to find the source of a smell and realizes that the smell was coming from Dipper. And he starts to sniff Dipper closer.

“I smell… emotional issues!” says Chutzpar.

“I have problems, Manotaur. Man-related problems,” replies Dipper.

Chutzpar sits up and motions for Dipper to rest his head on his leg, Dipper places his head on Chutzpar's leg and begins to tell him about his problems.

“Well, my own uncle called me a wimp… And I kind of flunked this manliness video game thing… Hey, you know, you seem pretty manly. Maybe you could give me some pointers?” says Dipper.

While Chutzpar nodded his head to everything Dipper told him.

“Hey, you know, you seem pretty manly. Maybe you could give me some pointers?” says Dipper.

“Very well. Climb atop my back hair, child!” says Chutzpar.

“Uh…okay,” replies Dipper.

Dipper climbs on Chutzpar's back, then Chutzpar starts running through the forest.

...

Shortly after Dipper was scared because Chutzpar had run destroying everything, suddenly Chutzpar charges and crosses the side of a mountain and the two arrive at a cave called Man Cave where the Manotaurs live.

Dipper saw the Manotaurs playing and doing manly things in the Man Cave.

“This place is amazing!” says Dipper.

“The gnomes live in the trees, the merpeople live in the water, 'Cause they're losers! But we Manotaurs, crash in the MAN CAVE!”, says Chutzpar describing this place

Immediately afterwards, Chutzpar sounds a gong to get the attention of the other Manotaurs.

“BEASTS! I have brought you, a hairless child!” says Chutzpar.

“…S'up,” says Dipper.

“This is, uh, Pubetor, Testosteror, Pituitor, and I'm Chutzpar,” Chutzpar says as he gestures to the Manotaurs to introduce them and then looks at Dipper and asks. "And you are?"

“My name's Dipper…”, Dipper was saying but was interrupted by a booing Manotaurs. “The…uh, Destroyer?”

"Yeah. Yeah that's better”, the Manotaurs said as they nodded.

“Dipper The Destroyer wants us to teach him the secrets to our manliness,” says Chutzpar.

"I need your help!" Dipper was saying but was interrupted by a noise.

Dipper and Chutzpar see the noise of a bush outside the Man Cave near the hole where Chutzpar had entered the Man Cave.

“I don't remember there being a bush where we went in,” said Chutzpar.

“Can you leave me alone for a moment?” Asked Dipper.

"Hey? Sure, I don't see why not," said Chutzpar, leaving Dipper alone.

“Who's there?” Asks Dipper, looking at the bush.

It is revealed that hidden in that bush was Twilight.

...

A few minutes before Twilight went looking for Dipper in town, she suddenly saw Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland running in circles in a destroyed hydrant.

“Why do the police destroy a hydrant to run circles around the hydrant and get wet?” Twilight wonders aloud.

Sheriff Blubs hears that question from Twilight, stops and looks at Twilight to answer.

"First of all we are not playing, second we are in full investigation that someone is breaking the hydrants in Gravity Falls", Sheriff Blubs replies and immediately after saying that he continues running in circles in the hydrant.

Twilight now didn't understand how she benefited from the investigation of the two policemen running circles around the hydrant, but she decided to ask where Dipper was.

“Have either of you two seen Dipper?” Twilight asks.

"Yes, I saw it. I think he was talking about how he wasn't manly enough and then he ran into the woods,” Sheriff Blubs replied without stopping his run.

“Thank you,” Twilight says.

When Twilight is in the forest of Gravity Falls she was going to start looking for where Dipper was, but she suddenly heard Dipper's scream in the distance.

Twilight immediately tried to teleport to where Dipper was, but when she heard the scream where she realized she wasn't there.

Twilight saw that Dipper was on the back of a being that seemed to be a Minotaur and she was running Dipper somewhere. She then sees that the being carrying Dipper crashes down the side of a mountain to reach a cave where the rest of her species were and immediately teleports into the entrance to find out what was happening.

She finds out that these beings are called Manotaurs and that they were very manly, she finds out that Dipper is in that place because he wants to be more manly. Twilight couldn't help but remember that the situation Dipper was currently in was similar to the one Spike had when he wanted to know more about dragons and left to find out more. Twilight was worried that Dipper would make a similar decision to Spike's and decide stay here. Twilight was so worried about it, and also attentive to what Dipper and Chutzpar were saying, that she didn't realize that a rock that she was standing on began to give way. When she gave way to that rock she managed to keep her balance, but several in the Man Cave noticed that noise, Twilight decided to hide in a bush to hide from the others. Then came Dipper and Chutzpar.

...

Back in the present Dipper seeing that it was Twilight.

“Twilight, what are you doing here?” Asks Dipper.

“I wanted to know what you were doing, Dipper,” replies Twilight.

Dipper explains to Twilight how he met Chutzpar and why he is here. Twilight then explained how she got to this place.

"Twilight, why don't you teleport away to hide?" Asked Dipper.

"I didn't think about it very well, because I was already worried paying attention to what you were talking about with the Manotaurs," replied Twilight.

"Now I'm sure I won't be able to convince you to leave until I leave," Dipper said, realizing that Twilight wouldn't leave to make sure he left the place.

Twilight nodded and she too was relieved to realize that Dipper had no intention of staying here, but she was still worried that something would happen to Dipper. Dipper decided to go back to Chutzpar to talk again and get them to help him.

"What was that noise? And before you only smelled sentimental problems and now you also smell that you are worried about someone”, asked Chutzpar.

Chutzpar also noticed that the smell of worrying about someone was also coming from another place, but before he tried to find the origin Dipper answered his questions.

"It was nothing and don't worry about it," Dipper told the Manotaurs to divert the conversation and then asked. “Can you help me with my problem that I mentioned before?”

“I must confer with the High Council”, answers Testostetaur.

Later Testostetaur and several Manotaurs meet up and start talking to each other.

“So… teach him our man secrets or what?” Testostetaur says to the other Manotaurs.

“He's a human; I don't like him”, replies Pituitaur.

“I DON'T LIKE YOUR FACE!” Testostetaur says angrily.

All the Manotaurs that had gathered start fighting each other.

"I like these guys," says Dipper.

While Twilight was more worried about Dipper seeing the attitude Manotaurs have.

...

In Equestria they were seeing all that and suddenly they saw what was happening in the Mystery Shack. Where Mabel was going to try to make Stan more presentable for Lazy Susan to be her girlfriend, the first thing Mabel did was take a surprise photo of him, which scared Stan and he later put the photo in her album.

“Bleep. Let's start out with some roleplaying. Soos will play Lazy Susan,” says Mabel introducing Soos that she was dressed as Lazy Susan.

“I'm soft, like a woman,” says Soos.

“Grunkle Stan, show me how you approach a woman. Remember this is a safe, non-judgmental environment. I'll just be right off to the side judging you on a scale from one to ten,” says Mabel to Stan.

Stan gets up from the couch, after facing Soos he spits to the side.

“Can I borrow some money?” asks Stan.

In Equestria they didn't know what to say when they saw how Stan would treat a woman. In Gravity Falls, Mabel immediately blows a whistle in clear disapproval of Stan.

“This is going to be harder than I thought,” says Mabel.

In Equestria everyone agreed with Stan, Rarity was the first to speak.

"While I don't like the idea of seeing a bunch of brutes and Dipper trying to act like them, I'm pretty sure that's better than Mabel trying to get Stan to be a gentleman, for a number of reasons, the main one being that I have a bad feeling about what's going on." that we will end up seeing”, said Rarity, believing that it was not good to see what was going to happen.

They all agreed with what Rarity said and decided to keep checking on Twilight.

...

In Cave Man the Manotaurs had made a decision.

“After a lot of punching, we have decided to deny your request to learn our manly secrets,” said Testostetaurs.

“Denied!” Added Pituitaur to what Testostetaur had just said and then punched himself in the face.

Twilight was relieved that the Manotaurs weren't going to train Dipper because she didn't like the Manotaurs, but then she decided to see Dipper and looking at Dipper's face, Twilight had a bad feeling.

“Denied? ok fine. That's okay with me. Obviously you guys think it would be too hard to train me. Maybe, you're not man enough to try,” Dipper told the Manotaurs.

“Not MAN enough?!” Testostetaur said angrily.

“Destroyer…”, Chutzpar was saying, but he was interrupted.

"Not MAN enough?!" Testostetaur says again, interrupting Chutzpar.

“He didn't mean it,” said Chutzpar, trying to reassure everyone.

“I have three Y chromosomes, six adam's apples, pecs on my abs and FISTS FOR NIPPLES!” says Testostetaur.

Twilight realized what she was trying to do Dipper, she felt that Manotaurs were very easy to manipulate and also that Manotaurs had very strange biology.

“Seems to me you're scared to teach me how to be a man. Hey, do you guys hear that? It sounds like… Bock-bock. Bock. Oh, that's weird–Bocock, bocAW! Is that?–BACAWK! That sounds like–BACAW! Yeah, a bunch of chickens!” said Dipper mocking the Manotaurs.

The Manotaurs meet again to decide if they were going to train Dipper.

“I feel all weird”, comments Testostetaur.

“He's using some sort of brain magic!” replies Pubetor.

The Manotaurs then decided to tell Dipper the decision they had just made.

“After a second round of deliberation, we have decided to help you become a man!” says Testostetaur.

"Man! Man! Man!” all the Manotaurs say.

Dipper was going to say something, but he didn't say it because he was distracted when he realized that Twilight was hiding watching everything that was happening.

...

Then the Manotaurs took Dipper to a place where there was a hole in the ground, next to that hole was a sign that said "Pain Hole".

"Being a man is about conquering your fears," says Chutzpar.

“For your first man task, you must plunge your fist—INTO THE PAIN HOLE!” says Testostetaur.

All the Manotaurs tremble in fear from the Pain Hole.

“The what…?” Asks Dipper doubtfully.

Testostetaur suddenly reaching into the Pain Hole.

“Pain hole, schmainhole-WAHHH!! AHHH!!! AHH! ”, Testostetaur was saying, but he couldn't continue speaking because of the pain he felt, he started slapping himself to ignore the pain he felt, but he couldn't hold it and ran from the place grabbing his arm.

“Are you sure this is really necessary?” Asks Dipper with some fear.

“You want to be a man, don't you?” replies Chutzpar.

"Man! Man! Man! Man!” the Manotaurs say to cheer Dipper up, while saying that Pituitaur punches another Manotaur in the face.

Dipper sticks his hand into the Pain Hole.

“AAAAAAHHHHHHHH!” Yells Dipper after reaching into the Pain Hole.

Twilight didn't try to stop this, because she thought the Pain Hole was just a simple test of courage, so she didn't try to stop it. Twilight worried about Dipper, but she saw that he was safe. Twilight decided that if Dipper tried to do something dangerous, she would step in to stop him.

...

After some time in the Man Cave, Dipper was happy because he had managed to pass several tests. While Twilight was watching she was wondering why Dipper had decided to only be in a loincloth, Twilight was sure that humans didn't like to be naked in public and being in a loincloth is practically being naked.

“Guys, I just wanna say that these last few hours have been… I-I feel like there's really been some growth,” Dipper tells the Manotaurs.

“I have a growth!” says Glurk.

“Glurk, you are hilarious today!” Dipper and Glurk reply, Dipper then keeps talking. “It's just you guys took me under your wing, and have just been so supportive”

“Oh stop,” Chutzpar says, stopping Dipper with his hand.

“No, you know what? You really have been. I think I feel like I'm finally becoming a man here”, says Dipper.

"Not yet, Shredder," Chutzpar was saying to Dipper, but was interrupted by a strange noise.

That sound was from the Walkie-Talkie that Twilight had, she kept watching and eavesdropping on what was happening in the Man Cave until she rang the Walkie-Talkie, that's why Twilight teleported as far away from the Man Cave.

The Manotaurs heard the sound of the Walkie-Talkie, but paid no attention to it. Dipper also heard the walkie-talkie, but didn't care as he realized that Twilight had teleported away from the location.

“As I wanted to say before the sound interrupted. One final task remains. The deadliest trial of all”, says Chutzpar.

“I've survived forty-nine other trials. Whatever it is, bring it on!” Says Dipper as he clenches his fist.

All the Manotaurs are happy about what Dipper said.

...

In Equestria they see the Manotaurs decide Dipper to see their leader. All Manotaurs bow.

“Behold our leader, Leaderaur!” says Chutzpar.

Suddenly an old and hunched over Manotaurs appears.

“Is he like the oldest, or wisest, or…?” asks Dipper.

“Naw, he's just the offering. That”, says Chutzpar and then points up and says. “is Leaderaur.”

Dipper and the inhabitants of Equestria see that the leader of the Manotaurs called Leaderaur, is a gigantic black Manotaurs and swallows the old Manotaur. Seeing that Leaderaur ate the old Manotaurs, many people in Equestria felt afraid of Leaderaur.

“You - You wish to be man?” Leaderaur asks Dipper.

“HUUUAAARRRRGGHHH!” Dipper says as he thumps his chest to show that he was going to do it.
All the Manotaurs are happy with Dipper's answer.

“Then you must do heroic act, go to highest mountain”, says Leaderaur.

Leaderaur then reaches into his own chest and pulls out a spear, immediately throwing it in front of Dipper and continuing to talk to Dipper.

“and bring back head of… the Multi-Bear!” says Leaderaur.

All the Manotaurs gasp at the last test.

“The Multi-Bear? Is that some sort of bear...?” Asks Dipper with some doubts.

“He's our sworn enemy! Conquer him and your mansformation will be complete”, Leaderarur tells Dipper.

“Conquer? I don't know, man”, Dipper replies doubtfully.

Chutzpar starts going through Dipper's backpack and finds a BABBA band case.

“Destroyer, is this yours?” asks Chutzpar.

"Oh no! Ha ha, I don't know whose that is, just borrowing it, friend's, not mine,” replies Dipper as he snatches the case from Chutzpar.

“Mmm, I don't know about this…”, said a Manotaurs doubtful about Dipper's answer.

Dipper, seeing some Manotaurs with doubts, grabs the spear that Leaderaur gave him and raises it over his head.

“I SHALL CONQUER THE MULTI-BEAR!” Yells Dipper.

All the Manotaurs are happy for what Dipper said and while Leaderaur shoots fire from his nose and one of those sparks falls on Dipper and immediately Dipper puts it out.

“I'm okay!” says Dipper.

Then Dipper went to find the Multi-Bear.

...

In another place, a little far from the Man Cave, Twilight answer the Walkie-Talkie and to talk.

“Twilight can you help me,” says Mabel over the Walkie-Talkie.

"What's wrong?" Asks Twilight, a little tired and annoyed because she was sure that Mabel was going to ask her something stupid, she just wanted to hear what Mabel had to say and immediately tell her that she was busy.

"Twilight, I need you to use your magic to make Stan more presentable," said Mabel.

“What?!” Replies Twilight, very surprised, because it wasn't a usual call that Mabel would make to Twilight.

Mabel later explained to Twilight that she wanted to make Stan more presentable because Stan was in love with Lazy Susan, but she realized that this was more difficult than she would have imagined, so she decided to call Twilight to see if she had a spell to help Stan. Twilight was a little surprised that Mabel was calling about something that wasn't as big of a nonsense as she usually did, suddenly Twilight remembers that she was making sure Dipper was okay and spent a few minutes listening to Mabel's problem.

"Mabel, I can't think of any spell to do that and I also don't have any ideas to make Stan more presentable, I'm not like my friend Rarity, because she could do it very easily," said Twilight because she had realized that she couldn't do anything about the problem that Mabel had.

Rarity was flattered by Twilight's comment, but she also felt that it wouldn't be easy for her to do that.

"Mabel, I'm busy at the moment doing something very important and besides, I don't know how I can help you, so don't call me for now until I let you know I'm free," said Twilight and ended the call.

Twilight went to check on Dipper in the Man Cave.

...

When Twilight arrived at the Man Cave she couldn't see Dipper anywhere in or around the Man Cave, she only saw the Manotaurs and their leader Leaderaur. Twilight not finding Dipper she felt she began to worry. Without thinking, she went to ask the Manotaurs where Dipper was.

“Where's Dipper?” Asked Twilight.

The Manotaurs were shocked when a small mare appeared in front of them in the Man Cave. Chutzpar was the first Manotaur to react to Twilight's sudden appearance.

"You mean Destructor, he went to do the last test," says Chutzpar.

Twilight decided to ask where the place of the last test was, but before that Testostestaur speaks.

"Wait a minute, you're a unicorn, since when do unicorns worry about other species, plus you don't seem to be so narcissistic", says Testostestaur, very surprised.

All the Manotaurs were so surprised by how unusual Twilight's attitude was compared to the other unicorns they had seen that they forgot that Twilight was different from the other unicorns they had seen.

Chutzpar explains to Twilight that Dipper went to the mountain to defeat Multi-Bear.

“What?!” Yells Twilight, and immediately after she's gone up the mountain to help Dipper.

When Twilight left to where they said Dipper was, the Manotaurs were pretty sure that Twilight wasn't the same unicorn species they knew.

...

Then Twilight immediately went to see if Dipper was okay and also to stop Dipper from trying to finish off Multi-Bear, because Twilight didn't like the idea of someone attacking a living being and she was sure Dipper decided to try to do this to receive the approval of the Manotaurs.

When Twilight was near the cave where the Multi-Bear lives, she heard two voices singing the song Disco Girl, Twilight recognized that Dipper was one of the ones who was singing, but the other voice didn't recognize the other voice.

Twilight immediately enters the cave where the Multi-Bear lived, when she entered she saw that Dipper had managed to subdue the Multi-Bear, that surprised Twilight and also that Dipper along with the Multi-Bear were singing Disco Girl.

“This is crazy! Finally someone who-who understands- uh… Oh yeah. I guess I'm supposed to kill you? Or I'll never be a man?” Said Dipper.

“I accept my fate,” said Multi-Bear.

“No!” Says Dipper, then asks in surprise. "Really?"

“It's for the best”, replies the Multi-Bear.

“I'm not gonna do it,” says Dipper.

Twilight was glad Dipper decided not to take down the Multi-Bear, though she was surprised that Dipper managed to defeat the Multi-Bear single-handedly and she was also going to stop Dipper if he tried to harm the Multi-Bear to prove himself male.

“Can someone explain to me, what's going on here?” Asks Twilight.

Dipper explained to Twilight what had happened. Twilight was surprised that the Multi-Bear wasn't a dangerous creature. Suddenly Multi-Bear who had been quietly listening to Dipper's story to Twilight asks Twilight a question.

"Where are you from? Because I'm sure you're not one of the unicorns from Gravity Falls”, asked Multi-Bear.

“Are you saying that because my personality is not the same as the other unicorns?” Asks Twilight, remembering that the Manotaurs used to say that unicorns are arrogant.

"Not only that, but your appearance is not the same as the unicorns I've seen in Gravity Falls", replies Multi-Bear, which surprises Twilight a bit, then the Multi-Bear continues talking. "The unicorns I've seen are much taller, with bigger eyes, and use the power of their horn to speak instead of their mouth."

Twilight with the information from Multi-Bear was now sure that the unicorns in Gravity Falls are of a different species.

"Multi-Bear, do you know where the unicorns in Gravity Falls live? Maybe they have some information that can help me?" Asked Twilight.

"I don't know, they don't like to talk to any race, plus I'm sure there isn't any race or being they like and I doubt they have any information you need," said Multi-Bear.

Multi-Bear remembered that the unicorn he found she said it was the last of its kind and also told Multi-Bear that he was not pure of heart, Multi-Bear immediately realized that the unicorn was lying, because he sniffed that recently the unicorn had been with more unicorns, Multi-Bear left and went to the place where he sniffed that they had other unicorns were and the Multi-Bear decided to observe that place secretly, after a while he saw that the unicorn met with other unicorns to talk evil of him and among the things that said that unicorn tells the other unicorns that another stupid creature believed the lie that they can see if someone is pure of heart, after making fun of the Multi-Bear the unicorns went home. Multi-Bear didn't want to get together with those unicorns again.

Twilight realized that the unicorns in Gravity Falls were not very nice, Dipper and Twilight left that cave.

...

Later Dipper and Twilight arrived at the Man Cave where the Manotaurs were waiting for them.

Dipper told the Manotaurs that he was not going to kill the Multi-Bear. The Manotaurs were not happy to hear that Dipper was not going to complete the last test. Twilight upon hearing this realized something.

“I have some questions for the Manotaurs”, said Twilight.

Dipper and the Manotaurs looked at Twilight curiously.

“There's only ever been one Multi-Bear, right?” Asks Twilight.

All the Manotaurs nod at Twilight's question.

“And the last test for being extremely manly is to take down the Multi-Bear, right?” Asks Twilight.

All the Manotaurs nod again, Dipper also realized what he wanted to verify with his questions.

"In other words, no Manotaurs have completed all the tests to prove his manhood", says Twilight.

All the Manotaurs were upset by what Twilight said, but at the same time all the Manotaurs in knew that they were afraid of her to fight the Multi-Bear. Suddenly Chuztpar realized something.

“I think the last test was something else”, said Chutzpar.

The Manotaurs began to discuss the tests to be a man. Dipper and Twilight realized from what they heard that they recently decided to make a rule, but no Manotaur was able to complete it for fear of the Multi-Bear.

Finally the Manotaurs told Dipper, although it was not necessary to kill Multi-Bear to be someone masculine, they were still disappointed in Dipper for not killing Multi-Bear.

Hearing that, Dipper and Twilight left the Man Cave.

...

While Dipper and Twilight went back to where Mabel and Stan were.

“I wanted to ask you this a long time ago and now that it's just the two of us I'm going to ask you, why are you dressed like that Dipper?” Asks Twilight.

“I'm dressed like this to complete the Manotaur trials to prove manhood”, said Dipper, trying to defend himself.

"It looks to me like you're almost naked", replied Twilight, and then she realizes something. "But maybe Manotaurs like to dress that way because they like saunas and thermal baths"

...

After Dipper and Twilight went to the Mystery Shack, Dipper changed into his usual clothes and that's where they found out that Mabel and Stan went to the local Greasy's Diner, Twilight immediately realized that Stan went there to talk to Lazy Susan.

As Dipper and Twilight were arriving at Greasy's Diner, Mabel, who was inside Greasy's Diner, saw Dipper and Twilight through a window.

“DIPPER!! TWILIGHT!! It's me, Mabel! I'm looking at you through this glass! Right here! This is my voice! I'm talking to you from inside!” says Mabel.

Dipper nods and motions for Mabel to calm down, then Dipper and Twilight walk into Greasy's Diner and sit next to Mabel and Stan.

“Did you see me through the–?” Mabel was asking, but was interrupted by Dipper.

“Yes”, Answers Dipper, interrupting Mabel's question.

“What's wrong?” Asks Mabel, noticing that Dipper seems a bit depressed.

“I don't want to talk about it”, said Dipper.

“Good”, says Stan with clear disinterest in Dipper's problem.

“It's just these half man half bull humanoids were hanging out with me…”, Dipper begins to say.

“Here we go”, says Stan, irritated that he doesn't care about Dipper's story.

Twilight and the others in Equestria were a little annoyed by how little interest Stan had from a relative of he.

“But then they wanted me to do this really tough, horrible thing but it just wasn't right. So I said no”, said Dipper to finish talking about his problem.

"You were your own man and you stood up for yourself", replies Stan, still with little interest in Dipper's story.

Dipper and Twilight were surprised by Stan's response.

“Well, you did what was right even though no one agreed with ya. Sounds pretty manly to me, but what do I know?” Said Stan.

Dipper smiles at Stan's words.

“That advice would have served Dipper a lot sooner”, said Twilight, then whispered. "And also to Spike when he wanted to know more about dragons"

Twilight decided to write that piece of advice she gave Stan as the lesson she had learned today.

...

Meanwhile Stan was very worried near a phone.

“Oh, not again”, said Stan.

Lazy Susan kept calling Stan and that made him start to be afraid of her and Stan tried to keep as far away from her.

“How do I get out of this?!” Says Stan.

08) Twilight2

At the Mystery Shack, Soos and Wendy were preparing for a party that was going to be held there. Twilight was very nervous and worried because there was going to be a party and she was reading a book to try to make this party perfect. Dipper and Mabel were sitting together on the couch.

“Oh no, Mabel. I-I don't feel so good. I-BBBBLLLAAAA!” says Dipper pretends to vomit and sprays Silly Sprays at Mabel.

“Ohhh, Grunkle Stan, what did you feed us?! BBBBBLLLAAAA!,” Mabel says, she also pretends to vomit and sprays Silly Sprays towards Dipper.

Dipper and Mabel continue spraying each other with Silly Sprays, suddenly Wendy arrives with a worried expression.

“Guys, guys, stop! Something terrible just happened!” says Wendy with some fear.

Dipper and Mabel look at Wendy, suddenly Wendy sprays Silly Sprays towards Dipper and Mabel. The three of them start laughing at what was happening.

“Alright, alright! Party supplies are now off-limits,” says Stan taking Silly Sprays and the confetti.

“Mr. Pines, whose birthday is it again? ”Soos asks as she continued preparing the place to have a party.

“Nobody's. “Thought this party might be a good way to get kids to spend money at the Shack,” Stan responds and plays a “Pin-the-tail-on-the-donkey” game.

“Nice!” Soos says upon hearing Stan's response.

“The young people of this town want fun; “I'll smother 'em with fun!” says Stan.

“Maybe comments like that are why kids don't go to the Mystery Shack,” Dipper comments on Stan's comment as he gave Twilight and Mabel a soda, then opens a soda for himself.

“Hey, hey! Hows about you make yourself useful and copy these flyers?” Stan says to Dipper, Mabel and Twilight, then gives them a flyer.

“Oh boy, a trip to the copier store!” said Mabel excitedly.

Twilight upon hearing that decided to also accompany Dipper and Mabel, because maybe she would find another book on how to throw a party.

“Calendars, mugs, t-shirts and more! They got it all at the copier store! That's not their slogan, I just really feel that way about the copier store,” Soos said.

“Save the trouble. Do you know the old copier in my office? I finally fixed the old girl up! Good as new!” Stan responded.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight arrived at Stan's office where the photocopier was, that photocopier was in very bad condition and suddenly a lot of moths came out of that photocopier.

“Butterflies!” says Mabel, believing that the moths were butterflies.

“Does it even work?” Dipper wonders.

Twilight wonders the same thing as Dipper, she still wasn't sure if Stan was telling the truth about the copier working, then Dipper presses a button on the copier while resting his hand on the copier, it suddenly turns on and creates a photocopy of the arm. from Dipper.

“Success!” Mabel said as she grabbed the paper from the copier.

Then the paper starts to shake, Mabel gets scared and lets go of the paper. The picture of Dipper's arm comes to life and begins to crawl near them. Dipper, Mabel and Twilight get scared when they see that arm.

“Stay back!” Dipper said.

After Dipper throws the drink he had in a bottle at her, the photocopy of his arm touching the drink began to fall apart.

“Oh my gosh! Twilight and Mabel, I think this copier can copy human beings!”, says Dipper.

This greatly surprised Twilight and others who were watching in Equestria.

“Do you realize what this means?” Mabel asks Dipper and Twilight and then sprays Silly String at Dipper and Twilight.

...

In Equestria they saw that photocopier and were surprised what it could do.

“It's a shame that Mr. and Mrs. Cake had to leave Ponyville for work and Pinkie is taking care of Baby Cakes, because she would be happy watching a party being prepared and maybe watching the photocopier too,” Spike said.

Everyone present agreed with what Spike said.

...

At the Mystery Shack when they had finished preparing everything for the party, Stan gathered Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, Wendy and Soos to tell them what their duties at the party would be.

“Alright party people...also Dipper and Twilight,” Stan said.

Dipper and Twilight were a little upset by that comment from Stan.

“Let's talk business. Soos, because you'll work for free, and you begged, I'm lettin' you be DJ,” Stan said.

“You won't regret it, Mr. Pines. I got this book to teach me how to DJ R-R-Right!,” Soos says as she held up the book.

“Not encouraging. Wendy, you and Mabel are working the ticket booth,” Stan says.

"Que? But Grunkle Stan, this party is my chance to make new friends!”, Mabel responds.

“I could work with Wendy,” Dipper said quite calmly.

“You realize if you do, you gotta commit to staying at the ticket stand with Wendy. Not getting out of it, just the two of you, alone, all night,” says Stan.

“No problem,” Dipper said quite calmly.

...

In Dipper, Mabel and Twilight's room, when Dipper was about to go to the ticket booth, but was surprised by Mabel.

“Uh, uh, I could work the counter with you, Wendy! Let's kiss! ”Mabel says as she pretended to kiss someone.

“Mabel, what are you talking about? “I don't feel anything for Wendy,” Dipper asks, somewhat confused.

“So, why did you decide to stay alone with Wendy?” Mabel asks.

“Mabel, you know I'm not very good at parties. I want everyone else to enjoy this party that's why I decided to go to the ticket stand, plus if Twilight went to the ticket stand she would be completely overwhelmed by people and also thanks to the fact that I volunteered to be at the ticket stand you can enjoy the party." , Dipper responded quite calmly.

“Thanks for that Dipper, but I would like you to enjoy the party too,” said Mabel, then Mabel remembers something and asks. “By the way, where is Twilight?”

“I think this is where the party is going to be,” says Dipper.

“Thanks Dipper,” Mabel says and leaves.

...

In the room where the party was going to be was Twilight making sure everything was okay. Twilight was quite nervous, the closer it got to the time of the party, the more nervous Twilight was and she ended up making a gigantic list to make a perfect party.

“What are you doing Twilight?” Asks Mabel.

“I'm going to make sure the whole party is okay,” Twilight said very confidently.

“Make sure the party is alright? Oh, you're not doing one of those overcomplicated listy things, are you?” Mabel asks, hoping Twilight will say no.

“Yes,” Twilight responds proudly.

“That's a very bad idea,” says Mabel.

Twilight ignores that idea and decides to ask Mabel a question.

“How did you know so quickly that I had made a list,” Twilight asks.

“With what you just said, I had the feeling that you were going to make a list, because by doing so you thought you would feel calmer,” Mabel said and she was also sure that Twilight was more stressed about making the list.

“Of course I made the list to calm myself down and it was a good decision,” Twilight said proudly.

Mabel looks worriedly at Twilight and decided to try to get her to relax.

“Parties are unpredictable and they are meant to be enjoyed, because you don't just calm down and enjoy your first party in Gravity Falls,” Mabel said and then she left the place.

Mabel didn't realize that with those words she made Twilight more determined to do everything as written on the list. The real reason why Twilight was so obsessed with making the party go completely well was that when she found out there was going to be a party. At the Mystery Shack she began to remember the good times she had with her friends in Equestria and Twilight, in order not to feel sad, began to focus on making the party completely perfect.

...

Later that night at the Mystery Shack the party had already begun, while several in Equestria were watching the party. Soos was working as a DJ.

“The energy, it's electric! Uhh, lightning, lightning, lightning, lightning…” Soos says as she presses buttons on the sound FX machine, making various noises as she searches for the lightning.

Seeing how well the party was going, Stan approaches Mabel to talk to her.

“Can your uncle throw a party or what?” Stan says quite happily and then comments. “And if anyone wants to leave, I'm charging an exit fee of 15 bucks!”

Nate and Lee hear this and begin to despair at what they heard.

“We've only got 13!” says Nate.

“We're trapped!” says Lee.

Then Nate and Lee start banging on the window for someone outside the Mystery Shack to help them. Several in Equestria saw that and couldn't help but think that the two of them were stupid.

...

Meanwhile, outside the Mystery Shack at the ticket booth were Dipper and Wendy serving customers who wanted to enter the Mystery Shack party.

“Dipper, why did you decide to be at the ticket booth? Because I was sure you would like to be at the party with Twilight,” Wendy asks.

“I don't really enjoy parties and Twilight told me that she had been to several parties in Ponyville, so I think she will be happy,” Dipper responded.

Wendy couldn't help but have a bad feeling. What the two didn't know was that Twilight was very stressed making sure everything was okay at all times.

...

Meanwhile at the party, Mabel met Grenda and Candy, Mabel quickly realized that she could get along with her.

“Remember dudes, who ever, um, party hardies, what? Gets the party crown!,” Soos told the crowd as she read a book, then she shows a crown to the crowd and says. “Most applause at the end of the night wins!”

Everyone looks at the crown in amazement, suddenly a blonde girl named Pacifica Northwest approaches Soos, accompanied by two other girls.

“Party crown? I'll take that, thank you very much!” says Pacifica.

“Who's that?” Asks Mabel.

“The most popular girl in town, Pacifica Northwest.”, answers Candy.

“I always feel bad about myself around her,” says Grenda to add to response.

While Soos felt doubts about giving the crown to Pacifica.

“I can't just give you the crown. It's sort of a competition thing,” says Soos.

Pacifica knows what Soos said and takes the microphone.

“Honestly, who's gonna compete against me? Fork girl? Lizard lady?” Pacifica said referring to Candy and Grenda.

Candy and Grenda felt very bad about Pacifica's comment about them. Several in Equestria saw that and liked Pacifica's hurtful comments.

“Hold me, Candy!” Grenda says as she hugged Candy.

“Our kind isn't welcome here!” says Candy.

Mabel, seeing how sad Candy and Grenda were, walks angrily towards where Soos was.

“Hey, I'll compete!” Mabel says very happily.

Candy and Grenda gasp as they see Mabel that she was going to compete against Pacifica.

“I'm Mabel,” Mabel says to Pacifica.

“That sounds like a fat old lady's name,” says Pacifica, annoyed.

“I'll take that as a compliment!”, Mabel responds.

“May the better partier win,” Pacifica says arrogantly and then walks away from her with her friends.

“Nice meeting you!” Mabel yells at Pacifica and then tells Candy and Grenda. “She She she's going down”

...

Twilight was trying to make the list she had made, which consisted of making sure that some elements of the party did nothing will happen to them, such as the lights, the punch, and observing them from a safe distance to avoid the public that had come to the party, but quickly Twilight realized that it was exhausting her to check too many places at once. Twilight suddenly got the idea to use the Cloning Copy Machine, when she realized that the copies of her thought and had the same memories, so she decided to create more clones for them to watch at all times.

...

Meanwhile at the ticket booth were Dipper and Wendy, suddenly they heard the contest to get the crown started.

“Whoa! Sounds like the party's getting nuts,” says Wendy as she watched the party through the window that was near them.

Suddenly Dipper and Wendy heard Soos' voice through the speaker.

“Let the battle for the party crown begin! Mabel comes out strong! Watch out, Pacifica!” says Soos.

“I've gotta get in there!” says Wendy, then looks at Dipper and asks him. “Cover for me?”

“Of course, no problem,” Dipper replies calmly.

Seeing how calm Dipper was, Wendy remembered what Dipper had told her before, that's why she was going to check on Twilight.

...

Shortly after inside the Mystery Shack, Wendy immediately ran into Robbie and he started showing off to she. Suddenly, in the distance, Wendy saw for a few seconds one of the copies of Twilight walking away from the party and immediately went to that direction to talk to her, but suddenly the original Twilight was seen standing somewhere close to her. Wendy was surprised that Twilight had arrived so quickly to this place, but she immediately thought that Twilight had teleported.

“Hello Twilight, how did you spend tonight?” Asked Wendy.

“I just made sure this party is perfectly fine”, replied Twilight proudly.

Wendy had a feeling that the answer Twilight gave her had nothing to do with the party.

“Wendy, have people stopped coming into the Mystery Shack?” Asked Twilight.

“No, Dipper wanted us all to enjoy the party, that's why he decided to be in the ticket booth,” Wendy responded.

Upon hearing Wendy's response, Twilight realized that there were 2 things that she had forgotten to take into account, the first is that Dipper was not going to enjoy the party because he would be in the ticket booth and the second is that he forgot to include herself at the party.

“Wendy, I have something very important to do,” Twilight said and immediately left to meet with her clones to explain the matter.

Wendy was a little confused at how Twilight reacted, but she decided not to care and went to enjoy the party.

...

After Twilight met the first clone she had created and explained that someone had to replace Dipper at the ticket booth.

“I'm going to replace him!” said Twilight's clone.

A few minutes after that clone of Twilight left, the original Twilight managed to gather all the other clones and explained to them that she had to be present at the party. When the clones heard that the original Twilight was going to the party, they were very irritated with the original Twilight and immediately afterwards created 2 new clones to replace herself and the clone that left.

All of Twilight's clones started arguing about the original Twilight going to the party and they couldn't be at the party, they all started arguing if the original Twilight had the right to do that.

...

Shortly before the original Twilight gathered her clones, the Twilight clone arrived at the ticket booth to replace Dipper, the copy of Twilight realized that Dipper had doubts when she saw her, but unfortunately the people in line when they saw a unicorn immediately began to overwhelm her, Dipper had to stay to help her with the people, fortunately there were few who were still outside.

“You're not the original Twilight,” Dipper whispered to the Twilight clone so that no one would hear what she said.

Twilight's clone was going to try to deny it, but she realized that it didn't matter if Dipper found out about it. Twilight walked away from the ticket booth with Dipper to answer him.

“Yes, I am a copy of Twilight, as you found out with curiosity,” Twilight said.

“First of all your colors are grayer and secondly your cutie mark is barely distinguishable, Twilight2,” Dipper said.

Twilight's clone upon hearing that immediately looked at her cutie mark and realized that it was barely noticeable and suddenly realized something else.

“Wait a minute Dipper, did you call me Twilight2?” the Twilight clone asked.

“To be able to differentiate yourself from the original Twilight,” Dipper said.

The Twilight clone sighs realizing that she somehow found it more comfortable to be called Twilight2 than to just be known as a Twilight clone like the other clones the original Twilight created.

“Okay Dipper you can call me that, but then I'll see what I can call myself,” Twilight2 said.

Dipper and Twilight2 realized that they had to return to the ticket booth to serve the customers. Dipper was calm because he believed that there was no problem that Twilight had made only one clone, but what he didn't know was that Twilight had made many clones.

...

Meanwhile, the original Twilight was still wondering where to start enjoying the party. Suddenly, Pacifica came out of the bathroom, somewhat upset, but when she saw Twilight she seemed to calm down.

Twilight immediately thought that Pacifica was going to run up and hug her like many girls in Gravity Falls, but she was a little surprised to see that Pacifica didn't immediately run up to hug her.

“You're a real unicorn,” Pacifica said, quite surprised.

“I thought everyone in Gravity Falls knew I was in the Mystery Shack?” Twilight said doubtfully.

Pacifica was surprised to see that Twilight could speak, Pacifica calmed down a little and continued talking to Twilight.

“If you hear there's a unicorn at the Mystery Shack, do you really think it's a real unicorn?” Pacifica responded.

Twilight upon hearing Pacifica's answer couldn't help but agree with her, but she was also sure that most of the inhabitants of Gravity Falls would think it was true.

“By the way, what's your name? My name is Pacifica Northwest,” Pacifica asks.

“My name is Twilight Sparkle,” Twilight replied.

“Why did you seem so worried?” Pacifica asks.

Twilight tells her about the list to make the party perfect, but she realized that she forgot to include herself in the party, Twilight didn't tell her that she had cloned herself. Pacifica was a little surprised to see the list Twilight had made, but she realized something.

“I think you made this list to avoid thinking about something that is worrying you,” Pacifica responded.

Twilight upon hearing that began to think that it was the first thing she thought when she found out that Stan was going to have a party at the Mystery Shack and she suddenly remembered it.

“I miss my friends in Ponyville a lot and that's why I was trying to keep my mind distracted,” Twilight said to herself, forgetting that Pacifica was there.

“Ponyville, is this the town you lived in before?” Pacifica asked.

“Yes, but that's not important,” Twilight said.

“Okay, but I hope you go to the party soon, because soon it will end and I will win the crown,” Pacifica said confidently and then left the place.

Twilight felt calmer talking to someone, but hearing that she was going to finish her off soon she became worried again.

“I'm not going to stress out again, I'm going to calm down and go to the party,” Twilight told herself.

Twilight was going to go to the party, but suddenly one of her clones appeared.

“Twilight, we have to talk to all your copies, it's something very important regarding the list you made,” said the Twilight clone.

“Okay, but make it quick”, responded Twilight, believing that her copy want to talk to her about something that was not important.

...

Outside the Mystery Shack at the ticket booth, Dipper and Twilight2 were going to the party.

“How strange, I don't see Twilight enjoying the party”, commented Dipper because he looked out the window before entering the Mystery Shack.

“She must be verifying the party things that are on the list with the other clones”, answered Twilight2.

“At one point I thought Twilight was going to the party”, said Dipper.

Twilight2 realized that the original Twilight was going to leave her doing other things while she was at the party. Dipper thought more about what Twilight2 said and realized something.

“Wait, Twilight2, did Twilight make more clones?” Dipper asked when she realized that Twilight2 spoke of clones in the plural.

“Yes, she made several clones, but Dipper, don't worry, they all think the same way as the original Twilight,” said Twilight2, trying to reassure Dipper.

"You didn't seem upset for a moment knowing that the original Twilight was going to the party and you weren't," Dipper said.

Twilight2 hearing what Dipper said started to worry.

“We must go immediately to see the original Twilight and the other clones,” says Twilight2.

Immediately after, Dipper and Twilight leave the place.

...

Meanwhile, the original Twilight arrived where her clones were and explained to Twilight that they agreed that no one wanted to be watching, but everyone wanted to be at the party, but they all came to agree that she should not be at the party. party if his clones were working.

Twilight realized that obsessing over the list combined with making clones of it was a bad idea. She was also calmer because she talked to Pacifica Northwest.

Twilight knew that she was outnumbered, but suddenly she arrived at the Twilight2 location.

“You all left me at the ticket booth to go to the party,” Twilight said, trying to sound angry following Dipper's plan to distract everyone so the original Twilight could escape from here.

“I forgot you were at the ticket booth,” the original Twilight and her clones said at the same time.

“I have a question, if the original Twilight isn't going to the party, who is going to the party?” Twilight2 asks.

All the Twilight clones started arguing among themselves, except Twilight2. Twilight noticed that there was a clone that she wasn't discussing, Twilight wondered why she wasn't joining in on the discussion. Twilight suddenly saw Dipper motioning for her to run away as they all argued.

Original Twilight and Dipper fled the scene and shortly after Twilight's clones noticed, everyone except Twilight2 decided to chase original Twilight, but when they were surrounded Dipper tried to threaten them with a party popper, but no one took that threat seriously, then Dipper used the party popper caused the sprinklers to light up, causing all the Twilight clones that were there to melt.

“Seeing how the other clones melted makes me think that no one thought about what they were going to do with the clones after the party,” comments Twilight2.

Twilight immediately got scared when she saw that there was still one clone left, but before anything could happen, Dipper started to tell Twilight what that clone was not dangerous, but suddenly they saw that most of them were leaving the Mystery Shack and that made the three of them realize that the party was over.

...

A few minutes before the party ended it was going to be decided who was going to get the crown.

“One more song, doubts, and then it's time for the bestowing of the party crown. It's gonna be the–”, Soos says then she presses a key on her keyboard making the keyboard make an explosion sound and says happily. “Nailed it”

“Pacifica, I just wanna say that whoever wins, it's been a super fun party”, says Mabel to Pacifica.

“Tsk. Awwww, it thinks it's gonna win. Hey, did you hear that?” Says Pacifica wearing her hand to hear better.

Mabel also use his hand to hear better.

“People clapping for the weird girls? Yeah, I don't", says Pacifica in a mocking tone to Mabel and then she left.

While Mabel was still trying to hear what Pacifica was referring to with a worried look.

“Let the party crown voting begin!” says Soos.

“Good luck, Mabel”, says Pacifica sarcastically to Mabel.

Soos uses the microphone to let everyone know that it will be decided who gets the crown.

“Applaud to vote for Mabel”, says Soos.

Several of the public of the party began to applaud.

“Let's check the applause meter. Oh, oh, very good”, says Soos as he used her hand to measure the number of people clapping.

Mabel feels happy to see that many people support her.

“And the next contestant: Pacifica,” says Soos.

People hesitate to applaud, but when they saw Pacifica angry they started applauding.

“Uh-oh, hey! This has like, never happened before,” says Soos, surprised that it was a tie.

Pacifica upon hearing that began to look around her and sees Old Man McGucket sleeping, Pacifica quickly gives her a dollar and immediately Old Man McGucket wakes up and starts clapping.

“Ladies and gentlemen, we-we have a winner,” Soos said disappointed when he realized that Pacifica had won and then says. “The winner of the contest, is Pacifica Northwest”

Soos hands the crown to Pacifica, then Pacifica stands on the stage and takes the microphone.

“Thank you, Jorge. Thank you everyone! Everyone comes to the after-party at my parents' boat! Woo-hoo!” says Pacifica.

The entire crowd cheers and begins to leave the Mystery Shack.

"Peaceful! Peaceful! Pacifica!” the crowd shouted as they carried Pacifica away.

After they left Mabel was feeling sad because she believed that she had disappointed her new friends Candy and Grenda, but she found out that she had not and they continued to stay at the Mystery Shack to spend the night.

...

Meanwhile Dipper, Twilight and Twilight2 were on the roof of the Mystery Shack, quite disheartened at having missed the party.

“Don't be discouraged if I would have made a long list if I was really worried about something”, says Dipper trying to cheer up Twilight and Twilight2.

“Thanks for trying to cheer me up Dipper”, said Twilight and Twilight2 at the same time.

Twilight and Twilight2 looked at each other for a moment, feeling that it was something strange and they both thought that using that machine that could create clones was a bad idea.

“The most calming thing for Twilight tonight was spending time with Dipper, I'm sure we needed to talk to someone to calm us down”, said Twilight2.

“That explains why you were calmer unlike the other clones and I also talked to someone nice before the other clones decided to call to talk because they were angry because only I could go to the party”, replied Twilight remembering Pacifica.

Twilight2 wanted to ask her about that person, but first she grabbed a can of drink and drank it immediately after Twilight2 started to melt. Dipper, Twilight and Twilight2 had forgotten that clones melted with liquids, Twilight tried to save Twilight2 with her magic, but she couldn't.

Dipper and Twilight were sad to see Twilight2 die and then returned to the party Mabel was having with her new friends Candy and Grenda. Twilight decided that later she would write that to feel better you should talk to friends.

...

In Equestria they saw all this and Twilight's friends had some opinions.

“Poor Twilight2 along with the original Twilight were the only ones who learned anything,” says Spike.

They all agreed with Spike's opinion.

“Hey, everyone, I think it's not necessary for Pinkie to find out that Twilight made clones. I think we should just tell Pinkie that she was so focused on the party being perfect that she forgot to include herself in that party,” says Applejack.

Everyone agreed on it.

...

A few hours later at Northwest Manor, Pacifica has just arrived at her room and begins to remember what happened before she got the crown.

“That unicorn named Twilight said she came from a town called Ponyville,” Pacifica said to herself.

The way Twilight spoke about that town made it seem like she couldn't go back, normally that information would never have mattered to her, but she remembered an incident that happened a few days ago.

“Will Twilight have anything to do with the gold coin that appeared a few days ago?” Pacifica wondered.

Pacifica remembered that a few days ago her parents told her that a gold coin appeared in a store, which they managed to acquire and immediately searched for its origin. They discovered that she had arrived thanks to Soos who had bought a bed with the gold coin. Upon hearing that, he immediately thought that it was because of a scam by a tourist that he obtained that coin, but it was strange that he did not have the Stan, although the strangest thing was the gold coin itself because it seemed new and the design was quite simple, which which made me think that someone made those coins en masse.

Pacifica thought that maybe that coin was related to the town Twilight mentioned, but she quickly tried not to think about it because she wouldn't involve Twilight with her parents and she decided to go to sleep.

09) Irrational Treasure

It all starts with Stan was driving his car, carrying Dipper, Mabel and Twilight who were eating Cornscorns, but Stan could barely go fast because the traffic on the highway was moving too slow. Suddenly Mabel takes two nachos and places them on her ears.

"Haha! Nacho earrings. I'm hilarious!” Says Mabel happily.

In Equetria Pinkie saw this and wondered why she didn't think of that sooner, while Rarity was upset because she felt it had nothing to do with fashion, it was just a mockery of fashion.

“That's debatable”, responded Stan and then wondered. “Aw, come on, what's with all this traffic? And why is it all… covered wagons?”

Stan realized what was happening and his face changed from confusion to horror.

"Oh no! No! No! Not today! Not today!” Stan shouted as he stepped on the accelerator to get out of here.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, and those watching in Equestria were wondering what was going on.

“Grunkle Stan, what's going on?” Asked Dipper.

“We gotta get outta here… Before it's too late!” Said Stan, suddenly realizing that the car was surrounded by wagons. “They've circled the wagons! We're trapped! NOOOOOOOOO!!”

Mabel looks out a window and sees a cow.

“I've got a good feeling about today,” says Mabel happily.

...

Then Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Stan got out of the car and saw that the whole city seemed old-looking.

“Man, look at the town,” says Dipper looking at the town.

Holds a postcard up for a second where the city was normally seen. When he lowers it, the town is a sepia shade, but it is just due to a pane of dirty glass.

“We got dirty glass! Dirty glass,” says the worker as he advanced carrying the glass.

Twilight remembered that she had heard about Pioneer Day and just today she was going to the library to find out more about that day, but before Twilight left to find out more about Pioneer Day, Stan explained to Dipper and Mabel about what was happening now in the city.

“Ah, boy. It's Pioneer Day. Every year these yahoos dress up like idiots to celebrate the day Gravity Falls was founded,” says Stan.

“Welcome to 1863!” Says Toby Determined as he approaches Stan like a newspaper boy.

“I will break you, little man!” Says Stan angrily to Toby as he lifts up his left sleeve.

“Ahh!” Toby shouted as he ran away from Stan after colliding with a barrel.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, and the other inhabitants of Equestria looked at the activities that people were doing.

“Wow! Look! Candle dipping!” says Mabel.

“Whoa, gold panning!” Says Dipper looking at Old Man McGucket panning for gold in front of a bunch of people.

Then they see a priest doing a wedding ceremony.

“I now pronounce you man and wife,” says Priest to the man and woodpecker.

The Woodpecker pecked at her husband's hand.

“I do!” says the man.

Twilight, Mabel and the other inhabitants of Equestria looked at that with many doubts.

“What chu talking 'bout?” Asks Mabel.

“What the hell just happened?” Asks Twilight.

“Oh yeah. I remember this. In Gravity Falls it used to be legal to marry woodpeckers”, responds Dipper as he looked at Journal 3.

“Oh, it's still legal. Very legal,” says the man who married the woodpackers while he put his hand on his shoulder where the woodpackers were.

Twilight and the others in Equestria now felt more confused than before.

“Stan, why do you hate Pioneer Day?” Asks Twilight to forget what had just happened.

“There are many things why I hate Pioneer Day, one of them is that everyone does their activities like in the past and I think it would be much easier if they just did the same thing that they usually do and also all the citizens act more stupider than they normally are”, said Stan quite annoyed.

...

In Equestria Rainbow Dash when he heard Stan's opinion on why he didn't like Pioneer Day, he decided to give a comment.

“It's not that I dislike traditions, but I can't help but think that Stan is right in the first thing he said, because Winter Wart Up would be much easier if we used pegasi like in other climates”, said Rainbow Dash.

Hearing that, everyone began to have doubts about Winter Wrat Up, but before anyone could give their opinion, everyone heard Dipper's opinion.

"The reason they do this is to honor those who founded Gravity Falls and also most importantly people enjoy acting and doing their activities as it was back then", said Dipper seeing that Twilight seemed to not be able to think of an argument with what What Stan said.

Hearing that answer, all of Twilight's friends agreed with Dipper.

“I think Dipper gave the answer to the question you had Rainbow Dash”, said Applejack.

...

In Gravity Falls, Twilight decides to leave this place, because she wanted to go somewhere.

“They mind if I go to the library for a few minutes, because I want to know more about the history of Pioneer Day”, said Twilight.

“I don't mind Twilight”, says Dipper.

“Of course not”, says Mabel.

Twilight, seeing that Dipper and Mabel didn't mind that and also seeing that Stan didn't care, teleported to the library. Suddenly she heard the voice of an announcer.

“Come one and all for the opening ceremonies!” said the announcer.

“If Twilight had been with us a little more she could see the show,” said Mabel, then she looks at Stan and asks him. “Grunkle Stan, are you coming?”

“No, thank you! Just remember if you come back to the Shack talking like these people, you're dead to me!" Stan said warning Dipper and Mabel.

“Thar's a carpetbagger in the turnip cellar!” says Dipper acting with a Southern twang in his voice.

“Well, hornswabber my haversack!” says Mabel, also acting with a Southern twang in her voice.

Then Dipper and Mabel spit and go to watch the opening ceremony while laughing.

“DEAD TO ME!!!” Shouts Stan angrily repeating the warning he had just given them as he raised his hand.

...

In Equestria, they saw that the audience was around a stage and on top of the stage was Pacifica Northwest with her parents. Suddenly Pacifica takes the microphone and started to said that she was a descendant of Nathaniel Northwest, the founder of the town and also that she had a lot of money, then Pacifica says if anyone from the audience wants to come on stage, Mabel decided despite Dipper's doubts. Pacifica decided to get revenge on her for challenging her at the party and she humiliates Mabel in front of the entire audience saying that her attitude was very silly and that she had a very bad fashion sense. Mabel felt very humiliated and went to eat some old-timey butterscotch with Dipper.

Many in Equestria were upset by Pacifica's attitude towards Mabel and started talking about it, except Rarity didn't give any opinion on what she had just seen, because she had the same opinion as Pacifica about Mabel's fashion sense, but she would say such cruel words to Mabel, much less in public.

...

Suddenly the mirror showed Stan trying to go to his house with his car, but he got stuck in the mud. Seeing that his car was stuck in the mud, Stan decided to ask a person who was walking with a donkey near where Stan was for help.

“Hey there, uh, donkey boy! Give me a hand with my car, huh?” Asks Stan.

“Here in 1863, I have never heard-tell of a "car." Pray-tell, what is this magic wheel box?”, Said Steve as he approached the car.

“Ah, c'mon, Steve, you're a mechanic for Pete's sake! “Cut me some slack”, said Stan.

“"Slack"... I am unfamiliar with this bold, new expression”, responded Steve.

“I can't take this anymore! I'm getting dumber every second I'm here! ", Stan begged desperately to leave this place, while he grabbed Steve's shirt.

Suddenly Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland appear at the scene.

“Are we gonna have to intervene here?” asks Sheriff Blubs.

“Oh, look. The "Constable." What are you gonna do? Throw me in "ye stocks?" Stan sarcastically responds to the police.

Immediately afterwards the police put Stan in a stock.

“Aw, c’mon!” says Stan, quite upset by what happened to him.

Then he sees Gideon passing by wearing ancient nobleman attire and also carrying some tomatoes.

“Hey, nice outfit, Gideon. You actually look less girly than usual”, says Stan mockingly.

“Why, Stanford. I'm just a humble tomato farmer, selling his wares”, says Gideon and then Gideon says “Whoops, I dropped one” and immediately afterwards he threw a tomato in Stan's face and then Gideon throws another tomato at him again.

“PIONEER DAY!!!”, Stan shouted very angry.

...

In Equestria they saw what happened to Stan and Applejack commented.

“Even though I don't like Stan, I think what the police did to him was very over the top”, said Applejack.

"You're right, they left it there Stan for just being sarcastic with them," said Rainbow Dash remembering that Stan had done worse things and they hadn't done anything about it.

Everyone who saw what happened to Stan agreed with that opinion.

...

In Gravity Falls Twilight returned after finding information about Pioneer Day, although there was information that contradicted itself, for example according to the records the founder was someone very loved by the town and another record says that all of Gravity Falls celebrated the death of Nathaniel Northwest. She suddenly found Dipper and Mabel sitting next to the statue of Nathaniel Northwest. Twilight was going to tell them about the Pioneer Day information he had found, but he noticed that Mabel looked very depressed.

“Dipper, what happened while I was gone?” Asked Twilight.

Dipper explained to Twilight everything that happened while she was gone. Suddenly Mabel decided to talk to them.

“Dipper and Twilight, can I ask you something? Do you think I'm silly?” asks Mabel.

“Uh, nnnoooo?” Replies Dipper.

Twilight was unsure how to answer that sudden question and decided to shake her head, but Mabel immediately realized that they were lying.

“I knew it! The nacho earrings, the sweater. I thought I was being charming, but I guess people saw me as a big joke”, says Mabel while she took off her nacho earrings, then she takes off her sweater and ties it around her waist.

“C'mon, Mabel, you love that sweater!” said Dipper.

“I did before Pacifica ruined it for me. She ruins everything!” Responds Mabel sadly.

"Pacifica! Why does she think that being related to the town founder means she gets to treat everyone like garbage? Someone needs to take her down a peg”, says Dipper as he stands up and looks at the Nathaniel Northwest statue.

“Although I don't understand why people love Nathaniel Northwest so much, because when he died everyone celebrated his death, even his family”, comments Twilight.

Dipper suddenly gasps as he realizes something and starts searching through Journal 3.

“Wait a minute! I feel like I read something about Pacifica's great-great grandfather before. Of course! Oh, this is perfect”, says Dipper and then begins to read Journal 3 in a deep voice. “In my investigations…”

Dipper stops reading to ask Twilight and Mabel something.

“Should I do the voice?” Dipper asks.

“Nuh–uh,” Mabel says.

Twilight just shook her head.

“I'll just read… normal”, says Dipper and starts reading Journal 3. “In my investigations I recently made a discovery. Nathaniel Northwest may not be the founder of Gravity Falls! I believe this secret is embedded somewhere on the enclosed document. If only I could crack the code”

After reading that Dipper took a document that was full of letters, symbols and words.

“Oh man! If this cover-up is true, it means Pacifica's entire family is a fraud. This could be a major conspiracy!” says Dipper.

“Really?” Asks Mabel surprised.

“That information explains many doubts”, comments Twilight, remembering documents that talked about that time and then says. “Now that I think about it, all the times they talked about the founder of Gravity Falls in a good way they never mentioned his name, but when they said that the founder was Nathaniel Northwest there was no positive comment about him”

“We have to investigate this!” says Dipper.

“Wait! I'm coming with you. Conspiracies are serious, right?” Asks Mabel.

“Oh yeah, definitely”, responds Dipper.

“Of course the conspiracies are serious,” adds Twilight.

“Well, if I help you crack this code, then nobody could ever call me silly again!” says Mabel.

Twilight had some doubts, because Mabel hardly acts seriously about anything and she doubted that starting to investigate the truth of a conspiracy would help Mabel start acting seriously.

“Dipper and Mabel, before knowing that I was going to ask Wendy to see if she knows about the founding of Gravity Falls, because she is a descendant of the first inhabitants of Gravity Falls and she may know some details,” Twilight said.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight left the place to go meet Wendy, but behind the statue of Nathaniel Northwest were Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland.

“This is Sheriff Blubs. We've got a code sepia!", says Sheriff Blubs over the wakie-talkie

Upon hearing that, the person who answered the walkie-talkie spit out the coffee he was drinking.

"What?! And what are you doing about it?" said that person very angry when he heard what Sheriff Blubs said.

“I'm following them right now”, answers Sheriff Blubs.

“Find them and stop them. There's no room for error,” that person orders Sheriff Blubs.

“I understand. Blubs out”, says Blubs and hangs up the walkie-talkie, then looks at Durland and says “Deputy Durland, maintaining this cover-up is the mission we've been training for our entire careers. Are you ready?”

“Whoo!” Durland says as he rings the bell.

“Hehe, if being delightful was a crime, you'd be breaking the law,” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Let's go get 'em!” says Durland.

Then they both begin to follow Dipper, Mabel and Twilight.

...

In Equestria they saw Sheriff Blubs and Durland who were going to follow Dipper, Mabel and Twilight on secret orders.

“I have a bad feeling about what I just saw”, said Applejack.

“Because I think Blubs and Durland would make a good couple”, said Pinkie.

“Pinkie isn't that, it just seems like there are some people who don't want the truth about who the founder of Gravity Falls is to be known”, said Applejack.

Those who saw that wondered why they didn't want it to be known who the founder of Gravity Falls was.

...

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight managed to find Wendy on Pioneer Day and told her everything about what they had learned about the founder of Gravity Falls.

“Twilight, I'm not one of those who likes to read books and know about history, but I think I read a paper at home about Nathaniel Northwest, the government chose him as the first mayor of Gravity Falls and thanks to that, Nathaniel got a lot of money”, said Wendy trying to remember more details.

“That explains why almost no one knows who founded Gravity Falls, in several towns the first mayor is the one who founded the town,” says Dipper.

Twilight agreed with Dipper's comment.

“Twilight, because Nathaniel is not the true founder of Gravity Falls that is why you read that Nathaniel is hated by the entire town”, said Mabel in her usual cheerful tone.

“I think you're right, Mabel”, said Twilight.

“That's not why people hated Nathaniel”, said Wendy with a laugh.

“What do you mean by that, Wendy?” Asks Twilight.

“I heard a rumor that Nathaniel used his mayoral position to get more money by scamming others,” Wendy said and suddenly she remembered something. “I don't know how much of the story I'm going to tell is true, but I just remembered a story that was spoken in my family about Nathaniel Northwest. He hired a bunch of lumberjacks to build him a gigantic mansion in the middle of the forest."

“Wendy, do you mean the Northwest Manor?” Asks Twilight.

“That same mansion. Nathaniel informed the people that unfortunately the workers died before the mansion was finished because they tried too hard to try to finish it and some time later there was a great flood that devastated the area, but later he managed to finish the mansion and was going to fulfill the wishes of the workers who died working to try to complete the mansion, that wish was for parties to be held every year for the upper class to help the society of Gravity Falls", said Wendy although it was clear that she had doubts about the truth of the story.

Twilight and Dipper also had many doubts about the truth of that story. Twilight remembered the area where Manor Northwest is and at that time it had to be full of trees, Twilight realized a very large flood must have been created and it did not seem logical to her that nothing would happen to the mansion that was not yet finished when the flood occurred. Twilight's thoughts were interrupted by Dipper.

“Twilight, that story about the Manor Northwest has also left me with a lot of doubts, but I think now we should focus on the mystery of the founder of Gravity Falls”, said Dipper.

“You're right, Dipper”, said Twilight.

Everyone looked at the code paper that Dipper had seeing if they could think of how to solve the code, they all decided to go to the library to see if they could solve it.

“Alright, if we can prove that Nathaniel Northwest wasn't the real founder of Gravity Falls, it'll finally put Pacifica in her place”, said Dipper.

“And solving a mystery will prove that I'm not silly. I'm serious,” says Mabel while she was sitting and eating a sweet that was on the table and then she reaffirms what she said before. “Seeeeriousss…”

“Wendy, are you going to join us to see who the founder of Gravity Falls is?” Asks Twilight.

“Of course I'm going to help you, because I'm not going to miss the opportunity to show that books are useless”, responded Wendy.

Twilight didn't like Wendy's comment, Dipper noticed that and decided to change the subject.

“Hey, how about we put our attention back to solving the code?” Asks Dipper.

Twilight and Wendy agreed and immediately the 3 looked at where the piece of paper with the code was to see if they could now solve it, but they realized that while they were talking Mabel used that paper to make a paper hat.

“Mwop! I just made a hat”, says Mabel happily and then realizes that she had acted. “Ugh, I just did something silly again.”

“Wait, Mabel. You folded it into a map!” says Dipper in amazement.

“I wouldn't have thought of doing that, but maybe Pinkie would have thought of doing that”, comments Twilight.

Several in Equestria who heard Twilight's comment agreed with her, including Pinkie.

Suddenly they saw Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland talking to a librarian.

“We're on the lookout for two kids, a pony and a teenager who might be reading”, Sheriff Blubs tells the librarian.

“We're hunting 'em down for secret reasons! WHOO!" said Deputy Blubs happily adds to what Sheriff Blubs said as he rings the bell.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy hide under the table when they realize that they were following them, when Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland arrived at that room where they were hiding and when they did not find them, they left that room upset.

“Maybe we should take this elsewhere…” says Dipper to the others.

“This map should lead us to…” says Mabel.

“The Gravity Falls Museum of History”, says Twilight, realizing where the map indicated.

...

Then they were near the museum entrance to find the next clue.

“You realize what this means, Mabel. We're going to have to break in”, said Dipper said very seriously.

The woman named Sue who was guarding the museum entrance gives Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy some free Pioneer Day passes and a balloon each.

“We're in”, says Dipper very seriously and with half-closed eyes.

“What are we gonna do next, steal Thomas Jefferson's rib cage?” asks Mabel.

“Ewww, no. According to the map, the next clue about the real town founder should be right… here!”, answers Dipper, pointing to a triangular exhibition piece is mounted on the wall.

“Though Mabel that's not a bad suggestion”, said Wendy.

“We've gotta figure this one out quick, I have a feeling those cops weren't at the library to check out books…” says Dipper.

“I do have the feeling that they were looking for us,” says Twilight.

“I don't think the one with the bell can read…” says Mabel.

“So what is it anyway?” Asks Dipper.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy began to analyze the triangle to see if they could decipher the clue.

“I can't understand what you mean”, comments Twilight.

“I don't understand this weird painting either”, says Wendy.

Mabel gets bored of trying to analyze it and sits on a bench that was in front of the triangle.

“Hey painting, be less stupid!”, says Mabel annoyed as she began to arrange herself in different ways on the bench while she continued looking at the triangle, she suddenly stopped when she looked at the triangle upside down and said. “It worked!”

Dipper, Twilight and Wendy, upon hearing that, ran to the bench so they could see the triangle upside down. When they did so, they saw that it was a figure of an angel pointing to the left.

“Wait! It's not abstract, it's upside down!” says Dipper.

Twilight was going to see where the angel image was pointing, but she was interrupted by Mabel.

“I think I've seen that statue in the cemetery,” says Mabel.

Everyone gets up quickly from the bench to go to the cemetery, but as they do so they get dizzy. When they recover they go to the exit to go to where the statue is, but they see Sherrif Blubs and Deputy Durland at the entrance to the museum.

“I'm sorry, but we're all out of pink balloons,” Sue tells Deputy Durland.

“Why did we even come?” Responds Deputy Durland very sadly.

Sherrif Blubs is speaking via walkie-talkie to the person who gave them the mission in a more secluded area of the museum.

“Blubs here,” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Have the targets been apprehended?” Asks the person who had given them the mission.

“Negative, but we're close. I promise, those kids'll never get past us,” responds Sherrif Blubs.

Suddenly Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy running close to them.

“Hey! Wait!” Says Sheriff Blubs as he chases after them with Deputy Durland.

Dipper, Mabel Twilight and Wendy pass through the door, Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland try to follow them, but when trying to pass through the door at the same time they both get stuck.

“Hey! Wait!”, says Sheriff Blubs when he realizes that they can't follow them.

...

Suddenly the inhabitants of Equestria saw that the mirror showed them that the woodpecker and her husband were arguing. It then showed Stan still trapped in the stocks trying to escape using a pitchfork that he has in his mouth.

“C'mon! C'mon, ugh,” Stan was saying, but the pin fell off.

“Well, if it isn't Mabel's uncle, Mr. Pines. Looking for this?” Asks Pacifica as she held up the pin.

“Yeah, yeah. What d'ya want, money?” Asks Stan.

“I want you to say that the Northwest family is the best family in Gravity Falls”, says Pacifica happily.

“Oh sure, you want that in writing?” Asks Stan.

Pacifica gives Stan a pen and lets him write a piece of paper.

“There you go,” says Stan.

Pacifica takes the note believing she had written what she wanted, but she realized that Stan had written 'YOU STINK!'.

"Ha! I did that with my mouth!” Says Stan happily.

Pacifica, very angry, whistles to draw attention to some people who had tomatoes and immediately after Pacifica points at Stan, those people begin to approach Stan with tomatoes in their hands.

“Aw, come on!” Says Stan when he realized they were going to throw tomatoes at him.

Those who were watching this from Equestria thought that Stan had a bad day.

...

Then Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy when they arrived at the cemetery to see the angel statue. Wendy begins to talk to Twilight about a question she had.

“Twilight, do you know how those police officers got to the museum? Because I was sure they hadn't seen us in the library when they were looking for us”, asks Wendy to Twilight.

“Good question, maybe they asked someone if we had seen each other”, said Twilight with many doubts.

Twilight and Wendy's thoughts were interrupted by them arriving where the angel statue was.

“Ah… The statue must be pointing to the next clue”, says Dipper as he looked at where the statue was pointing.

Twilight and Wendy also began to see where the angel statue was pointing.

“Oh, gross! She she's picking my nose! She ha ha!”, Says Mabel because she stuck the statue's finger up her nose.

Everyone looked at what Mabel was doing, Wendy seeing what Mabel had done starts laughing, suddenly the angel statue's finger bends a little and opens a secret door near the base of the angel statue.

“Mabel, look!” says Dipper.

“I wouldn't have thought that finger was a lever”, says Twilight.

"Ha! Who's silly now, Pacifica? Bam!” says Mabel.

Then Mabel tries to leave but she forgets that she had the angel statue's finger on her nose.

“Ahh! Ow. Ow. Ow,” Mabel says, her nose hurting, then she removes the angel statue's finger from her nose and says. "Okay"

Dipper, Mabel Twilight and Wendy walk down the secret steps leading to a dark underground tunnel.

“Now we're getting into real conspiracy mode. I feel so serious. Mmm,” says Mabel, then she ate a piece of candy and threw the wrapper on the floor.

Twilight was thinking that maybe Rainbow Dash would like this.

“Okay, look out for booby traps”, says Dipper to the others.

"Ha! Booby traps,” Mabel says, laughing, but she steps on a mechanism that activates a trap.

“Tranquilizer darts!” Dipper shouts.

Suddenly tranquilizer darts start coming out from the walls, Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy start running while dodging the tranquilizer darts, they finally reach a room full of secret government files.

“It's a treasure trove of historic-y, secret-y things”, says Mabel.

“Cool old stack of documents”, says Twilight happily.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy began to review the documents to see if there was anything that talked about the founder of Gravity Falls. Suddenly Mabel finds something that talked about Ben Franklin.

“Oh man! Ben Franklin secretly was a woman!” says Mabel as she showed a document that talked about that and with an image of Ben Franklin wearing earrings.

Dipper continues searching and finds a document called 'Northwest Cover-up'.

“Hey, jackpot! Now we'll find out who the real town founder was”, says Dipper to the others and then begins to read the document. “Let it be here recorded that Nathaniel Northwest, fabled founder of Gravity Falls, was, in fact, a fraud… as well as a waste-shoveling village idiot?”

Dipper laughed at this information, because he hated Pacifica. Twilight felt more doubt as to why anyone would hide the truth.

“Oh, bad news for Pacifica. Wait'll the papers hear about this!”, comments Dipper.

“Eleven people see that I uncovered a historical conspiracy, they can never call me silly!” says Mabel happily.

“The true founder of Gravity Falls was Sir Lord, Quentin Trembley, III, Esquire,” Dipper reads.

“Who's Quentin Trembley?” Wonders Mabel.

“I have no idea”, says Twilight.

Suddenly Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland arrived holding a flashlight, the appearance of the two of them surprised everyone present.

“That's none of your business!” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Whoo! We gotcha! Whoo! Whoo! Hmm… whoo-hoo…”, says Deputy Durland weakly, suddenly he faints and his back is full of tranquilizer darts.

"He got hit with quite a few of those darts", says Sheriff Blubs.

When Deputy Durland woke up, Sheriff Blubs began explaining to everyone present what he was doing.

“I hate to do this, but Quentin Trembley's a matter of national security”, says Sheriff Blubs.

“Yeah! He ye—ah…” says Deputy Durland still dazed by the tranquilizer darts and then says. “Woo. I think I might be colorblind now”

“What do you mean, ‘national security’?” asks Dipper.

“And who is Quentin Trembley, anyway?” Asks Mabel.

“Why doesn't anyone want to know who the real founder is?” Asks Wendy.

“Did that Quentin guy do bad things?” Asks Twilight, although she slightly doubted that was true.

“See for yourself”, says Sheriff Blubs then takes off his hat and reveals that he had a reel of film there.

Then Sheriff Blubs puts it on a movie projector and shows a black and white countdown.

“Aww, it's black and white?!” says Mabel disappointed.

“Shh! Mabel”, responds Dipper.

“I think this movie is going to give us the answers we are looking for”, says Twilight.

The film revealing a government official in an office.

“If you're watching this, then you are one of eight people in these United States with clearance to view this information. In fact, I myself will be shot as soon as the filming is complete”, says government official.

Both Twilight and other inhabitants in Equestria were a little disturbed by what was going to happen next to the government official, then the government official looked at someone outside the camera video.

"-- What? No? Ho! Well, that's a relief!”, says government official, very relieved to know that and continues talking. “Of all of America's secrets, the most embarrassing was that of Quentin Trembley: The eighth-and-a-half president of the United States”

“President?” Asked Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy each other at the same time.

“Eighth-and-a-half?” Mabel asks with many doubts.

“After winning the 1837 election in a landslide,” says government official as the video shows a photo of Quentin Trembley along with the other presidential candidates, then the video shows a photo that a landslide kills the other candidates. “Quentin Trembley quickly gained a reputation as America's silliest president. He waged war on pancakes, appointed six babies to the Supreme Court, and issued the de-pants-ipation proclamation. His state of the union speech was even worse”

Immediately after in the video you hear Quentin Trembley's speech.

“The only thing we have to fear is gigantic, man-eating spiders!” says Quentin Trembley.

“He was kicked out of office and escaped to an uncharted valley he named Gravity Falls, after plummeting into it at high speed,” says government official, while showing a photo of Quentin Trembley riding a horse backwards as they fell off a cliff. “Trembley's shameful term was erased from history and officially replaced by William Henry Harrison as President and local nobody Nathaniel Northwest as founder of Gravity Falls”

Upon hearing that, Twilight and those who were watching that video from Equestria were surprised to know that only wanted to hide the existence of that president because they were embarrassed that they knew that they had that president. Meanwhile Princess Celestia and Princess Luna upon hearing Quentin Trembley's description reminded them of Cancellor Puddinghead the former leader of Earth Pony.

“The whereabouts of President Trembley's body are unknown”, says the government official and immediately after the film ends.

“Until now”, adds Sheriff Blubs and reveals with the flashlight Quentin Trembley, who is encased in an amber-colored rectangle.

“Amazing”, says Wendy.

“How come we haven't realized this?” Wonders Twilight.

“Whoa! Is that, like, amber or something?” Asks Dipper.

“The fool thought he could live forever by encasing himself in a block of solid peanut brittle. Smooth move, Mr. President! Finding Trembley's body was our special mission. And now, thanks to you, it's complete”, says Sheriff Bubs.

“Who knew all we had to do was follow a little girl's trail of candy wrappers?” says Deputy Durland showing some of Mabel's candy wrappers.

“Ugh, silly!” says Mabel as she slaps her face with her palm.

“Now that you know the truth, well, we can't let you go around talkin' about it,” says Sheriff Blubs.

“Does that mean––?” Asks Dipper fearfully.

“Are you going to kill us?!” says Mabel.

“OH NO!” Deputy Durland shouts in fear.

"No no. Calm down now, buddy, calm down,” says Sheriff Blubs to reassure Deputy Durland, then looks at the others and says. “We're just gonna escort you and all this stuff back to Washington. You ain't comin' back, by the way”

...

Later on a train going to Washington, Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland were happy to travel and while planning the activities they were going to have. Meanwhile Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy were inside a wooden box next to Quentin Trembley's body.

“Oh. I can't believe I left a trail of candy wrappers. This is all my fault. Pacifica had me pegged all along. I'm just a silly failure, like that embarrassing president what's-his-name”, says Mabel because she felt very guilty.

Mabel then takes out some peanut brittle where Quentin Trembley's body was and eats it, but as she does this the entire peanut brittle begins to break, releasing Quentin Trembley. Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Wendy are scared to see that the entire peanut brittle breaks.

“It is I, Quentin Trembley”, says Quentin Trembley and rips off his pants.

“You're alive! But how?”, asks Dipper.

“I wonder the same thing, Dipper”, says Twilight.

“Peanut brittle really does have life-sustaining properties! “You're not silly, you're brilliant!” says Mabel.

“And so are you, dear girl, for following my clues and freeing me from my delicious tomb!” says Quentin Trembley.

“He's right! Making maps into hats, hanging upside down; Your silliness solved the code that serious cops couldn't crack in a hundred years!" adds Dipper.

“Oh, stop it,” Mabel says.

“Dipper and Trembley is right, I never would have been able to solve the clues”, says Twilight.

“I think the same as everyone else”, says Wendy.

“By Jefferson! We seem to be trapped in some sort of crate-shaped box”, says Quentin Trembley.

“It's a crate, Mr. President”, says Mabel.

“Good thing I have the President's Key, which can open any lock in America!” says Quentin Trembley as he takes out the key and starts knocking on the side of the box.

“I…don't think that's gonna work”, says Dipper.

“Wood! My age-old enemy. In order to get out of here, this is going to take the silliest plan ever conceived”, says Quentin Trembley.

“I think I know who can help you”, says Dipper as he smiles at Mabel.

Mabel starts looking around the box.

“Hmm. How 'bout… that hole?”, says Mabel as she pointed to a hole near the corner of the box.

“We will leap through it!” says Quentin Trembley.

Immediately afterwards Mabel and Quentin Trembley try to escape from the box using the hole. Mabel could only put one finger in that hole.

“Almost. Almost there Good! Keep pushing”, says Quentin Trembley.

“I'm not sure this is working”, says Dipper.

“Trust… the silliness!”, answers Mabel.

“Fiddlesticks! Keep going!” says Quentin Trembley.

Wendy approaches Twilight to ask her a question.

“Twilight, can you use your magic to get us all out of here?” Asks Wendy.

“Maybe I could take one out with me, but I couldn't come back to rescue the others because this place is moving at high speed”, says Twilight.

A woodpecker was flying outside the box. Seeing Mabel's finger coming out of the box through the hole, it begins to peck at the box.

“Is that my third wife? Sandy?” asks Quentin Trembley.

Woodpecker's pecking causes wooden box to crumble.

“Well, we didn't fit through the hole. Let's rebuild the box and try again!” says Quentin Trembley.

“We gotta get out of here!” Dipper answers as he gets out of the box and they also start running.

“Also good,” says Quentin Trembley.

While they were looking for a way out, they accidentally met Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland, and they immediately began to escape. Quentin Trembley tried to use his key to use an emergency door that led to the roof, but it had no lock.

“Give me that!” says Dipper, taking the key and turning the door handle to open it.

Everyone runs to the roof followed by Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland.

“There is no escape! I gotta take a knee", says Sheriff Blubs, very tired and not stopping panting.

“Are you okay? Can I get you anything?” says Deputy Durland worried.

“Edwin Durland, you are a diamond in the rough”, responds Sheriff Blubs.

“Sheriff Blubs, do you really want to lock us all up in a government facility somewhere?” Asks Dipper.

“I've got no choice! Our orders come from the very top!”, responds Sheriff Blubs.

“Wait! Quentin, did you ever sign an official resignation?” says Dipper.

"No, sir. “I tied a salamander and jumped out the window,” replies Quentin Trembley.

“Then… technically you're still legally the President of the United States, right?” Says Dipper, then looks at Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland. “You've gotta answer to this guy now!”

Twilight and Wendy realized what Dipper was going to try and they were both sure that Quentin Trembley would not be the president after so long, but Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland are not going to tell them.

“As president of these several United States, I hereby order you to pretend none of this ever happened. And- and go on a delightful vacation”, says Quentin Trembley, suddenly a rail hits him and he says. “Ow! Mmm yeeees!”

“Vacation?” Says Sheriff Blubs, then looks at Deputy Durland and asks. “What place have you always wanted to visit? One, two––”

“Silly Water Fun Slides in Grand Lakes, Michigan!” say Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland at the same time.

...

Afterwards everyone was back in Gravity Falls, Sheriff Blubs and Deputy Durland were on a train to take vacation, while they had Hawaiian shirts and said goodbye. Quentin Trembley approaches Mabel and Wendy to talk to them.

“You two have done a great service to your country, Mabel and Wendy. As thanks, I'd like to make you two an official U.S. congressman”, says Quentin Trembley and gives each one a top hat.

“I'm legalizing everything!” says Mabel happily.

“Roderick and the pony”, says Quentin Trembley to Dipper and Twilight.

“Uh- actually- uh-”, says Dipper.

“You two are on your way to unlocking the mysteries of this great land. So I'd like you to have my President's Key!”, says Quentin Trembley.

...

Later Quentin Trembley was telling them some stories.

“And then he chased me around and spanked me with a paddle for, like, three hours. Bottom line, George Washington was a jerk”, says Quentin Trembley.

“A–greed!”, Mabel responds.

They finally get to where they were where Pacifica was.

“Hey, Pacifica! I uncovered a government conspiracy about the eighth-and-a-half president of the United States! Who's silly now?” says Mabel with great confidence.

"What? Who is that idiot?" says Pacifica, referring to Quentin Trembley who is fighting a bald eagle.

“The eighth-and-a-half president of America. I know what you're thinking. How is he still alive? Well, turns out you can hibernate in peanut brittle and it––”, Mabel was saying, but I was interrupted by Pacifica.

“Wow! You really are a sad, dumb little girl. Nice top hat, by the way,” says Pacifica as she laughs.

“Good one, daughter”, says Pacifica's father named Preston.

Twilight she thinks several times that Mabel is saying some nonsense and if it weren't for this adventure they just had, he would have a hard time believing Mabel. Twilight, seeing Pacifica's parents also laughed, making a hurtful comment towards Mabel and encouraging Pacifica, although it was the first time she had seen Pacifica's parents, she had the feeling that they would never get along.

“Ooh! I see your car is stuck in the mud. Enjoy walking home!” Says Pacifica as she gets into the car.

“Are n't you gonna tell her about her ate-gray ampa-gray de ella?” Asks Dipper to Mabel.

“You know what, Dipper? I've got nothing to prove. I've learned that being silly is awesome!”, responds Mabel.

“Well, I haven't learned anything!”, says Dipper then whistles to get the attention of the car where Pacifica was riding. “Hey, Pacifica!”

The car stops and Dippper hands him some documents where he said that Nathaniel was not the founder.

“Nathaniel Northwest didn't find Gravity Falls, and your whole family is a sham. Deal with it!” says Dipper.

"Que?! Moooom!!!”, says Pacifica when reviewing the documents, while she was driving away from the scene.

“Man, revenge is underrated. That awesome felt!” says Dipper.

“That was pretty good revenge, Dipper”, said Wendy cheerfully.

“Children, I am needed elsewhere. Just know that I'll always be right here…” said Quentin Trembley, then he opens his hand revealing that he has a bill and says. “On the negative twelve dollar bill”

“Thank you?” Twilight says with many doubts.

“Whoa. This is worthless”, says Dipper.

“It's less than worthless, my boy. Trembley away!”, says Quentin Trembley.

Then Quentin Trembley jumps back and falls onto a horse. The horse, upon feeling the weight of Quentin Trembley, begins to run and leaves the place.

“Where do you think he's going?” Asks Mabel.

“I'm gonna say… off a cliff”, says Dipper.

“I'm leaving too”, says Wendy.

“What are you going to do?” Asks Twilight.

“To get together with my friends, so we can take advantage of this opportunity that the police are not in the city”, answers Wendy and leaves.

...

Afterwards Dipper, Mabel and Twilight had joined Stan who was still trapped in the stocks.

“And then Soos came by and talked to me for like, an hour”, says Stan, finishing telling everything that had happened to him today.

“You've been through so much”, says Mabel.

Dipper uses President's key to unlock the lock on the stocks and freeing Stan.

“It works!” Says Dipper happily.

“So what's with the top hat?” Asks Stan Mabel.

“I am a congressman”, answers Mabel happily.

“Pardon me?” Says Stan without understanding what Mabel meant.

“You are officially pardoned”, responds Mabel.

Dipper, Mabel and Twilight laugh, Stan still didn't understand what was happening.

“Oy! You a never gonna make sense, are you, kid?” comments Stan to Mabel.

“No, I'm not, Grunkle Stan. No, I'm not. Mabel, away!”, responds Mabel.

Then Mabel jumps back trying to do the same thing as Quentin Trembley, but she hears herself crash into a lot of things.

“I'm okay!” says Mabel.

“I'm sure that jump would have worked for Pinkie”, comments Twilight.

...

On the night more specifically at the Mystery Shack, Twilight began to write that Mabel learned to accept herself as she is and not try to pretend to be something that you are not.

Twilight then went to talk to Dipper privately about something she had discovered.

“Dipper, I discovered something important with the documents those two police officers let me have that we couldn't read when we were looking for information about the founder of Gravity Falls”, says Twilight to Dipper.

“What did you find out?” Asked Dipper.

“That the reason why the government chose Nathaniel because they thought he was at first glance the same as Quentin Trembley, that way no one would notice the change and it would cost them less money to cover up the truth, but the government was wrong, it turned out that Nathaniel was pretending to be stupid to scam people,” Twilight replied.

“So that's why they chose Nathaniel”, says Dipper a little amazed and then comments. “It seems that Nathaniel was the Grunkle Stan of that time”

“It seems like he was much worse than Stan, the information I read was not very specific, but what I read was Nathaniel when he became mayor and got help from the government he made much more horrible scams and the government had to spend many thousands of dollars to cover up those scams, finally the government got tired of helping Nathaniel and left, Nathaniel realized that he had lost the government's help to cover up his scams, he became desperate, that made him go crazy and senile”, said Twilight.

Dipper was surprised at that description of Nathaniel, which was worse than they had imagined. Unfortunately, most of the information where they found Quentin Trembley was about the government and barely talked about Nathaniel Northwest.

10) Communication

In the forest of Gravity Falls, there were Dipper, Twilight and Soos while they were making a recording to a Mailbox that was in the middle of the forest.

“I hope this recording ends better than Left Man's investigation”, whispers Twilight to herself, because she still felt very guilty about what happened.

In Equestria they managed to hear what Twilight whispered, that's why they remembered what they saw a few days ago, it was that Dipper, Mabel and Twilight began to investigate a man, only his left side could be seen, they discovered that he was a robot managed by small green creatures. When the green creatures realized that they had been discovered, they committed suicide. Everything happened so quickly that no one could do anything until it was too late. Dipper, Mabel and Twilight agreed to never talk about it again.

Dipper starts recording, to document the mystery he wanted to investigate.

“Welcome back to Dipper's Guide to the Unexplained, Anomaly #54: The Mailbox”, says Dipper as he points the camera at the mailbox and then says. “There it is, in the middle of the forest. Not house. No address. Today, me and my team of experts…”

He pointed the camera at Twilight and Soos.

“'Sup?” Says Soos, looking at the camera.

“…are gonna put a letter in and see who picks it up”, says Dipper.

“My letter posits a salient question: ‘Sup Dawg?’” Says Soos and then places the letter inside the mailbox.

“Now we're gonna hide behind a bush, and wait for someone to come by”, says Dipper to the camera.

Suddenly the mailbox starts to shake.

“Whoa, dude!” Says Soos as he walks away from the mailbox.

“What the…?!” says Dipper.

Twilight immediately uses the force field to protect Dipper and Soos, the three of them see the flag of the mailbox rise.

“You two saw that”, Says Soos to Dipper and Twilight.

“Yes”, Answers Twilight.

Dipper and Twilight run near the mailbox.

“Open it!” Says Dipper to Soos.

“No, you open it, dude! I'm not touching a ghost mailbox!” Responds Soos.

“Okay, okay. Here goes”, says Dipper as he opens the mailbox and pulls out a letter and says. "What?!"

Dipper, Twilight, Soos and those watching from Equestria were surprised to see that it was not the same letter they had left in the mailbox.

“That's not our letter, dude!” says Soos.

Dipper opens the letter to see what was written.

“It says…” Says Dipper, but stops talking when he realizes the content of the letter.

Dipper shows the contents of the letter that said 'Hello Dipper, Twilight and Soos'.

“It knows our names!” says Dipper surprised.

“How is this possible”, says Twilight, also surprised.

“What if this thing's all-knowing?” Asks Soos.

“There's no way that's possible”, says Twilight.

“We gotta test it”, says Dipper.

Although Twilight didn't believe that mailbox knew everything, she decided to help with the tests. Then Soos makes a letter with a question and puts it in the mailbox.

“What did I shave into my head this morning?”, saying Soos what he had written in the letter.

The flag of the mailbox reises.

“‘A baby duck holding a paddleball'”, says Soos and then says. "Hesitate! It knew!”

Afterwards Soos takes off her hat to reveal the duck shaved into her hair.

“What?!” says Dipper surprised.

“How could you have done that to the back of your head Soos?” Asks Twilight.

“Ask it more questions!” Says Soos, not paying attention to what Twilight said because he was excited about the mailbox.

Twilight calmed down a little and decided to continue focusing her attention on the mailbox, although she still doubted that the mailbox knew everything, she admitted that the mailbox could answer some questions they had.

"‘When is the end of the world?’" Dipper writes to the mailbox.

“'3012'”, reads Dipper and then says. “Huh. We got a while”

"'Who's my dream woman?'", writes Soos to the mailbox.

“Whoa! Hot tamales!” Soos says, showing the image that the mailbox sent of a muscular woman, then she puts it in her pocket and says. “Save that one for the archives!”

Dipper and Soos start suggesting questions to give to mailbox.

“Uh… What is the exact time and date of my death?” says Dipper.

“You shouldn't ask that”, says Twilight.

“Did aliens build the pyramids?!” says Soos.

“Or… what is the meaning of life?” says Dipper.

“What are marshmallows made of?!” says Soos.

“Or…Who wrote Journal #3?!” says Dipper.

“That's a good question”, says Twilight.

“Who wrote the journal! Who wrote the journal!" Says Soos agreeing with Dipper's question.

“We're finally going to get the answer to the greatest mystery in Gravity Falls!” says Dipper very happily.

Suddenly Mabel appeared where Dipper, Twilight and Soos were investigating the mailbox carrying a package.

“To mailbox! I've been wanting to mail Mom this video of me sticking 100 gummy worms up my nose!" says Mabel.

“No, wait!” says Dipper.

“Wait dude!” says Soos.

Twilight managed to stop Mabel before she put the package in the mailbox with her magic. Twilight managed to stop her in time because she was more attentive in case something went wrong since the left man incident.

Twilight began to explain to Mabel that the mailbox is a supernatural object that she seemed to know almost everything about and she wouldn't like to see that video. Twilight didn't stop explaining to Mabel until she understood that she shouldn't put that kind of thing in the mailbox.

“No one would want to see that video”, comments Dipper.

Twilight and Soos nod at Dipper's statement.

Mabel didn't hear that, because she was thinking what question she could ask him and she thought of a good question to ask the mailbox. Before anyone could react, Mabel, she put the question she had into the mailbox.

“What was your question?” Asked Dipper worriedly.

Mabel noticed that not only Dipper was worried about the question she had just asked, she could also notice that Twilight had the same worried face.

“Don't worry, my question was 'What are Twilight's friends from Equestria doing right now?'” Said Mabel.

Those watching from Equestria were surprised by that question. Everyone sees that the flag of the mailbox rises. Dipper, with some doubts, opens the mailbox and takes out the letter to see what the answer to Mabel's question is.

“'They're watching what Twilight is doing from Ponyville'”, reads Dipper.

Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Soos were very doubtful of the answer that the mailbox had just given, but those who were watching from Equestria were surprised by the answer that the mailbox gave. Dipper placed another letter with a question to resolve the doubts he left with the last response from the mailbox.

“What did you ask Dipper?” Asks Twilight.

“I told the mailbox to further explain the answer to the question they had just asked”, says Dipper.

After about what Dipper says what he wroote the flag of the mailbox rises. Dipper immediately takes the answer and begins to read it out loud.

"It says 'The same energy that created the portal that took Twilight to Gravity Falls spread randomly in and around Canterlot, some of that energy fell into mirrors that made a window for them to observe you'", read Dipper.

Everyone was surprised by the response that Twilight's friends were watching from Equestria. Dipper and Twilight began to think about what to ask the mailbox next. Dipper and Twilight decided to ask if there was a way for Twilight to communicate with her friends in Equestria, they put that question in the mailbox and when they saw the answer arrived, Dipper decided.

In Equestria, Twilight's friends were also attentive to the responses from the mailbox, they decided to call Princess Celestia, Princess Luna, Princess Cadance and Shining Armor and tell them about the mailbox.

“'There is no way they can communicate with those in Ponyville, because Spike is not there yet…”, reads Dipper.

Twilight and those in Equestria felt depressed upon hearing that. Dipper stopped reading it for a moment when he saw Twilight sad about something he had said and decided to continue reading aloud.

“… but Princess Luna who is hearing everything you are reading can do it'”, reads Dipper.

Twilight and those watching from Equestria were surprised by that response, finally Rainbow Dash breaks the silence.

“Luna, can you do what told the mailbox,” Rainbow Dash asks.

“I have never tried to enter the dreams of someone from another world, but I should be able to do it since with the mirror there is a small connection with this world, and it would never have occurred to me to do that”, said Princess Luna, a little disappointed of herself for not have that occurred to you before.

Meanwhile in Gravity Falls, Twilight explained to Dipper, Mabel and Soos about Princess Luna's powers and they all decided to find more paper to ask more questions to the mailbox.

In Equestria they saw that they left to get more paper and everyone was surprised to see that the mailbox started to disappear after no one was near the mailbox.

When Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Soos returned to the place and saw that the mailbox was missing, they started looking everywhere for it and finally decided to ask Multi-Bear if he knew who took the mailbox. Multi-Bear explained to everyone that the mailbox whenever there is no one around disappears and appears in another random place in the forest that was very difficult to find, they confirmed when Dipper and Twilighthey remembered that they turned on the camera and after they saw in the recording that Multi-Bear was right that only the mailbox had disappeared.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, Twilight shortly before going to sleep, was thinking about what had happened today. Thanks to the mailbox she found out that her friends were watching her from Equestria, although she regretted that the mailbox had disappeared, she was happy to know that by sleeping tonight she would be able to see her friends and then she went to sleep.

Twilight, thanks to Princess Luna's dream powers, managed to get together with her and friends, Spike, there was also Princess Celestia, Princess Cadance and her family. They immediately apologized to Twilight and then told her everything that happened that day, they told her that someone called Queen Chrysalis who belongs to the race of Chagelings, shape-shifting beings, impersonated Princess Cadance planning to invade Canterlot, but their whole plan ended badly, because of the same anomaly that brought you to Gravity Falls, she was finally told about how some of that energy fell on a mirror that showed her in another world and she simply had to touch it to show another random place in Gravity Falls. Twilight, after hearing that story, understood why the Princess Cadance she knew acted so differently from the one she saw. She immediately approached Princess Cadance and they greeted each other with their secret greeting, this confirmed that it was the Princess Cadance she knew. Twilight later spent time with her friends, because she missed them a lot. Twilight felt that meeting her friends in her dreams was one of the best dreams she has ever had.

...

Elsewhere someone saw everything that happened in dream of Twilight.

“First of all it is interesting that the mirror can display dream and it seems that all of that purple pony's friends entered the dream, so I doubt that they realized that the mirror can do that and secondly that purple pony forgives very easily to others, proving that ponies are more naive than I thought”, she commented to herself.

She looks again at what she showed in the mirror and decided to continue talking to herself to kill time.

“And lastly, when that mailbox spoke about the mirror that showed that pony, no one noticed that the mailbox spoke in plural regarding the mirrors,” she says in a mocking tone towards the ponies and suddenly she realizes something. “A moment when the mailbox spoke in plural of the mirror, it never meant that there were only two mirrors”

She began to remember everything they talked about about the mirror and the mailbox, to see if she had omitted something important and she realized thanks to what Twilight's friends said that the mirror they had controlled what the mirror she owned showed..

“If that's the case with mirrors it would be better to steal the mirror that the ponies have”, said she to herself and quickly dispelled that idea. “If I did that, Celestia would start to get suspicious, it would be better if she kept watching to see if more important information comes to light.”

She remembered the day when those energies fell in the form of a comet and she saw the mirror that Twilight showed, although she did not think it was important, she had the feeling that it could be useful one day, so she took it and ordered some soldiers to keep a certain surveillance in the mirror. Although she was also surprised about the mailbox and that the ponies also had their own mirror.

“You two continue to monitor that mirror and let me know if information comes up that is useful to me”, says she with an authoritative tone to some soldiers.

Those soldiers, upon hearing that order, simply nod. Seeing that, she decides to leave the place.

11) Reunions Through Space and Time

In Gravity Falls, Twilight was quite happy these days since she was finally able to meet and talk to her friends and family even if it was only in her dreams, meanwhile Stan had done Mystery Fair while the police were on vacation outside of Gravity Falls.

“There she is, Twilight and Mabel; the cheapest fair money can rent. I spared every expense”, says Stan proudly.

“Mr. Stan, you are really taking advantage of the fact that the police are not in Gravity Falls”, comments Twilight.

Suddenly she hears Dipper screaming and then a tram cart containing Dipper falls near them.

“I think the sky tram is broken. Also, most of my bones”, says Dipper.

Twilight immediately approached Dipper and was glad that Dipper wasn't hurt, she was also surprised that nothing had happened to Dipper.

“Ha ha, this guy. Alright, alright. I got a job for you three”, says Stan, then pulls out a bunch of fake safety inspection certificates with an A+ on them, then passes them to Dipper, Mabel and Twilight, immediately Stan says. “I printed up a bunch of fake safety inspection certificates. Go slap one on anything that looks like a lawsuit”

“Grunkle Stan, is that legal?” Asks Mabel.

“This is obviously not legal”, says Twilight.

“When there's no cops around, anything's legal!” Responds Stan.

Stan then goes to where Soos was using a blowtorch on the handle of a dunk tank.

“Soos, how's that dunk tank coming along?” Asks Stan to Soos.

“Almost ready to go, Mr. Pines”, responds Soos.

Stan checks Soos' work knocks on the target and the seat barely moves.

“Ha, you got it rigged from here to Timbuktu! There's nothing on Earth that could knock me down!” Says Stan happily.

“Yeah, except for like a futuristic laser arm cannon”, says Soos.

“Oh. Hey, you haven't seen my red screwdriver, have you already? Darn thing went missing”, says Stan while searching in toolbox.

“Maybe some magical creature or paranormal thing-um took it”, says Soos.

"I heard! You've been spending too much time with those kids and that unicorn”, responds Stan as he continues looking for it and says. “Alright, let's see where'd I put that thing”

Behind some portable toilets was a person who is bald, with thick glasses and is dressed in gray.

“The mission is proceeding as planned. Over”, says that person through the communicator and then use Stan's red screwdriver to fix his camouflage suit, then walks away.

...

Those who were watching from Equestria were left with many doubts when they saw that person.

“I have a really bad feeling about that guy”, says Applejack.

“You think that because that guy stole Stan's screwdriver”, says Pinkie.

“Other than that I have a feeling he's going to have to do with something weird he's about to go through”, says Applejack.

“I think the same, Applejack”, says Rainbow Dash.

Several of Twilight's friends who saw that guy thought the same thing, but unfortunately they couldn't do anything to help, they could only warn Twilight when she was going to sleep.

...

A few minutes later they saw that Stan was inside the game he had modified.

“It's 12 o' clock! The Dunk Tank is now open!” Shouts Stan through a megaphone.

This caught the attention of the tourists who were at the Mystery Fair.

“Step right up, and dunk me folks!” Shouts Stan as he points to a tourist eating a pretzel and then shouts. “I'm talking to you, Cut-offs!”

Several tourists begin to gather around The Dunk Tank, seeing this Stan decides to annoy them more.

“That's right! Muffin-Top, High-Pants! Who wants a piece of me?” Shouts Stan at the tourists.

The angry tourists throw balls, but they don't knock Stan down.

“Ahahahaha! Come back anytime, folks! Ahahahaha!”, says Stan very happily.

Meanwhile Dipper, Mabel and Twilight had split up to explore more of the Mystery Fair, Dipper ran into Wendy by chance and they decided to eat corn dog shaped like question mark.

“How do they get them into this shape? It's unnatural”, comments Dipper to Wendy.

“But Dipper, they're so…”, says Wendy while she holds up corn dog to the end of the sign that says ‘DELICIOUS’ and then says. “Delicious?”

Dipper and Wendy laugh at that, but Wendy spills itself accidentally some mustard on her.

“Aw, boo! “I'll be right back”, says Wendy and then leaves.

Suddenly Mabel and Twilight appear to talk to Dipper.

“Look at you two! Getting all romantic at the fair!”, says Mabel.

“I don't know what you mean Mabel, I just met Wendy and we talked”, responds Dipper.

Twilight was a little upset by Mabel's comment, but was calmed by Dipper's response.

“Hey, do you smell a gallon of body spray?” Asks Mabel.

“I think so”, says Twilight hesitantly.

Dippper, Mabel and Twilight realize that that smell was coming from Robbie who was approaching them.

“Hey, have either of you dorks seen Wendy around?” Asks Robbie.

“Who wants to know?” Responds Dipper angrily.

Robbie takes some cotton candy that Mabel had.

“Hey!” Says Mabel to Robbie for taking out some cotton candy.

“Yeah, I got some new super tight jeans. Thought she might want to check 'em out”, says Robbie very arrogantly.

“Yeah! You know, I think I saw her in the Bottomless Pit. You should really go jump in there”, says Dipper.

“Yeah! You know, I think I saw her in the Bottomless Pit. You should really go jump in there”, responds Robbie.

Robbie leaves the place in a very smug way.

“He is such a jerk”, comments Mabel.

Twilight also thought the same thing about Robbie, she suddenly realized something and decided to leave the place. Mabel, seeing that she walked away, Twilight tells Dipper.

“I'll be there with you, brother. Whatever happens, I'll be right here, supporting you every step of the–”, was saying Mabel, but she stopped talking when she realized something and screamed. “OH MY GOD, A PIG!!”

Mabel runs and bumps into several people while trying to get to the contest to win a pig.

“If you can guess the critter's weight, you can take the critter home!” says the farmer named Sprott to the people who were at the Mystery Fair.

Mabel looks at all the pigs and suddenly she notices a specific pig and it makes the oinks sound.

“He said 'Mabel'! Either that or 'doorbell'. Did you say 'Mabel' or 'doorbell'?" Asks Mabel that little pig.

The little pig only makes the same sound.

“Oooooooooohhhhh!!!” Says Mabel and then asks to Sprott. “Sir, I must have that pig!”

“Ah, old 15-Poundy! So, how much you guessin' he weighs?” Asks Sprott.

“Um, 15 pounds?” Says Mabel doubtfully.

“Are you some kind of witch? Well, here's your pig”, says Sprott as he hands the pig to Mabel.

The audience applauds Mabel for having won the pig.

“And you’ll be needin’ these”, says Sprott as he hands her a knife and fork.

Mabel looks angry at Sprott for that suggestion.

“Nope? Well, suit yourself!" Says Sprott, realizing that Mabel didn't want that.

“Everything is different now”, says Mabel as she hugged the pig.

...

In Equestria they saw that Mabel won a little pig and then they saw that Dipper, seeing that Wendy wanted to get a stuffed animal in a game that had to knock down bottles with a ball, Dipper decided to try, but failed and the ball bounced and hit in the eye of Wendy. Dipper immediately went for ice, but when he arrived with the ice bag to relieve Wendy's eye he unfortunately saw that Robbie was already helping Wendy with the ice cream he had.

Suddenly the mirror changed what it was showing and finally those watching from Equestria saw what Twilight was doing. Twilight was talking to Pacifica that they were saying goodbye to her.

“Although I'm a little surprised you're in this place”, said Twilight, trying not to offend Pacifica.

“I must be present at various public events”, answered Pacifica.

Twilight, before saying goodbye to Pacifica, wanted to relax the atmosphere and suddenly saw a contest where you could win a little pig. Upon seeing it, Twilight was about to suggest it to Pacifica, but she saw that Mabel was there. Twilight decided to suggest another contest to Pacifica and saw one where you could win a chicken.

“Pacify why don't you compete in the game of winning a chicken”, says Twilight.

“Twilight, I think you're right”, says Pacifica as she leaves the place to go to the contest.

...

What those who were watching Twilight through the mirror did not know is that Dipper and Mabel had encountered a time traveler. Dipper decided to use the time machine to avoid hurting Wendy and Mabel to relive the moment the pig gets which she call Waddles.

Suddenly everyone watching from the mirror saw the day restart.

“What just happened?” Asks Applejack.

“Maybe the signal from the mirror is bad”, replies Pinkie.

“I think you should tell Princess Celestia”, says Rarity to Spike.

Spike immediately sent a letter to Princess Celestia, the others saw Mabel get the pig, Twilight talked to Pacifica, and Dipper ended up hitting Wendy in the eye with the ball by accident.

When Princess Celestia arrived and suddenly everyone saw that the day in Gravity Falls was repeated again.

“What's going on in Gravity Falls?” Asks Fluttershy to Princess Celestia.

“I think there's a time-controlling object in Gravity Falls and someone must be using it”, theorizes Princess Celestia.

“Like the Starwirl spell Twilight used”, said Pinkie.

“Pinkie, I didn't see anyone doubling up”, reply Spike to Pinkie.

“I'm going to Canterlot to see if it's something he has to do with Equestria, while you guys look at who could be the culprit of the day restarting”, said Princess Celestia.

Everyone there looked at Twilight with concern, Princess Celestia went to Canterlot to investigate what could be repeating the day, meanwhile Twilight's friends watched the Mystery Fair through the mirror to see who could be repeating the day in Gravity Falls.

...

It had already dawned in Ponyville, they saw that the day in Gravity Falls kept repeating itself and it seemed that there was nothing different in what was happening in Gravity Falls, Princess Cadance, the parents of Twilight and Shining Armor, had also arrived. Suddenly Princess Celestia arrived with information she had obtained as to why she could have done this.

“First of all Starwirl's time travel spell is still in Canterlot, the second thing that could have done this is the Time Twirler, which is a magical object that resets time and I understand to get rid of that object they sent it to another dimension”, says Princess Celestia.

Upon hearing Princess Celestia's description of the Time Twirler, everyone thought that that object was the culprit of what was happening in Gravity Falls.

“So Princess Celestia, are you sure it's because of the Time Twirler that the day is repeating itself?” Asks Princess Cadance.

“Maybe so”, answers Princess Celestia.

“What do you mean by ‘maybe’?” Question Rarity.

“I've seen a lot of unknown things in Gravity Falls and I wouldn't be surprised if it's because of something that has nothing to do with our world and magic”, answered Princess Celestia.

Suddenly everyone saw through the mirror that something different had happened, it was that Mabel helped Dipper with the ball throw and the ball didn't hit Wendy. Meanwhile, Twilight, instead of suggesting to Pacifica that she get a chicken, suggested that she get a pig.

“I'm sure Dipper and Mabel have something to do with us seeing this day repeat itself”, says Princess Celestia, seeing that they had done something different from the other repetitions.

Then they saw that Pacifica won the little pig that Mabel won in the other repetitions. Mabel, seeing that Pacifica had won that little pig, began to panic.

...

In Gravity Falls, more specifically at the Mystery Fair, Twilight noticed that Dipper and Mabel were arguing, she also saw that Dipper had a tape measure in his hand and Mabel was trying to remove the tape measure. Twilight decided to approach them to find out why they are arguing.

“What's going on here?” Wondered Twilight.

Meanwhile, Pacifica was pulling the pig's leash to make it move forward, she let go of the leash to regain energy and then continue pulling the leash, but upon hearing Twilight's voice, Pacifica decided to go see what was happening, forgetting that there was let the pig loose.

“Why are you two fighting over a measure tape?” Twilight asked.

Dipper and Mabel were surprised to hear Twilight suddenly. Mabel had finally grabbed the beginning of the time machine tape and started to pull it to travel back in time, but when she heard Twilight's voice she was surprised and ended up letting it go. This action caused Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Pacifica to travel back in time.

Twilight and Pacifica wondered what had happened, suddenly they heard Stan's voice.

“It's 12 o' clock! The Dunk Tank is now open!” Shouts Stan.

That made Twilight and Pacifica realize that they had gone back in time, and Twilight immediately used her magic to keep the time machine floating so that no one could use it.

“Dipper and Mabel can you explain to me, what the hell is going on?” Asks Twilight.

“I accidentally hit Wendy's eye with a ball and Mabel had won a contest to win a pig, then we met a time traveler and decided to use his machine, me to correct that mistake and Mabel to win the pig again. After many attempts, I managed to prevent me from hitting Wendy with the ball with Mabel's help, but Mabel couldn't win the pig wanted for helping me. We started fighting to see if we were going to use the time machine again, but suddenly you showed up Twilight and Mabel made us all travel at 12:00 in the middle of our fight”, explained Dipper.

Twilight, Pacifica, and those listening from Equestria were surprised at that explanation. Twilight was sure she didn't want to know how many times Dipper had tried. In Equestria, those who were watching were surprised that Dipper and Mabel were the culprits that the day in Gravity Falls was repeating itself, because it seemed to them that Dipper and Mabel always did the same thing.

Twilight's thoughts realizing that Mabel was trying to reach the time machine, Twilight realizing this immediately moved the time machine away from Mabel.

“First of all, before making any decisions you two need to calm down”, says Twilight.

Twilight was sure that the first thing Dipper and Mabel had to do was calm down before making any decisions, she was completely sure that Mabel was not thinking clearly why she had not realized that now that they had gone back in time and that she could win again the little pigg.

“Twilight immediately lets go of that time machine”, says Dipper, quite scared.

Twilight for a moment had doubts about why Dipper was suddenly scared, Twilight instinctively looked at the time machine and realized she was shaking from being surrounded by magic, before she could do anything the time machine went crazy and teleported Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Pacifica to another time.

...

Those watching from Equestria saw through the mirror that they had appeared in the middle of a dirt road.

“When are we?” Wondered Dipper out loud.

“The real question is: when are we? Oh wait, did you already–”, was saying Mabel, trying to correct Dipper's question, believing that she had made a mistake, but she stopped.

Mabel broke off when she realized that Dipper wasn't wrong in the question she asked.

“Yeah, I already–” Said Dipper.

“Alright”, says Mabel.

“It's the same thing”, says Dipper.

Then Dipper realizing there was a sound of something approaching.

“Do you hear that?” Asks Dipper.

“I don't have the slightest idea what that sound could be”, says Pacifica.

Twilight remembered that sound was the sound of a buffalo stampede that had occurred in Appleloosa.

“I think it's a buffalo stampede”, says Twilight.

Immediately after saying that they saw a stampede of buffaloes advancing directly towards them, they immediately began to run away from them and accidentally fell on a cliff, Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Pacifica fell through the roof of a caravan and onto some flour.

“Be on the lookout for mountain lions, travelers!” says the settler who was on horseback.

“Dysentery! Who wants dysentery?”, Asks the settler who had some canteens and who was walking next to the caravan.

“Forge ahead, mighty oxen, for a new life awaits us on this… Oregon trail,” says a settler who was driving the caravan named Grady Mecc.

Upon hearing that, most of them realized what time they had arrived.

“Where are we? The 70s?” asks Mabel.

Twilight was not surprised by Mabel's response, while Pacifica upon hearing that comment felt that Mabel did not learn anything from Pioneer Day.

“Us we travel back 150 years, genius, it's pioneer times!” Responds Dipper to Mabel.

“By Trembley! Fertilia, it seems you've given birth to three more children!” says Grady Mecc.

“It appears I have. More little hands to render the tallow”, answers Fertilia.

“Tallow? What?” says Mabel, somewhat confused.

“Obviously I'm not going to do that,” says Pacifica, very upset.

“Her mouth is filled with silver, mother!” says a child referring to Mabel.

“These are called braces”, answers Mabel.

Dipper and Pacifica just looked at Mabel in surprise at what she had just said and how little she cared about altering the past. While Twilight was not paying attention to what Mabel was saying, because she began to look at the children's mother and felt that she had seen her before, but upon hearing that her name was Fertilia, she remembered that she was one of the first inhabitants of Gravity Falls also has the record of having 42 children and is credited with creating the high-five.

“Mabel, we can't start messing with the past!” says Dipper.

“Oh, says the guy who messed with the past all day and cost me my pig?” Responds Mabel annoying to Dipper.

Then Mabel took Dipper's calculator.

“I'll mess with whatever I want! Check it out! A magic button machine!” says Mabel showing the calculator and immediately afterward you show her shoes that light up. “Shoes that blink!”

Twilight and Pacifica were surprised to see how little Mabel cared about changing the past.

“Hey, sister! Guess who gets to vote in the future! Ladies!! Up top!” says Mabel, then she shows Fertlia hight-five and says. “That's called a high five! Teach it to your friends!”

Dipper immediately tries to take the time machine, but before he did the time machine he sent them to another time thanks to the energy of Twilight's magic that he still had.

...

In Equestria they see how they are teleported back in time, after that fight that Dipper and Mabel had they saw that they were sent to the time of the dinosaurs where they were almost attacked by a Tyrannosaurus, then to an apocalyptic future where they were attacked by what It looked like a giant human baby, then they saw that they were at different times in the adventures they had had in Gravity Falls.

“Princess Celestia, why is the mirror now showing us Twilight's time travel?” Asks Applejack.

“Maybe it showed us the mirror as a repetition because Twilight didn't travel in time and it was also a very short trip, but now the mirror shows us the entire time travel because Twilight is involved with the time machine”, responds the Princess Celestia.

Immediately after Princess Celestia said that, suddenly the time machine began to shake very violently as lightning bolts came out of it and teleported them somewhere else. Instantly everyone was surprised by the place where they had arrived because it was the Castle of the Two Sister. Rainbow Dash immediately tries to go to that place but was stopped by Applejack.

“Why are you stopping me to go find Twilight? Did you not see that now she is in Equestria now?” Asks Rainbow Dash, quite annoyed.

“Look at what the sky is like in the mirror and compare it to what the sky is like outside”, Rarity answers.

Rainbow Dash looks at the mirror and realizes that the mirror showed that it was night while here it was day, that made her realize that Twilight arrived in another time of Equestria. Then everyone saw something they didn't expect to see and it left everyone completely surprised.

...

A few seconds ago Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Pacifica had arrived at Castle of the Two Sister, when Twilight realized where they were immediately, but Dipper stopped her and then indicated that they look in a direction. Everyone saw another Twilight with her friends launching a rainbow-colored beam towards a black Alicorn who was wearing armor.

“We are at the moment where my friends and I defeated Nightmare Moon using the Elements of the Harmony”, says Twilight in amazement.

Mabel was so happy to see more ponies that she forgot that she was angry with Dipper. While they were secretly observing what was happening, suddenly the time machine sent them to another time.

Twilight realized that she was in Equestria, in a lonely place and in the distance she could see Ponyville, although thanks to Twilight's last trip back in time she realized it was possible that it was not her time, so she did not go directly Ponyville to visit his friends and first she had to check what era it was in, although she felt that it was somewhat strange that Ponyville was so quiet.

“Do you know that town Twilight?” Asks Dipper pointing to Ponyville in the distance.

“That town is called Ponyville, it's where I lived with my friends”, answers Twilight.

“Twilight, why don't we go see your friends while we're here”, suggests Mabel because I wanted to see other ponies.

“With the last time travel there is a possibility that we didn't get to the right time”, answers Twilight in a slightly sad tone because she realized that she was in her world, but maybe she would never get to the time correct.

Dipper noticed this and tried to change the subject.

“Twilight, can you show us where you lived?” Asks Dipper.

“I lived in that treehouse that is also a library and is called the Golden Oak Library”, asnwers Twilight with happiness and nostalgia.

They could barely see Golden Oak Library from where they were, but suddenly that place exploded. Everyone was surprised by what they had just seen, especially Twilight and her friends who were seeing through the mirror.

...

In Equestria they were scared when they saw that the library exploded, but nothing happened to the library where they were.

“What the hell did we just see?” Asks Rarity.

“What we saw is that in the future this library is going to explode”, answers Princess Celestia, remembering that she had not heard anything about this library having exploded, which is why she thinks that Twilight came to the future.

“It doesn't comfort me to know that in the future Twilight's and my home is going to be destroyed,” Spike says.

They saw that Twilight was teleported to another time where it didn't stop snowing and in the sky there were 3 Windigos.

Those who were looking through the mirror when they saw the Windigos thought that the machine had taken them to the past. Everyone realizes that the time machine shook again and small rays came out.

“The time machine is doing the same thing when I take Twilight to Equestria”, comments Pinkie.

Everyone watching remembered that the time machine did exactly the same thing before teleporting Twilight to Equestria, then they saw that the machine teleported them to Ponyville.

...

Twilight was happy when she realized that it was Ponyville, but Dipper and Pacifica realized that the atmosphere of the city felt very depressing and in the distance they saw some houses with their doors and windows boarded up.

“Twilight doesn't feel like the atmosphere of this place is very depressing”, comments Dipper.

“It also seems that most of the houses were abandoned”, added Pacifica to the comment of Dipper.

Twilight just realized this, but before she could speak another Twilight appeared next to Spike, the other Twilight was wearing one of Mabel's vests. Twilight, seeing Spike, ran to hug him, forgetting why this Ponyville looked so different.

“Spike, I missed you so much”, says Twilight very happily.

Suddenly the other Twilight used her magic to separate Twilight and Spike.

“Although I know you are very happy to meet Spike in person, I have very important things to tell you”, said the other Twilight.

“If you're right, how is it possible that there are 2 Twilights?” Asks Twilight.

“You guys are traveling using a time machine, me and Spike are from the future”, replies Twilight of the future.

“This is the future of Ponyville, because I see doors and windows boarded up in the distance”, asks Dipper.

Twilight remembered the doubts she had about why Ponyville was this way and began to fear that this would be the future, but Twilight's thoughts were interrupted by Twilight of the future.

“First of all, where we are is not the reality where we come from, Twilight, and I'm not going to elaborate on how I got here”, said Twilight of the future to reassure the past version of her.

Hearing that response Twilight calmed down, but she also couldn't help but wonder how the version of the future of her came to this world.

“I remember you're wondering, Twilight, but the most important thing you need to know now is that you're soon going to return home and be with all your friends in Equestria”, said Twilight from the future.

Everyone was a little surprised by that statement Twilight gave.

“When is that going to be?” Asked Twilight quite happily.

“Soon, but first you are going to return for a few seconds to Ponyville before returning to Gravity Falls and to the rest of you, do not be sad about that information, I am just going to assure you that all this will end well in the future because after a while you will all return to Equestria ”says the Twilight of the future.

Everything was trying to process that information.

“Twilight, I think you should now warn him about the new enemy?” Spike said.

“New enemy?” Says Twilight doubtfully.

“If this enemy is more evil and powerful than any enemy you have seen so far, he is also a very manipulative being”, says Twilight of the future.

“Is that enemy the reason Twilight came to Gravity Falls?” Asks Dipper.

“It wasn't Entity that caused that”, said Twilight of the future, very upset.

“Who is Entity?” Asked Twilight, excited to know who had done this.

“In a creature that is always covered in black mist and the only thing that can be seen of Entity is a pair of red eyes, although it is a very powerful being, it is not an enemy”, said Twilight of the future in an annoyed tone.

Spike realizes that Twilight from the future had forgotten to continue talking about that enemy because she remembered to Entity. Just before Spike could speak the time machine began shooting lightning bolts and teleporting them somewhere else.

...

In Equestria, Twilight's friends felt many doubts when they saw and heard the Twilight of the future, but they were surprised to see that now Twilight was in Ponyville and in the background they could see the Golden Oak Library. Spike, upon seeing that, immediately came out and those who They were looking at the mirror they saw Spike, this confirmed that Twilight had arrived at the correct time of Ponyville and they immediately ran to meet Twilight.

Before Twilight realized where she was, her friends hugged her and Twilight, realizing that they were her friends, felt very happy to meet them.

“I missed you all”, says Twilight very happily to her friends.

Rarity, Pinkie, Rainbow Dash, Fluttershy, Applejack, Owlowiscious and Gummy were hugging Twilight while Princess Celestia, Princess Luna, Princess Cadance and Twilight's family watched very happily that Twilight had returned to this world, while Dipper and Pacifica were happy to see Twilight returned to meet her friends and Mabel was happy to find herself in the pony world, but suddenly the time machine began to shake and shoot lightning, only Dipper and Pacifica noticed this and before they could speak the The time machine teleported them again.

Rainbow Dash and Applejack, realizing that the time machine had teleported Twilight again, ran to the mirror and saw that Twilight had returned to Gravity Falls, while the others took longer to react to what happened, but they still quickly arrived to see the mirror.

“This has to be a joke”, said Rainbow Dash, very furious that the time machine took Twilight to Gravity Falls.

“You're right, why did the machine take Twilight to Equestria if it was going to take Twilight immediately to Gravity Falls? It feels like it hasn’t changed from what it was before”, said Applejack.

Almost everyone present thought the same as Rainbow Dash and Applejack.

“This time trip that Twilight had did change”, says Princess Celestia looking at the mirror.

“My sister is right, if you want to find out what she means, you just have to look in the mirror”, said Princess Luna.

Everyone looked to see what she was referring to, but everyone was left with their mouths open when they realized what Princess Celestia and Princess Luna were referring to.

...

In Gravity Falls, Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Pacifica realized that they had returned to Gravity Falls, Twilight became depressed when she realized that she could not return to her friends.

“It's 12 o' clock! The Dunk Tank is now open!” says Stan.

This made them know what date they had returned.

“Twilight, I don't know if what just happened is something good or bad”, says someone who sounded very surprised.

Twilight didn't pay much attention to what they told her because she was trying to think, but the next moment Twilight recognized her voice and turned to look at his face.

“Spike is you”, says Twilight, surprised why she didn't notice those around her.

“Twilight not only Spike came to Gravity Falls, but also Rarity, Owlowiscious, Gummy and me”, says Pinkie very happily.

At this moment Twilight didn't know how to feel, because she was happy that her friends were now there, but she also felt guilty because now some of her friends had arrived at Gravity Falls and she couldn't think of return to Ponyville.

“Don't worry Twilight about us being here”, said Pinkie happily.

Everyone looked at Pinkie in doubt because of what she had just said.

“Why Pinkie?” Asks Twilight.

"Did everyone forget that the Twilight of the future said that you would return to Ponyville for a few seconds and then return to Gravity Falls, and she also said not to worry because you would return to Ponyville soon", answers Pinkie.

Everyone else had forgotten about what had just happened, but thanks to Pinkie who mentioned it, they remembered. Dipper and Pacifica remembered something else.

“Twilight from the future said that there is a dangerous enemy in the future”, said Dipper worriedly.

“I feel like the worst thing is that we don't know her name”, said Pacifica.

Twilight began to feel afraid, but suddenly Spike spits fire and a letter appears, Twilight upon seeing the letter realized that it was from Princess Celestia. Spike, seeing the letter, decides to read it aloud.

“My dearest, most faithful student Twilight and to everyone who is in Gravity Falls, my sister and I will find out how to bring them back and we will investigate who this enemy that the future version of my student warned about is, that's why I want you to calm down” read Spike.

Everyone calmed down except Dipper and Pacifica, but they decided not to voice their doubts because they didn't want to make the others nervous.

“I'm going to go to that contest to get Waddles”, says Mabel happy and leaves.

“Dipper, are you going to try again to win the stuffed animal for Wendy?” Asks Twilight.

“I think it's best if I don't try to win that stuffed animal so as not to hurt Wendy”, replies Dipper.

Shortly after, Mabel arrives with Waddles in her arms.

“DIPPER!!!! THANKYOUTHANKYOUTHANKYOUTHANKYOU!! Hmmm!” Says Mabel to Dipper.

Immediately Waddles says oink.

“He's saying thank you in Pig! Aren't you, Waddles?” says Mabel.

“Hey, so that you would win that stuffed animal without hurting someone, you needed someone's help and that's why you asked Mabel for help?” Asks Pacifica to Dipper.

“You're right”, responds Dipper hesitantly.

“Then why didn't you just ask someone other than your sister to help her win that pig?” Comments Pacifica.

Dipper realized that he simply had to ask Twilight for help, immediately after Dipper looked at the time machine and felt hesitant to use it again, but before he made a decision, Blendin appeared and took his time machine.

“ALL OF YOU!!”, Blendin shouts to everyone.

The sudden appearance of Blendin made everyone scared, Twilight and her friends realized that this person had to be the time traveler.

“Do you have any idea, how many rules you just broke?!” Says Blendin angrily and then says. “I'm asking; I wasn't there with you… it was probably a lot, right?”

“I'm sure there were many rules broken, sorry, I used magic to lift it up, that made the time machine act strangely and that made us start traveling randomly through time…” was saying Twilight, but was interrupted by Blendin.

“Do you not know that it is a very delicate device and it occurs to you to surround it with energy! Also, I'm surprised that you guys have returned to your correct time without the time machine being destroyed!” Shouts Blendin.

Everyone looked at the time machine, they saw that it was very damaged and looked like it would be destroyed at any moment, they all decided to skip what Mabel had done. Twilight decided to continue telling what had happened with the time machine.

“The time machine teleported me to my original world, I was able to reunite with my friends for a few seconds”, says Twilight.

“It is almost impossible for the time machine to take you to another reality, and if in reality you had arrived from another reality I or my coworkers would have been detected as an anomaly”, responded Blendin while using a device.

When the analysis that Blendin did with the device was finished, he saw the results, Blendin, upon seeing the results, refused to believe them.

"This is impossible! According to this device, you, the other horses and the lizard come from a reality very far from this one, this fact is impossible because someone from the organization where I work would have detected you to capture you and it also makes it a lie and impossible for that you would have arrived at that reality for a few seconds”, explained Blendin refusing to believe that Twilight comes from another reality.

Everyone was surprised to hear Blendin's explanation that they didn't pay attention to the rude way he described the ponies and Spike, but they doubted that explanation why what Blendin said was impossible happened.

“There's really no chance that could have happened?” Asks Dipper.

"Of course not! Unless someone has made a portal of gigantic power to connect both worlds, you have crossed it and then somehow the time machine has managed to connect with the portal by coincidence”, responds Blindin.

“Is the portal like a crack that appears out of nowhere and takes you to another world?” Asked Twilight.

“Not a crack, but a door and for you to be able to return for a few seconds that portal had to be kept open and on”, said Blendin annoyed.

Everyone realized that it was impossible for that to have happened.

“The last other option is that something or someone has made an anomaly so big that it has connected both worlds because it is impossible for that to have happened naturally”, said Blendin and then says. “But both options they are impossible because the organization I work for would have realized that”

With what Blendin said, everyone realized that it had to be the second option because that coincided with what had happened and what said Twilight of the future about Entity, but suddenly 2 time travelers who work at appear Time Paradox Avoidment Enforcement Squadron near where they were talking to Blendin, when Blendin saw them he forgot what they were talking about.

“Blendin Blandin…” says the officer named Drundgren.

“AAAAGH! The Time Paradox Avoidment Enforcement Squadron!!”, Says Blendin scared.

“That's right, and our phones have been ringing off the hook! There's high-fiving settlers in the 1800's and calculators littered through eight centuries!” says the other officer named Lolph.

Twilight remembered that according to what she read at Pioneer Day, Fertilia was the one who invented high-five, but now she knows that Mabel was the one who taught that to Fertilia.

“You are under arrest for violations of the Time Traveler's Code of Conduct”, says Drundgren as he handcuffs Blendin.

“It was those kids, those horses, that giant lizard! And their leader, Waddles!” says Blendin.

“Those are ponies, a dragon and a pig”, responds Lolph.

“I'll get you for this! I'll go back in time and make sure your parents never MEET!!”, says Blendin angrily, then Drundgren and Lolph take him away.

“Well, we're still here”, comments Dipper as he looks at his hands.

“Guess he forgot to go back”, says Mabel.

Twilight did feel a little afraid of the threat that Blendin had just given because he is a time traveler, but she quickly calmed down because she had some friends here in Gravity Falls so she believed she could stop any threat and Pacifica also felt a little afraid of Blendin, but it was because he looked like a lunatic.

...

Meanwhile Stan continued making people angry on The Dunk Tank.

“Ha, you suckers! Your pockets are empty and I'm still sitting high and dry!” says Stan.

“BOOOO!!!!”, says the crowd, very angry for Stan.

“Boo! Ha, boo! I love it! Hey, biceps! I'm talking to you, haircut! Take your best shot!” Says Stan to Drundgren and Lolph who were passing by while Blendin was being taken away.

Drundgren and Lolph got angry at Stan's mockery, Lolph use your gun the target and knock down Stan, the entire crowd was happy, also those who observed it from Equestria, except Princess Celestia and Princess Luna who with that act were They realized that time travelers did not care about altering the past.

...

Meanwhile in another part of the Mytery Fair were Dipper, Mabel, Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie, Spike, Pacifica, Owlowiscious, and Gummy.

“So I guess we never found out who was causing those time anomalies Blendin was looking for”, comments Mabel.

“Wait, Mabel; I thought it was us”, says Dipper.

“Ugh, my brain hurts”, says Mabel as she touched her head.

“With that information it seems that we had a very similar situation at the time I used the time spell” comments Twilight very annoyed while she said it to Spike and Pinkie.

“Oh, geez, I gotta deal with this all summer?” says Dipper, very upset when he sees Wendy with Robbie.

“I'm on it”, says Mabel.

Mabel leaves Waddles on the ground and then points out to Waddles the caramel apple that Roobie had. Waddles, seeing caramel apple, starts to run towards Robbie, realizing that Waddle is running in his direction, gets scared and drops caramel apple. Then Robbie trips over a table causing a pot that was full of hot water to fall onto Robbie's pants.

“My pants! They're shrinking!” says Robbie.

Everyone laughs at what happened to Robbie when they see that.

“That'll do pig, That'll do”, says Dipper as they watched Waddles.

...

Afterwards it was decided that Pinkie, Spike, Owlowiscious and Gummy, meanwhile Rarity stayed with Pacifica.

In Equestria everyone was happy thanks to the news that Twilight gave about the future, but Princess Celestia and Princess were now a little worried because of what Blendin said that the anomaly was much more powerful and that the culprit of all this was a being called Entity.

...

In the future, Time Baby held Blendin in the air, to give him a punishment.

“You have broken the eternal laws of space time!” says Time Baby.

“I beg your mercy, Time Baby!” Begs Blendin.

“You now must clean up all the anomalies!”, answers Time Baby.

Then Blendin begins to pick up all the things that Dipper and Mabel dropped while they were traveling in time, suddenly Blendin was observed by a Gnome.

“What are you looking at?” Says Blendin and then disappears.

...

In a crack of dimensions there was a being that observed everything that was happening, his appearance was grotesque and impossible to describe, that being was the Entity that Twilight of the future had spoken of.

“It seems that now in this reality they know of my existence, but this is not going to change anything I have done, so I should not worry”, reflected Entidad.

Entity start theorizing why Pinkie and Rarity had arrived at Gravity Falls.

"The reason why Pinkie and Rarity came to Gravity Falls was because Pacifica and Mabel were there, Spike, Owlowiscious and Gummy came to Gravity Falls because they are smaller, and if some of the Cutie Mark Crusaders in that hug also they would also have reached to Gravity Falls”, said Entidad to himself and then says. "It is also not at all surprising that those time travelers have not realized the existence of the anomaly. Neither does Blendin refuses to believe that this is happening, at least for the moment"

Entidad felt very satisfied with the answers and paid attention to what he was most curious about.

“Knowing what the original timeline is like, it is very easy to know how that timeline originated where that Twilight was and also who is to blame for this”, says Entidad to himself and then says. “That Twilight seemed a little upset by talking about me and considering that she forgives others very easily, in other words I made her angry recently.”

Entity also realized that Twilight from the future, being angry, could not tell them everything she wanted to tell them, Entity was also sure that he could use he abilities to know more details about that future, but he does not like to do so because she loves to see how they develop the things in the present in the world where he has intervened.

...

In a few seconds after they left that world where Twilight from the future was with Spike from the future.

“Twilight was just going to let you know that you forgot what you were talking about”, comments Spike, seeing that they had disappeared.

“I got distracted talking about Entity”, said Twilight.

Twilight and Spike remembered that a few minutes ago when they arrived that Applejack from this world gave us details and when she left, Entity appeared and gave us more detailed information about all the changes that had occurred, but before leaving Spike asked why nothing happened to he and Entity explained that the alterations in time do not affect him, so Twilight and Spike asked him for help to fix everything that happened, Entity refused and said that he was only giving information immediately after he left. Twilight and Spike were a little angry with Entity, but Twilight realized that she could use the Cutie Map to fix everything, but when she took the scroll out of her backpack, Mabel's vest that she had inside her backpack fell off, this made them remember some time ago they met its future versions in this place. Twilight and Spike decided that not only were they going to do what their future versions did of telling them that they were returning home, who had brought them to Gravity Falls and giving very little warning of a dangerous enemy, this time they were going to give more details about that enemy named Bill Cipher and how dangerous he could be, but unfortunately they didn't have time to tell them that.

“Now we know that they didn't give us details about Bill Cipher not because they didn't want to, but because they ran out of time”, said Twilight.

“Twilight, before I met Bill Cipher I had begun to think that enemy that you warned was not so dangerous and was simply a misunderstanding like the one you had with your first time travel”, said Spike.

“Although I wish I had found out about Bill Cipher sooner, I have no regrets about having told my past self that I was going to return home because that information gave me a lot of hope that the problems we had could be solved”, said Twilight.

“You're right”, said Spike.

They took out the scroll again and went to the Cutie Map.

12) Fight Fighters

A few days after Rarity, Pinkie Pie, and Spike arrived in Gravity Falls, Soos decided to show everyone the town's Arcade.

“This is it, dudes, my favorite place in Gravity Falls. Everything I know, I learned right here. A frog taught me how to cross a street. When my house was haunted, I learned how to eat ghosts”, says Soos as she showed them different games.

Twilight, Rarity and Spike felt doubts at Soos' last sentence.

“And this thing taught me how to dance”, says Soos, showing off the dance machine called the Ho-Down Hero.

Old Man McGucket was happy on that machine dancing.

“Woo-hoo-hoo! I've been jiggin' here for seven days straight!” says Old Man McGucket happily.

Mabel realizes that that game was unplugged.

“Uh, Soos?” says Mabel with many doubts.

They notice that the dance machine called Ho-Down Hero had a sign covering the screen that said 'Out of Ourden'.

“This thing is out of order”, said Rarity, somewhat worried.

“Let him have this”, said Soos to the others.

Stan was looking at the games there were and one of them was a new game called 'Insert Token!', Stan decides to insert a coin into that game.

“Congrulations! You Win!” says the game Insert Token which makes Stan a little happy.

"Brilliant! You won!” Says Pinkie happily.

But immediately afterwards he says insert token again, making Stan upset about the scam, but Pinkie didn't notice.

Twilight and Spike seeing that thought that this game is a complete scam.

...

While in another part of the arcade, Dipper and Wendy were playing a Fight Fighters game, while Spike watched them.

Dipper was playing with Rumble and Wendy with DR. Karate, Dipper manages to beat Wendy.

“I’m gonna punch the ref,” Wendy asked.

The game announces a second round.

“Let’s gang up on him,” Dipper says.

Dipper and Wendy were trying in vain to hit the referee, but are interrupted by Spike.

“Dipper, I know you're having fun, but you told me you were going to let me play now,” Spike said, a little impatient to play Fight Fighters.

“I'm sorry Spike, but I forgot,” Dipper said, giving Spike permission to play.

Spike was about to play against Wendy when Robbie suddenly appeared putting up posters of her band called 'ROBBIE V AND TOMBSTONES' and upon seeing Wendy, he decided to approach her.

“Wendy! What's up, babe? Yeah, just putting up some flyers for my band. I'm playing lead guitar. No biggie”, said Robbie boastfully.

Seeing Robbie, Spike felt that he had seen him before and suddenly remembered where he had seen him.

“You're the guy whose pants shrank”, says Spike.

“That's a thing of the past”, says Robbie, quite angrily.

Spike, like Dipper, didn't like Robbie's attitude at all. Then Dipper decided to see Robbie's band poster of him.

“Are you wearing mascara?” Said Dipper with some doubts when he saw the poster of his band.

“Uh, it’s eye-paint for men”, says Robbie trying to defend himself from what Dipper said.

“Hey, Robbie, Dipper was just showing me this great game and now I'm going to play against Spike”, says Wendy.

“Haa, yeah, sweet, sweet”, says Robbie then pushes Spike aside and says to Dipper and Spike. “Hey, how about you put this one out, okay champ?”

“But Spike is just going to start playing”, said Dipper somewhat angrily.

“Yes, Dipper, the truth is, it was just my turn now”, says Spike, annoyed with Robbie.

“Whoa, whoa, hey! Relax you two, I'm just trying to spend a little time with my girlfriend, alright?” Said Robbie confidently, making Dipper and Spike even more upset with him.

“It'll just be one round”, says Wendy to Dipper and Spike.

Wendy and Robbie start playing and Wendy says something important to Robbie.

“So hey, I'm gonna go camping tomorrow with my dad so, I won't be around”, says Wendy.

“Oh, cool, cool, watch out!” Said Robbie.

Dipper and Spike were sure that Robbie didn't hear anything Wendy said. Seeing all this, Spike decided to talk to Dipper.

“Dipper how about we get out of here, I don't like being around Robbie one bit”, said Spike.

“You're right, let's get out of here”, said Dipper.

And the two left the Arcade.

...

The next day at the Mystery Shack, everyone was playing poker, suddenly Mabel speaks.

“King me!”, Says Mabel very happily as she revealed that she had two Kings in her hand.

Everyone was expressing displeasure that Mabel had won again, except Pinkie.

“It's not fair, she doesn't even know what we're playing!” comments Stan.

“Go fish?” Asks Mabel.

“I think Stan is right in his opinion,” Twilight says.

Dipper had a doubt about Rarity and asks her.

“Rarity you spend little time at Pacifica's house, I thought you would like to spend most of the day in a luxurious mansion?”, Asks Dipper to Rarity.

“Don't worry, but that reminds me that I have to talk something private with Twilight and Pinkie,” Rarity says, then leaves with Twilight and Pinkie somewhere else.

Suddenly those who had stayed to play poker heard an electric guitar coming from outside the Mystery Shack.

“Dude, I think I'm picking up a radio station inside my head”, says Soos.

“Try blinking to see if you can change the channel”, says Mabel.

Soos decides to follow Mabel's advice and starts blinking.

“Weeendy!” Shouts Robbie from outside the Mystery Shack.

“Ugh, sounds like Robbie”, says Dipper, recognizing Robbie's voice.

“Robbie? Is he that jerky twerp I see making goo-goo eyes at Wendy all the time?” Comments Stan.

“He called me "Big Dude" once. I mean, I know I'm a big dude, but it kinda hurts,” says Soos.

“Should I sic Waddles on him again?” Asks Mabel as Waddles bites the vest she was wearing, then she looks at Waddles and says. “Whoa, easy tiger.”

“I'll handle it”, says Dipper as he then begins to walk out of the Mystery Shack to talk to Robbie.

“Ooooooh!” say Mabel, Stan and Soos.

“Dipper is just going to tell Robbie that Wendy is not here, because it seems that Robbie didn't hear Wendy that she was going out today”, says Spike as he got up to accompany Dipper.

“Ha ha, conflict!” Says Stan as he laughs.

Outside the Mystery Shack was Robbie still playing his electric guitar while he sang.

“Wendy! Wendy! Wendy!” Sang Robbie and then started screaming. “Wendy! C'mon out, girl! C'mon down!”

Suddenly Dipper and Spike come out of the Mystery Shack.

“You realize she's not here, right?” Says Dipper, quite annoyed.

“Yes!” Answers Robbie without paying much attention, but the next second he realizes what Dipper said and Robbie says. "… Que!"

“She's out camping with her family today”, says Dipper.

“Wendy told you yesterday when you were playing video games with her”, adds Spike to the conversation.

“I'm sure they only told you two to tell me, but they didn't do it to try to ruin my relationship with Wendy”, says Robbie very angrily, especially to Dipper.

Dipper and Spike were sick of listening to Robbie.

“Dipper, I'm going to go find where Rarity, Twilight and Pinkie are”, says Spike and then leaves to look for them.

Dipper, seeing that Spike left, decided to leave the place, but Robbie, realizing that he was leaving.

“Hey, I'm sure you like Wendy”, said Robbie, then an idea occurs to him, he takes out his cell phone and says. “Why don't I call her right now and see if she wants to go out on a date with you?”

Dipper was internally happy to just see Wendy as his friend and seeing what Robbie was going to do he also believed that he would end up doing something stupid that would make him lose his girlfriend Wendy. Dipper tried to leave the place again.

“You're trying to escape,” says Robbie with the cell phone in his hand when he realizes that Dipper was trying to leave the place again.

Dipper was trying to ignore what Robbie was saying while he was trying to leave the place, but when Robbie finished speaking Dipper heard a sound that something broke, Dipper immediately turned around and realized that Robbie's cell phone had broken.

“What just happened?” Asked Dipper.

Robbie was lost in thought of him looking at his broken cell phone, but Dipper's question made Robbie react.

“My phone!” Shouted Robbie very angrily.

Although Robbie didn't tell him how the cell phone broke, Dipper realized that the cell phone had to break because Robbie wasn't very attentive to the cell phone in his hand, while he was screaming and waving his arm, that's why he He dropped his cell phone.

“Oh no, you're not getting off that easy!” Said Robbie as he lifts Dipper up by the collar and prepares to hit him.

Stan looks out the window, then sees what is happening.

“Hey! I know a fight when I see one! Stay right there!”, says Stan very excited.

Then Robbie throws Dipper to the ground.

“You. I. Circle Park. 3 o'clock,” Robbie says very angrily, then walks away from the place and says. “We finished this”

Immediately after Robbie leaves the place, Stan appears carrying a bucket of popcorn.

“Aw, he's gone! I was just gonna call the boys over to place a few bets!” says Stan, then chews some popcorn and says “The smart money's on Skinny Jeans.”

A little later in the Mystery Shack room were Dipper, Mabel, Stan, Soos, Gummy and Owlowiscious.

“What was I thinking?! I can't fight! I've never been in a fight before! Look at these noodle arms!” Says Dipper with fear because he was sure he couldn't reason with Robbie that it wasn't his fault that the cell phone broke.

“Just bonk him over the head! "It's nature's snooze button!" Tells Stan to Dipper.

“Boys! Why can't you learn to hate each other in secret? Like girls do!”, suggests Mabel.

“Sure, listen to your sister! Maybe you can share dresses too!” Mocks Stan of Mabel's suggestion.

“Maybe he'll just forget about it. Maybe it'll all blow over”, says Dipper.

“I don't know, Dipper. Teenagers are dangerous. Those hormones turn them into like, killing machines!” says Soos.

“Really?” Asks Dipper with fear.

“Oh yeah, dude. My cousin Reggie got in a fight with a teen once. The guy broke like, all his arms, all his legs, and I think, killed him or something, I don't know. Me and Reggie were just talking about it”, answers Soos.

“I can't stay here! What if Robbie comes back!? I gotta hide!!”, says Dipper with fear, retreating towards the corner.

“Look, kid. You got yourself a choice here. You can either go face him like a man, or you can hide indoors like a wimp. What'll it be?” says Stan.

Dipper thinks for a few seconds and decides to hide in the Arcade.

Owlowiscious was worried about Dipper, so he decided to go find Twilight and Spike.

...

Elsewhere in the forest near Northwest Manor, there were Twilight, Pinkie, and Rarity. Rarity had just finished what she wanted to tell them about what Pacifica's parents were like.

“I understand that Pacifica's parents are the richest people in town and are very conceited about it, but I think you exaggerated how horrible they were”, says Twilight.

“Twilight is right, because I doubt there are parents who would treat her daughter like that”, says Pinkie.

“Plus you talk like she likes money more than Stan and that's impossible”, says Twilight.

“You two talk like I'm a melodramatist”, said Rarity, a little offended.

Twilight and Pinkie didn't answer and just looked at each other. Seeing that Rarity quickly remembered all the times she was going to start crying and levitated a couch to start crying.

“Now that I think about it, if someone similar to me told me everything they just told me I would also think they were exaggerating,” Rarity whispered to herself.

In Equestria, who had heard Rarity's entire story, they would have the same opinion as Twilight and Pinkie, but they managed to see through the mirror of what Pacifica's parents were like and they had the same opinion as Rarity. Before they could restart the conversation they were having, Spike appears.

"I finally find them, luckily I remembered that you were staying with Pacifica, that's why I thought you would be close to that place", says Spike happily to Rarity.

“Sorry Skikey–Wikey, I wanted to be somewhere where the sudden arrival of tourists wouldn't interrupt our conversation”, says Rarity.

Before anyone could speak, Owlowiscious appeared, immediately trying to get everyone to the Mystery Shack.

“What's wrong with Owlowiscious?” Asks Spike.

“I think he wants us to go back to the Mystery Shack”, says Twilight.

Owlowiscious upon hearing that answer nodded, seeing that everyone began to return to the Mystery Shack.

...

Through the Equestria mirror they saw that and looked at Fluttershy to know what was happening.

“Owlowiscious says Dipper is in danger,” Fluttershy says.

Upon hearing that answer they wondered what happened at the Mystery Shack.

...

Shortly after when Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie, Spike and Owlowiscious had arrived at the Mystery Shack to see if everything was okay.

“Mr. Stan. Do you know the reason Owlowiscious wanted us to come here?” says Twilight.

It took Stan a few seconds to figure out who Owlowiscious was, realizing that he was the owl, Stan answered the question.

“I have no idea he wants that pet owl of yours”, says Stan.

Owlowiscious upon hearing that answer just looked at Stan very angry.

“By the way, where is Dipper?” Asks Spike.

“I don't know, I haven't seen him since I found out he was going to have to fight Robbie”, answers Stan.

“What did you say?!” Ask Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie and Spike in fear.

“I said I didn't know where Dipper is”, said Stan.

"Not that! What you said about her going to fight with Robbie”, said Twilight.

Stan told them what had happened recently.

“I'm not surprised Robbie blamed Dipper for his own carelessness,” says Spike.

“First things first, do you know where Dipper is?” Said Twilight.

“Not for the third time”, answers Stan angrily and leaves.

Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie, Spike and Owlowiscious went to look for Dipper, meanwhile in Equestria they decided to use the mirror to see where Dipper was.

...

Dipper was hiding in the Arcade and he was found by pure chance by Soos.

“Wimp it is”, comments Soos.

“C'mon Soos, Robbie's twice my size. I mean, what will getting myself killed accomplished? I just need to hide here until 3 o'clock passes”, says Dipper and looks at his watch which indicates that it is 11:30 and then he says. “Uggggh, this day will never end!”

“Relax, Dipper. Just try not to think about Robbie”, says Soos, trying to reassure Dipper.

Dipper tries to follow Soos' advice, but screams when he sees all the posters for Robbie's band.

...

Meanwhile, at the Mystery Shack, Mabel was watching television and suddenly she decided to talk to Waddles.

“Ugh, poor Dipper. Hiding from Robbie, unable to face his fears”, says Mabel.

“Fears are for chumps. “That's why I don't have anything”, says Stan to Mabel as she walked into the kitchen.

Afterwards Stan tries to reach an item on a shelf.

“You want me to go get a ladder?” Asks Mabel to Stan.

“We don't have one”, responds Stan.

“What?” says Mabel.

“You know, studies show that keeping a ladder in the house is more dangerous than a loaded gun. That's why I own ten guns, in case some maniac tries to sneak in with a ladder”, says Stan very seriously.

“Grunkle Stan, why you ackin' so cray-cray?” Asks Mabel, imitating the television show she had just watched.

“YOU'RE the one who's" ackin' cray-cray!", says Stan and then says as he leaves, “I gotta go now.”

“Why would Grunkle Stan be so weirded out by ladders? Of course! I think he has a secret fear of heights! We'll have to test him to be sure! Or we could leave well enough alone…”, says Mabel to Waddles and immediately after says. “Nah!”

...

Meanwhile in Equestria they were looking for Dipper using the mirror and suddenly they see Soos playing a game called TRON.

“Man, I wonder what it would be like to go inside a video game for real!” Asks Soos.

Then Soos unscrews the Arcade game to open it.

“I should have thought of this years ago!” says Soos and then tries to enter the Arcade game.

Those who were watching from Equestria did not expect Soos to do that, they were about to change the mirror image but there was a noise in that Arcade.

“Uh Soos?”, says Dipper with many doubts when he saw how the game acted.

They were happy to find Dipper and saw that that noise was coming from the Fight Fighters game that Dipper was playing.

“SELECT YOUR CHARACTER!!”, Says the game announcer.

“Uhhh… Rumble McSkirmish?” says Dipper doubtfully.

Suddenly Rumble materializes outside the game, this surprises Dipper and those who were watching from Equestria.

“You're real?” Asks Dipper, very amazed.

“HIGH FIVE!” Say Dipper and Rumble while doing high five.

“Ow! Your pixels are really sharp! Ugh!” says Dipper.

“GREETINGS, CHILD-BOY! I AM RUMBLE MCSKIRMISH, FROM THE U.S.A! PUNCH! KICK! PUNCH! KICK!!”, says Rumble.

“Ow! Cooool!” says Dipper.

“CHANGE MACHINE! CHANGE ME INTO POWERFUL WOLF!! HWAAAAH!!!” Says Rumble as he smashes change machine.

“With Rumble around, Robbie will be so scared, I won't even need to fight him. I've got the world's greatest fighter to be my bodyguard!" says Dipper to himself.

“I need power ups!” Says Rumble as he flashes red.

“This is so amazing! I gotta show Soos who is here and then to the others!” Says Dipper as he looks around and then asks. “Soos?”

Someone walks up to NORT machine and screams upon seeing Soos literally inside the game.

“Help, I'm trapped in the game! It was cool in theory but in practice it was really boring”, says Soos.

That person screams and runs away from the place.

“It's not just a game anymore!” Says Soos very seriously.

Princess Celestia, upon realizing what Dipper's plan was, immediately writes a letter to prevent Dipper from trying to manipulate Rumble into protecting him from Robbie, because that character is someone dangerous, and also to help Soos get out of that game.

...

Later at the Mytery Shack, Mabel managed to get Stan to admit that he is afraid of heights, meanwhile in the kitchen were Dipper and Rumble.

“Well, we do n't have any traditional power ups: turkey legs, pizza boxes, or gold rings”, says Dipper while he was checking the refrigerator and then asks him. “How about… half a taco?”

“Place it, on the floor”, says Rumble.

Dipper puts the taco on the floor, Rumble looks at it, it disappears and then reappears in his power-ups menu.

“I wish I could do that!” says Dipper in amazement.

“Now I must defeat the world's greatest fight-fighters. Take me to the Soviet Union!” says Rumble.

“That's gonna be tough… for a number of reasons”, answers Dipper but was interrupted by the arrival of Twilight and Rarity.

“I'm sorry to interrupt this conversation, but I have something important to talk to Dipper about”, says Twilight, forcing a smile.

When Dipper, Twilight and Rarity leave the kitchen and immediately Twilight speaks to Dipper.

“Dipper, I'm pretty sure it's not a good idea to use Rumble against Robbie”, says Twilight.

“Twilight, how do you know that?” Asked Dipper.

“Princess Celestia saw what you were planning while she was looking for you and that's why she used Spike to warn us”, responded Twilight.

Dipper had forgotten that they could see him in Equestria. Meanwhile Rumble began to get bored and so he walked near the entrance so he could hear the conversation that Dipper, Twilight and Rarity were having.

“Dipper, what were you going to tell Rumble?”, Asks Twilight.

“But I do know a fighter here in Gravity Falls. His name is Robbie V. and he's kinda like my arch enemy”, admitted Dipper.

“And then at 3 o'clock you would take him to Circle Park to face Robbie”, says Twilight very seriously.

Rumble remembered that he saw that Robbie guy on the posters where he met Dipper.

“Because Robbie is a big bad guy who has done all the atrocities possible”, says Rarity with obvious sarcasm.

Rumble did not understand Rarity's sarcasm, and with that information he had just heard he was sure that Robbie had killed the father of one of those present, which is why he immediately went out to confront Robbie in the place where he had heard. Rumble ran to leave the Mystery Shack and go to the city to find Robbie, seeing that Dipper, Twilight and Rarity saw this and were left with many doubts.

“Why did that fighter run away?” Asks Rarity.

“I don't know, but I think we have to follow him”, replies Dipper.

Immediately afterwards Dipper, Twilight and Rarity attempted to follow Rumble.

...

Shortly after, Rumble arrived where Robbie was waiting for Dipper to fight, while Dipper, Twilight and Robbie manage to catch up with Rumble.

“Who's your friend? And why is he… blurry?” asks Robbie.

“This is the best warrior in a video game”, answers Dipper.

“Yeah, right! Hey Eye Patch, what did the kid promise you? More tape for your forearms?” Says Robbie as he laughs.

“HOW CAN YOU LAUGH, WHEN YOU KILLED THIS BOY'S FATHER?!?!!”, Rumble says very angrily.

“Wait, what?” Answers Robbie, very confused.

Dipper, Twilight and Rarity are also surprised by Rumble's response. Rumble shows everyone how dangerous he is, so Robbie started running away from Rumble.

“Maybe Rumble heard part of the conversation we had”, comments Dipper as he realized that it was a bad idea to use Rumble.

“I don't think it was a good idea to talk about this in a place so close to Rumble”, says Twilight.

They began trying to stop Rumble. While Rumble was chasing Robbie he was destroying wherever he went. In Equestria they also saw what was happening, suddenly they saw that there was a father with his son next to a new car that had a big red ribbon and the father was giving the keys of a car to his son.

“I love you, Dad”, tells the young man to his father.

Suddenly they saw that Robbie ran past that place and when Rumble appears the words 'bonus round' appear floating in bright letters, immediately Rumble destroys the entire car and the letters change to 'perfect score'.

“Oh! My car”, says the young man as his words appear floating in the air.

“We'll just buy another one”, says the father to his son to calm him down.

“I love being rich”, says the young man to his father.

Rumble chases Robbie to an outdoor barbecue.

“ALL YOU CAN EAT!” Rumble shouts as he breaks the grill.

Dipper, Twilight and Rarity began to get tired from running so much, but suddenly Soos appears in her truck, Pinkie and Spike was also in the truck.

“Soos! Where have you been?” asks Dipper.

“Uh,” Soos says doubtfully and looks to the NORT frame around his neck, immediately after saying. “Long story, man. Dude, you see that video game guy tearing up everything in sight? He ha ha! That's crazy!”

“Yeah, I kinda sorta brought him to life to be my bodyguard. But now I have to stop him before he kills Robbie!”, answers Dipper.

Spike upon hearing that had many doubts and decided to speak.

“I thought they were going to prevent something like this from happening?” Asks Spike, seeing the destruction Rumble caused.

“Some things happened, Rumble heard about Robbie and wants to destroy him”, answers Twilight.

“You three need a friendly sidekick with a pickup truck?” Asks Soos.

“You know I do”, answers Dipper answers.

“Of course!” says Twilight and Rarity.

They immediately began to get into Soos' truck to catch up with Robbie and Rumble.

...

At that moment Mabel managed to trick Stan into climbing the water tower and using blindfolds.

“Take off your blindfolds... now!” says Mabel enthusiastically.

He removes his blindfold and sees the great height he's at.

“Yeah, that's pretty much what I was expecting”, says Stan fearfully.

“You're doing better than I thought! Now let go of the handrail…” says Mabel enthusiastically.

“Nope”, responds Stan as he does a death grip on the railing.

Suddenly Mabel smells a very strong smell.

“Hey, do you smell anger and hormones?” Asks Mabel.

Suddenly Robbie climbs the water tower to hide from Rumble.

“Finally! I'm safe!” says Robbie, relieved.

“Hey, Robbie! Get your own water tower!” Shouts Mabel at Robbie.

“SSSHHHHH! Keep it down! He'll find us!" Answers Robbie to make Mabel shut up.

“CHALLENGER SIGHTED!”, is heard shouting to Rumble under the water tower.

Robbie screams when he realizes that Rumble had buried himself where he was, but suddenly Dipper, Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie, Spike and Soos arrive in Soos' truck.

“Time to save the day, dude”, tells Soos to the others.

“YOU CAN HIDE, BUT YOU CANNOT HIDE!” Shouts Rumble.

Twilight realized that the threat Rumble shouted made no sense.

“Rumble! This has to stop! Por favor! Listen to me!” Shouts Dipper as he runs towards Rumble.

Rumble kicks the water tower causing it to tilt.

“What's happening!?” Asks Mabel with fear as she holds on.

“Oh boy…” says Stan fearfully.

“We're safe, right?” Says Mabel, trying to calm herself.

“Of course not! This thing is on stilts! High high up!”, replies Stan.

Robbie falls from the water tower and Rumble grabs him to personally finish him off.

“FINISH HIM!” says the Game Announcer.

“No no no, don't! Don't finish me!” Pleads Robbie.

Rumble was going to attack Robbie, but Dipper stops him.

“Rumble! I have something to tell you! Robbie… Robbie didn’t kill my father”, says Dipper.

“HUUUUUUHH? THEN WHO DID???”, Asks Rumble angrily.

"Que? Not one. I-I lie to you”, answers Dipper.

“HWUUUUHH??? WELL THEN YOU'RE ACTUALLY A... BAD GUY!" Says Rumble angrily.

Twilight thought that Dipper hadn't tried to trick Rumble yet and Rumble knew about Robbie because he eavesdropped on part of the conversation, so technically Dipper wasn't to blame.

“Wait Rumble, Dipper couldn't fool you…” was saying Twilight but she is interrupted by Rumble.

“YOU TWO!” Yells Rumble at Twilight and Rarity to get his attention and then says. “WERE YOU PARENTS THEY MURDERED?!”

“Of course not”, reply Twilight and Rarity confused.

“YOU TWO TRIED TO TRICK ME TOO!” says Rumble.

“Of course not”, says Twilight and Rarity very offended.

“That's not true, they wanted to avoid it”, says Dipper very upset.

Rumble got a little irritated that Dipper was angry at what he said, so he only focused on Dipper forgetting that he was also upset with Twilight and Rarity because he believed that they also tried to manipulate them.

“This Rumble is a savage who always tries to resort to violence,” comments Rarity to the others.

Everyone who heard that agreed with that comment. Rumble hangs Robbie from a tree by his hood.

“My entire journey, a lie! My honor has been insulted! Sensei warned me not to join the path of evil... the boy has led me astray from my teachings”, says Rumble to himself.

Twilight, Rarity and Spike were confused by what Rumble had just said.

“But didn't that happen less than 10 minutes ago?” Asks Spike to Rumble.

Rumble didn't pay attention to Spike's question and turned to talk to Dipper.

“If Robbie V. is not the last stage, then it must be… YYYYYOOOOOOUUUUUUUUU!!!!!!!!!!!!”, Shous Rumble at Dipper very angry.

A 'START' button appears next to Dipper.

“Do you want an apology cake?” Asks Pinkie, trying to avoid the fight.

“Obviously not!” Answers Rumble without hesitation.

Pinkie was surprised that someone would reject the cake so quickly, meanwhile Twilight, Rarity, Spike and Soos upon hearing that Rumble wanted to fight Dipper run close to Dipper.

“Don't fight him, man! That guy's got like a black belt wrapped around his black belt. You could get killed!” says Soos worried about Dipper.

“That guy is too violent”, says Spike.

“If you're right Skikey–Wikey, that fighter is a complete savage”, says Rarity.

“Maybe he has that personality because he comes from a world where everything is resolved with violence”, comments Twilight thoughtfully.

“It's also the first time I've seen someone reject an apology cake so quickly”, says Pinkie that she just joined the conversation.

"Tengo que. I started all this and I've got to at least try to stop it”, answers Dipper.

“You sure you wouldn't rather hide like a wimp?” Suggests Soos.

Dipper decides to hits "START".

“Fight like a man it is”, says Soos.

Dipper and Rumble's health bars fill up. Rumble gets into a fighting stance and Dipper gets into a fighting stance that mimics his. Soos takes a picture on his cell phone.

“FIGHT!” Shouts Game Announcer.

The fight begins, immediately Rumble began to launch his attacks while Dipper began to dodge them. Twilight tried to intervene but she couldn't get close or even use it to protect Dipper.

“Why can't we help?” Says Twilight, angry that she can't help Dipper.

“Maybe because it's a 1 VS 1 fight”, says Spike.

Rumble manages to kick Dipper and Dipper's health drops quite a bit.

“YOU FIGHT LIKE A GIRL! WHO IS ALSO A BABY!” Mocks Rumble.

Dipper manages to hit Rumble, this made Dipper happy, but his joy disappears because he can barely hurt Rumble.

While Soos climbs tree and waves arm in front of Rumble's health, which slightly blurs but doesn't disappear, he stops trying when he realizes that he can't lower Rumble's health bar to help Dipper.

“Well, it was worth a shot”, says Soos.

Dipper climbs the tree to escape from Rumble.

"NO! I HAVE NOT LOOKING UP! ANIMATION!” says Rumble.

Rumble continues trying to look where Dipper is, until he falls to the ground.

“So, what should I do, roll him up and put him on my wall?” says Dipper as he laughs.

“Dude, we should rock paper scissors for him!” says Soos.

“FIST… PUNCH… RAAAAAIIIIIINNNN!!!!!!” Says Rumble.

That Rumble attack causes fists rain on all of this, damaging Dipper and Soos, but Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie, and Spike managed to dodge that fists rain.

“Wait a minute, how could that Rumble attack hurt us”, says Spike.

“Maybe a fighter's collateral damage doesn't count as him attacking us”, says Twilight.

“It has to be a joke”, shouts Rarity angrily.

Everyone was upset when they realized that Rumble could hurt them, but they couldn't help Dipper in the fight. Rumble then gets up.

“NEVER UNDERESTIMATE THAT I HAVE PUNCHES!!”, Shouts Rumble, then he starts to burn and screams. “HWAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!”

Rumble then starts punching Dipper repeatedly.

“SUPER POWER NINJA TURBO NEO ULTRA HYPER MEGA MULTI ALPHA META EXTRA UBER PREFIX…” says Rumble, preparing his best attack.

“COMBO!!!”, shouts the Game Announcer.

“Dipper!” Yells Twilight in horror as she makes Rumble's attack.

A small twinkle of light appears on a black screen, then a mushroom cloud shaped like a fist appears.

“You, sir, truly are the champion of champions”, says Dipper happily but it was obvious that he was very beaten and on the ground.

Twilight, Rarity, Pinkie and Spike were very happy to see that after that attack Dipper seemed to be better than they expected. Rarity Pinkie and Spike couldn't help but notice that Dipper was happy about something.

“RUMBLE WINS”, Shouts the Game Announcer.

“WINNERS DON'T LOSE!” Shouts Rumble happily.

“I wouldn't be too sure about that, man”, replies Dipper to Rumble's comment.

“GAME OVER!”, announces the Game Announcer.

"Que? No! NO! NOOOOOOO!!!” Yells Rumble as he disintegrates.

“Game over, old friend”, says Dipper, happy that Rumble is gone.

Dipper collects points and writes "DIP" into the high score entry in the air.

“Heh! Nice one, dude!” says Soos.

Twilight immediately began using her magic see if dipper was okay, but she was shocked to realize that Dipper only had superficial injuries. Rarity decided to ask Dipper a question she had.

“Dipper, when did you realize that if Rumble won the fight he was going to disappear?” Asks Rarity.

“When Rumble did the fist punch rain”, replies Dipper.

Rarity and Spike were surprised to hear that at that moment Dipper came up with that plan, Twilight was lost in thought of her.

...

In Equestria they saw that after Dipper had a small argument with Robbie, they also helped Mabel to get off the water tower. Princess Luna decides to speak privately with her sister.

“Sister, you are very thoughtful after Rumble is gone”, comments Princess Luna to her sister.

“I was going to send a letter to Dipper after Rumble was they stopped to criticize him for the stupidity of his plan, but I didn't expect that Rumble would have a much more violent and dangerous personality than I expected and I was surprised that no one could intervene in a fight after someone agreed to fight Rumble”, responds Princess Celestia.

“That guy was very crazy, I'm glad someone who only wants to fight can't enjoy any of his victories”, says Princess Luna.

“What surprised me the most was Dipper when he realized how dangerous Rumble is,” says Princess Celestia.

“Why?” asks Princess Luna.

"It's the first time I've seen someone take responsibility so quickly, even Dipper realized that if he did it he could get very hurt and it didn't matter to protect someone he didn't like", said Princess Celestia.

Princess Luna agreed with what her sister said.

...

At night in Gravity Falls, Rarity before leaving Manor Northwest decided to ask Twilight a question.

“Why were you so pensive after Rumble disappeared?” Asks Rarity asks.

“You remember that a tram cart Dipper was riding in fell when Stan built Mystery Fair”, Says Twilight.

“Yes, I remember”, answers Rarity.

“At that moment I was surprised that Dipper wasn't hurt”, explained Twilight.

“You're right”, says Rarity.

"At that moment, for a second, a theory occurred to me that Dipper's body had a lot of resistance and stamina even more than an earth pony, but I decided not to check it because I didn't want to hurt a friend over a simple theory", said Twilight.

“But you finished checking it because of the fight Dipper had against Rumble”, says Rarity, realizing that Twilight meant.

“Yes, also the body regenerates quite quickly, but not to a very exaggerated level”, says Twilight, remembering a few minutes before she had realized that the superficial wounds that Dipper had had already healed.

Twilight couldn't help but feel bad for having realized that she was right in this theory, even though she was sure that she wasn't to blame for everything that happened, but she felt bad knowing the answer to that theory.

00) The Beginning

In Equestria everything seemed normal, but what they did not take importance was on that day they saw many strange lights of different colors in the sky that looked like lightning, unfortunately those who saw it thought it was lightning that came from clouds made by the pegasi, what they didn't know was that these were anomalies in reality itself that were the door to another world and would soon cause chaos throughout Equestria.

...

Twilight seemed to have the worst day of her life, at the beginning of the day she saw some strange lights in the sky of different colors, but they disappeared instantly and she decided not to pay attention to it, after she learned that her brother was going to marry Princess Cadance, Twilight was sure that Princess Cadance had turned evil and tried to warn the others, but no one believed her.

Everyone thought Twilight was doing crazy things because she was jealous.

When everyone left and Twilight was completely alone with the false Princess Cadance, Twilight saw that her horn glowed green and the fake Princess Cadance was about to use her magic, when a white portal appeared behind Twilight and took it to her.

"What the heck just happened ?!" the fake Princess Cadance wondered.

After thinking about it for a bit, she decided not to pay much attention to it and continue with her plans, that Twilight disappear not harm her plans and she could not stop because she was about to win.

...

Later at the wedding of Princess Cadance and Shining Armor, no one noticed Twilight's absence because everyone was attentive at the wedding and her friends and her teacher believed that Twilight would try to make more chaos at the wedding.

Some ponies noticed that Princess Cadance was worried and assumed it was about the wedding, but in fact she was worried about the portal that took to Twilight, for two reasons the first one that if it appeared so suddenly and out of nowhere it could happen to anyone himself and the second reason was that I she was sure that those lights that had appeared all day had to do with that portal.

...

Meanwhile in the sky a red sphere appeared and from the sphere rays began to emerge and began to fall on Canterlot causing destruction where those red rays fell.

All the ponies began to panic, when they saw those rays fall, the pegasi tried to stop the fall of red rays by locating the cloud, but they realized that it was coming from a red sphere in the sky, so they could not stop the rays.

Suddenly the red colored sphere in the sky created an energy wave that stunned everyone in Canterlot and after doing that it continued to create rays, also the energy wave made the Changelings take their original form and the spell mind control on Shining Armor disappeared, everyone was shocked to see the Changelings.

Chrysalis who had supplanted Princess Cadance, she believed that she could still win this battle, but with those red rays still falling she could end her and the other Changelings dead if they stayed, so she thought that the best option was to flee from here.

Princess Celestia was going to stop Queen Chrysalis from fleeing, because she had kidnapped Princess Cadance and she believed that she had to do with those rays that had appeared in Canterlot.

"Wait, where's Twilight?" Applejack asked.

All when they realized that Twilight was not there, they thought that Chrysalis had to see that Twilight had disappeared.

"Before I could do something to Twilight, a white colored energy took her and I think it has to do with the red colored rays, so I think she is dead now," said Chrysalis, feigning a smile.

Everyone got mad at Chrysalis for saying those words and because he was happy, but in reality Chrysalis was not happy, his plan had failed because of those rays and now the best option was to escape from Canterlot, he only said those words and pretended to be happy just to win time to find an escape route, to escape those red rays.

"How do we know that you didn't do something to Twilight and created these red rays," Rainbow Dash said very annoyed.

"Because it would create a bunch of rays that messed up my whole plan," said Queen Chrysalis.

Chrysalis realized that the sphere began to tremble and she was sure that many lightning bolts were going to strike at the same time soon. Chrysalis, realizing this, decided to use a few words to distract everyone present.

"A little before they take her away, was when you all thought that Twilight was lying about Princess Cadance being someone evil, I wonder if the last thing she thought was that she didn't have any friends in the world or someone to trust in this one world, "Chrysalis said with a smile and everyone began to feel guilty upon hearing that.

Chrysalis, seeing that everyone began to feel doubts, did not miss this opportunity to escape from everyone present, just before the red sphere began to launch many more rays making it impossible to try to cross them.

Rainbow Dash was looking with a lot of anger at Chrysalis as she escaped, she wanted to catch Chrysalis and after they interrogated her so that she say where he was Twilight, because deep down she wanted to believe that she had lied to them about how Twilight had disappeared .

The energy sphere shrunk to a size much smaller than an apple and turned white in color and stopped throwing lightning bolts.

In all the time they couldn't go looking for her, Chrysalis had left Canterlot with all the other Changelings.

Princess Celestia, realizing that the rays had stopped, ordered all available Pegasi to capture Chrysalis and then interrogate her to confess where Twilight was and Princess Cadance and everyone else who would search the castle if they found any of the two.

All the pegasi began to fly to find the Chagelings, but suddenly the white sphere exploded causing a wave of energy that spread over all of Canterlot and left everyone who was near the sphere stunned, but without any injuries, which were only the pegasi that went in search of the Chagelings, including Rainbow Dash.

The explosion of the sphere created white comets, almost all the comets fell very far from Canterlot, to the relief of all the ponies who noticed those comets, except one the largest.

Applejack, Fluttershy, Rarity, Pinkie and Spike realized that that comet was going to fall very close to where they had seen Rainbow Dash fall, when they realized that, they decided to go rescue to Rainbow Dash.

But as they went to where Rainbow Dash was, they realized that the comet was not going to fall close enough to hurt Rainbow Dash, everyone was glad about that.

The comet fell into a tent, more specifically a mirror.

Everyone was happy to see that Rainbow Dash was waking up. When she woke up everyone explained to Rainbow Dash what had just happened.

"I have to find that imposter," Rainbow Dash said ready to start flying.

Princess Celestia and Shining Armor had arrived there, but just before Rainbow Dash flew off, she was interrupted by a voice.

"Look what is seen in the mirror!" Fluttershy yelled.

They all looked in the mirror and were surprised, because they saw Twilight sleeping in a forest.

05) The Hand That Rocks the Mabel

Outside the Mystery Shack was Stan with some tourists.

"For nothing's final illusion, we have the incredible "Sack of Mystery." When you put your money in, it mysteriously disappears!” says Stan, opening that bag in front of the tourists.

The very happy tourists start to put bills in the Sack of Mystery.

“Good”, say a tourist.

“It was worth the trip”, says another tourist.

Twilight sees that and they sigh at how naive the tourists in Gravity Falls can be. Twilight decided to go see what Dipper and Mabel are doing.

...

Inside the Mystery Shack, Dipper, Mabel, Soos, and some population of Equestria were watching TV.

"The tiger was badly injured in the explosion, but we repaired him with a fist," says the television narrator, showing a tiger with a human arm.

Everyone who was watching was happy, suddenly Twilight appeared to see what they were watching, but the commercials just started.

"Tiger fist!... will return after these messages", says the television.

The television began to show a commercial, of a person releasing pigeons.

“Hey, look. It's that commercial I was telling you guys about," says Soos.

“Are you completely miserable?” asks the commercial.

“YES!” answered the image of a man crying in the commercial.

“Then you need to meet”, said the commercial on television, then whispers. "Gideon"

“What makes him so special?” Mabel wonders.

"He's a psychic," responds commercial.

"Aroo?", says Mabel somewhat confused.

"So don't waste your time with other so-called 'men of mystery,'" says the commercial, showing Stan getting out of the outhouse and then stamping the word FRAUD on the image.

Several who saw the commercial thought that it was unnecessary to show that image of Stan in the commercial.

"Learn about tomorrow tonight at Gideon's Tent of Telepathy," says the commercial.

“Wow, I’m getting all curiousy inside!” Mabel says excitedly.

“Besides, maybe she's like Trixie,” Twilight whispered.

The population of Equestria who were looking through the mirror heard that. Twilight after saying that felt someone look at her full of anger.

“Well don't get too curious. Ever since that monster Gideon rolled into town, I've had nothin' but trouble," Stan said as he recalled one day when he was looking for a spot in a parking lot and when he finally found it, it was busy Gideon's tour bus.

“Well, is he really psychic?” Mabel asked.

"I think we should go and find out," Dipper said with some enthusiasm.

“Never! You're forbidden from patronizing the competition." Stan said.

"But you must know something about Gideon," said Twilight.

“Gideon is a complete farce!” Stan said.

"I'm surprised that you're the one to say that someone is a fake, no offense Mr. Stan," Twilight said.

“I'm only going to forgive you for that comment because I know you haven't seen Gideon, my Mystery Shack is more realistic than that Tent of Telepathy show, which is a waste of time and money. Also, no one that lives under my roof is allowed under that Gideon’s roof!” Stan says, then leaves the room.

“Do tents have a roof?” Dipper asks.

"Dipper you sure found a solution pretty quickly," Twilight said, surprised at how quickly Dipper found a loophole in what Stan had just said.

“I think we just found our loop hole... literally!” said Mabel showing a tie with a knot and said later. “Mwop mwop!”

"That's a bad joke," Twilight said.

Most of the inhabitants of Equestria thought the same as Twilight, but some like Pinkie did find her funny.

“So come down soon, folks. Gideon is expecting you”, says the commercial and then ends.

...

Before they left for the Tent of Telepathy, Dipper wanted to ask Twilight something.

"Twilight, what did you say while we were talking about the Gideon commercial?" Dipper asked.

"Just talk about Trixie," Twilight replied with clear distaste.

“Can you tell me who Trixie is?” Dipper asked.

Although Dipper wishes he would tell him more about his world, because so far the only thing he has talked about is his world is Spike, his brother Shinng Armor, his friends, his teacher, his brother's girlfriend who is also his old babysitter (later to see her again it seemed that she turned evil) and I only talk about all of them because they were involved in the fight the fight that they all had before Twilight came to this world.

Twilight sighed and began to tell her about Trixie, when she finished Dipper gave her opinion of her.

"From the story you told, it seems that Trixie is just very arrogant, sometimes people with a lot of pride claim achievements they haven't done, but I think I can't classify her as a fraud, and her also already pay for being too much arrogant,” Dipper said.

"You're right about that," Twilight said realizing Trixie hadn't been a con artist, she was just a very arrogant pony. "But why did you want to know what I said at that time?"

“You just started shaking when you finished saying that,” Dipper said.

"That's a good question, because I felt a lot of hate directed at me," Twilight said.

"So far I've seen you shake twice, once when you talked about always hanging out with your friends and now when you talked bad about Trixie," Dipper said.

"I understand that it's weird Dipper, that the two times I felt that hatred was because of a comment I made," Twilight said thoughtfully.

"I'm going to be blunt Twilight, sometimes I think we were being watched and I think someone felt a lot of hate towards you for those comments you made," Dipper said.

Twilight sometimes felt like someone was watching her, but she always assumed she was her imagination or some tourist of hers. With what Dipper said maybe someone who looked at her with hatred for what he said, but the two sentences that he felt hatred towards her are very different things. Maybe those two times were two different people, if that was the case the first time there was no one who fit that, but in the second sentence there was someone who would hate Twilight if she knew what she had just said.

In Equestria, most of Twilight's friends came to the same conclusion, but Twilight and her friends immediately dismissed it, because there was no way Trixie could know that she was doing Twilight.

"Dipper I think we should stop thinking about that now," Twilight said.

And then the two of them left to get ready to go see Gideon.

...

Later in the evening outside the Tent of Telepathy, there was a long queue to get into that place.

“Step right up there, floks. Put your money in Gideon's psychic sack," said a person named Bub with a sack where those who entered put the money.

In Equestria, Twilight's friends, Spike were watching the show and also the Cutie Mark Crusaders, Snails and Snips arrived because they heard that Twilight was going to a show.

...

Meanwhile, inside the Tent of Telepathy there was a lot of positive murmuring from those who were going to see the show. Dipper, Mabel, Twilight and Soos while waiting for the show were seeing what this place was like.

"Whoa, this is like a bizarre version of the Mystery Shack," Dipper said.

"Dipper you're right, although unlike the Mystery Shack he only heard positive opinions from the public," said Twilight.

"They even have their own Soos," Dipper said pointing to the Tent of Telepathy's maintenance person named Deuce who looked a lot like Soos.

Soos noticing Deuce started glaring at him as she continued to eat.

"That was weird," Twilight said referring to Deuce.

Suddenly the lights go out and the music starts.

“It's starting! It’s starting!” says Mabel very excited.

"Let's see what this monster looks like," Dipper said.

The lights point to a curtain on the stage that was a silhouette of an adult, but when it opens it shows that it was just a child.

"Hello America! My name is Li'l Gideon," says Gideon.

Gideon claps and does fly out of his hair. The crowd cheers.

"That's Stan's mortal enemy?" Dipper wondered.

“I was expecting something different, too,” Twilight said doubtfully.

"But he's so wittle!" Mabel says, impressed.

“Ladies and gentlemen, it is such a gift to have you here tonight!... Such a gift. I have a vision. I predict you will son all say, 'aww,'" says Gideon.

Gideon makes an adorable face and the crowd goes 'aww'.

“It came true”, says Mabel very astonished.

"Que? I'm not impressed," says Dipper.

"Dipper's right, I'm very disappointed," Twilight said.

"You're Impressed!" Mabel says looking at Twilight and Dipper.

...

Several in Equestria who were watching thought the same as Twilight and Dipper, but some like Pinkie, Snails, and Snips thought the same as Mabel.
...

Meanwhile at the Tent of Telepathy, Gideon on stage starts the show.

“Hit it, Dad,” says Gideon.

Bub starts playing the piano, Gideon takes off her cape and throws it into the audience and several people start fighting over her. Gideon begins to sing along with the rhythm of the piano.

"Oh, I can see, what others can't see
It ain't some sideshow trick, it's innate ability
Where others are blind, I am futurely inclined
And you too could see, if you were widdle ol' me!
Come on, everybody, rise up! I want y’all to keep it going!” Gideon sang.

Gideon then touched the locket around his neck and the crowd including Dipper, Twilight, Mabel and Soos rose from his seat.

“Wha–? How did he–?” Dipper wonders.

"I have no idea," Twilight said.

“Keep it going!” Gideon says, then points to an old lady with a bunch of cats and sings. "You wish your son would call you more."

“I’m leaving everything to my cats!” said the old lady with cats.

"I sense that you've been here before," Gideon sang, pointing at Sheriff Blubs.

“Oh, what gave it aways?” Sheriff Blubs asked while wearing a Gideon face shirt and carrying a bunch of other Li’l Gideon gear.

"Come on," Dipper said exasperatedly.

Twilight was surprised that the inhabitants of Gravity Falls are much more naive than she first thought and many in Equestria thought the same as Twilight.

Gideon walks over to Mabel and sings to her.

"I'll read your mind if I'm able
Something tells me you're named Mabel," Gideon sang to Mabel.

“How’d I do that?” Mabel wondered without remembering that the sweater she made and is wearing has ‘MABEL’ written on it.

“So welcome all ye... to the Tent of Telepathy
And thanks for visiting... widdle ol' me!” Gideon sings.

Gideon as he finished the song lowers an electric sign with fireworks and the crowd cheers merrily for the show.

“Oh…oh my goodness,” Gideon panted and drinks water from a bottle and then says. "Thank you! You people are the real miracles!”

Everyone in the Tent of Telepathy was happy to see the show, except for Dipper and Twilight.

...

Later outside the Tent of Telepathy Dipper, Twilight and Mabel began to comment on what they had seen.

"Man, that kid's an even bigger fraud than Stan!" says Dipper.

"Something I didn't expect to see so soon in my life," says Twilight. “And the other difference that he has is that his public does not realize that he is cheating and that makes him have a very good image in the public that visits him.”

"No wonder our uncle's jealous," says Dipper, smiling.

“You're right about that,” Twilight says with a laugh.

“Oh come on. His dance moves were adorable! And did you see his hair from him? It was like, whoosh!” says Mabel, very happy.

"You're too easily impressed," says Dipper.

“Yeah, yeah!” Mabel says happily.

"I'm sure if Pinkie, Snails, and Snips had seen this show, they'd be just as impressed as Mabel," says Twilight with a hint of wistfulness.

...

In Equestria everyone heard that and Applejack gave the opinion of everyone present.

"Well, you're absolutely right, Twilight," said Applejack, very irritated to see a show from someone even more of a faker than Mr. Stan's.

After saying that, most of Twilight's friends, Spike, and the Cutie Mark Crusaders just looked back at Pinkie, Snails, and Snips who were still in awe of Gideon's spectacle.

...

The next morning at the Mystery Shack, Dipper and Twilight were at their most relaxed until Mabel arrived with a face full of sequins and a sequin gun in her hand.

“Chet it out, Dipper! I successfully bezazzled my face! Blink!” Mabel says blinking and that made sequins fly off her face AND it hurts and she says. “Ow”

“Is that permanent?” Dipper asks.

"Mabel, I think you should think a little more about the consequences of your actions," Twilight said, very concerned about what Mabel had just done.

"I'm unappreciated in my time...", says Mabel somewhat depressed when seeing the reactions of Dipper and Twilight.

Suddenly the doorbell of the Mystery Shack is heard ringing.

“Somebody answer that door!!” Stan yells from another part of the Mystery Shack.

“I’ll get it!” Mabel says happily as she takes off all the sequins.

Mabel opens the door, but she doesn't see anyone until she looks down and sees Gideon.

“Howdy,” Gideon says.

“It´s ‘wittle ol’ you!” says Mabel.

"Yeah, my song's quite catchy. I know we haven't formally met, but after yesterday's performance, I just couldn't get your laught out of my head,” Gideon says as he nervously laughs.

“You mean this one?” Mabel says and immediately laughs, but her laugh sounds very forced.

“Oh, what a delight! When I saw you in the audience, I said to myself, 'Now there's a kindred spirit! Someone who appreciates the sparkly things in life,’” says Gideon.

“That's totally me!” Mabel says happily and suddenly she starts coughing up some sequins, which fall onto Gideon's jacket, decorating it perfectly.

“Enchanting. Utterly enchanting,” Gideon whispers.

"Who's at the door?" Stan asks yelling.

“No one, Grunkle Stan!” Mabel replies.

“I appreciate your discretion. Now, Stan's not a fan of mine. I don't know how a lemon so sour could be related to a peach so sweet," Gideon whispers.

"Gideon! Aha ha!” says Mabel.

“What do you say we step away from here, and chat a bit more. Perphaps in my dressing room?” Gideon asks.

“Oh! Makeovers. Yahoo!” says Mabel and touches Gideon's stomach.

“Ow,” Gideon says from the pain of Mabel's friendly punch.

...

In Equestria, Princess Cadance, Shining Armor, Twilight's friends, the Cutie Mark Crusaders, and Spike were seeing Mabel through the looking glass.

"Princess Cadance, are you worried that Mabel doesn't seem to notice Gideon's hints at her?" Rarity asked noticing that Princess Cadance seemed worried when Gideon spoke to Mabel.

"It's not because of that, it's because there's something about Gideon I don't like, though I don't know what it is," Princess Cadance said.

"It's because Gideon is more of a con man than Stan," said Rainbow Dash.

"It's not like there's something about Gideon that scares me," Princess Cadance said.

"It must be just your imagination, because he's just a little boy there's no way he can be that scary," said Shining Armor trying to reassure Princess Cadance.

...

After Mabel and Gideon had arrived at Gideon's dressing room, Mabel looks around the room in amazement.

“Already see something you like? 'Cause I do,'," Gideon said looking at Mabel.

“What?” Mabel asks, not realizing what Gideon was referring to.

In Equestria seeing this they thought that Mabel is not really good with hints, one of the few who did not think that was Pinkie who is also not good with hints.

...

At the Mystery Shack, Dipper and Twilight were sitting reading Journal 3 when suddenly Mabel arrived after her makeover.

"Hey Dipper and Twilight. What's goin' oooon?" says Mabel.

Dipper and Twilight look at Mabel's makeover, her face was heavily made up, her forehead hair was up with a pink ribbon in her hair and she had fake nails.

“Whoa, where have you been? And what's going on with those fingernails, you look like a wolverine," Dipper said, being honest with Mabel.

The majority in Equestria and Twilight also did not like how Mabel put on her makeup, especially Rarity who thought the same as Dipper.

“I know, right?” Mabel says and then she roars and pretends to scratch something.

Twilight and Rarity were shocked to realize what Mabel's point was in why she wore her makeup like that.

“I was hanging out with my new pal, Gideon. He is one dapper little man,” said Mabel.

"Mabel, I don't trust anyone whose hair is bigger than their head," Dipper said with disgust.

“Oh, leave him alone! You never want to do girly stuff with me; you and Soos get to do boy stuff all the time!” Dipper says.

"What do you mean?" Dipper asks.

Suddenly Soos appears very happy.

“Hey dude, you ready to blow up these hot dogs in the microwave one by one?” Soos asks cheerfully.

“Am I!” Dipper says excitedly, leaving Twilight and Mabel behind.

In Equestria Rainbow Dah and Spike wanted to change the mirror image to see that, but they knew that the others wanted to see what is happening now.

And suddenly little explosions are heard and Dipper and Soos are also heard talking at the same time.

“One-at-a-time! One-at-a-time!” say Dipper and Soos.

Twilight picks up Journal 3 to start reading it, but she tells Mabel first.

"Mabel you have to be a little careful about Gideon, because she didn't give me the best first impression", Twilight said remembering that Gideon was more of a con man than Stan and then starts reading Journal 3.

After Mabel leaves, Twilight continues reading Journal 3, Rainbow Dash and Spike change the mirror image to see Dipper and Soos exploding hot dogs in the microwave.

...

After Mabel and Gideon were up on the roof of a Gideon's family warehouse, also the Mane 6 and Spike were watching.

“Whoa, the view from your family’s factory is nuts! Good thing we both brought our–”, Mabel was saying.

“Opera glasses!” Mabel and Gideon say at the same time and laugh.

“Mabel, when I'm up here lookin' down on all them little ol' people, I feel like I'm king of all I survey. I guess that makes you my queen!” says Gideon.

Rarity heard all this and realized that Gideon tried to be romantic with Mabel, but when Gideon referred to the people and called himself king, she could only feel fear of Gideon.

"Que? You are being so nice to me right now, quit it!” Mabel laughed.

“I can't quit it. I am speaking from the heart,” said Gideon.

“From the where-now?” Mabel asked with many doubts.

“Mabel, I've never felt this close with anyone. So, so close,” Gideon says as he strokes Mabel's hair.

“Look Gideon, I um...” Mabel began.

Gideon reaches up to stroke Mabel's hair again, then laughs.

"I like you a lot, but let's just be friends," said Mabel somewhat uncomfortable.

“A leats juts give me a chance. Mabel, will you do me the honor of going on a date with me?” Gideon asks very hopefully.

“A playdate?” Mabel asks.

“Mmnn,” Gideon says as he shakes his head.

“A shipping date?” Mabel asks.

“Mmnn. It'll just be one li'l ol' date, I swear on my lucky bolo tie," Gideon said.

“Ummm. Okay, then... I guess...”, said Mabel very uncomfortable.

“Mabel Pines, you have made me the happiest boy in the world!” Gideon said as he hugged Mabel.

As Gideon continued to hug Mabel, she realized something.

“Are you sniffing my hair?” Mabel asks angrily.

...

Later at the Mystery Shack, Mabel and Dipper were playing a video game, while Twilight was reading some books about culture and geography to learn more about this world.

"It's not a date-date, it's just, you know, I did n't want to hurt his feelings from him and so I figured I'd throw him a bone," Mabel told Dipper and Twilight.

“Mabel, guys don't work that way. He's gonna falls in love with you," Dipper said.

"Mabel, I think you shouldn't have accepted that invitation, because according to you, Gideon refused to be considered just a friend by you," Twilight said with some concern.

“Yeah right. I’m not that lovable”, said Mabel laughing and then manages to beat Dipper in the juice. “Kaboom! And it is!"

"Okay, we agree on something here," Dipper said.

“I agree too, but Mabel is at least just trying to make her understand that you don't want her to be your boyfriend,” Twilight said.

Suddenly the doorbell rings, Mabel goes to open the door and when she opened it she saw a white horse that immediately entered the Mystery Shack, this made Mabel afraid and scream.

"A night of enchantment awaits, m'lady!" Gideon said to Mabel as she mounted the horse.

“Oh boy”, said Mabel very uncomfortable.

Twilight, her friends, and Spike saw what had just happened and thought Gideon was pretty sure Mabel was going to be her girlfriend.

...

After Mabel and Gideon were sitting together at a table in an aquatic themed restaurant, while the white horse was drinking water from the restaurant's fountain, Twilight's friends were also looking through the mirror.

"I can't believe they let us bring a horse in here!" Mabel said somewhat surprised.

“Well, people have a hard time saying no to me,” Gideon says, and then puts his feet up on the table.

“Ah, Monsieur Gideon! Ze feet on ze table! An excellent choice!” said the waiter named Jean-Luc.

"Jean Luc, what did we discuss about eye contact?" Gideon said somewhat annoyed.

“Yes, yes very good!” Jean Luc said and left.

“I've never seen so many forks! And water with bubbles in it? Ooh lala, oui, oui!” said Mabel very happily.

“Oh! Parlez vous francais?!” Gideon asked.

"... I have no idea what you're saying", said Mabel with many doubts.

Although everything seemed to be going well in the restaurant, Rarity the more she saw Gideon the more she felt that there was something very wrong with Gideon and today she was no exception especially when she talked to the waiter. Rarity was sure deep down that it was best to stay away from Gideon.

...

The next day at the Mystery Shack, Dipper, Twilight, Wendy and Soos were the most until Stan arrived very angry.

“Hey, hey! What the jackal is Mabel doing in the paper next to that crazy pickpocket Gideon?” Stan asked somewhat annoyed and showing a newspaper in which Gideon and Mabel appeared.

"Oh yeah, it's like a big deal. Everybody's talking about Gideon and Mabel's big date tonight," Wendy said.

"QUE?! That little shyster is dating my great niece!?” Stan yells in disbelief.

“I wonder what the new name will be for the power couple. Mabideon? Gideabel?” says Soos and comes up with a good name. "Magidbeleon!"

Stan angrily throws the newspaper on the ground and prepares to leave.

“I didn't know! I didn't hear about it and plus, I told her not to," Dipper said.

"Mr. Stan, I also told Mabel it was a bad idea," Twilight said.

“Yeah, well it ends tonight. I'm going right down to that little skunk's house; this gonna stop RIGHT now!” Stan said and stormed out of the Mystery Shack.

"Dude, wouldn't it be funny if that was a closet, and he had to come back out again and go out the real door?" Soos gleefully says.

Everyone else who heard Soos just stared in silence as she went to open the door Stan had used and look inside it.

“Nope. Real door," Soos said.

...

Later Stan arrived in his car at Gideon's house and was greeted by Gideon's father named Bud, who owns a used car dealership.

Bud offers him imported coffee from Colombia, hides a photo of Stan that was on a dart board and offers Stan to end their rivalry and offers to make money together.

Those in Equestria wondered how anyone could leave their children with someone like Stan.

...

In a restaurant called The Club, Mabel and Gideon were eating at a table.

"...And so I said 'Autograph your own head shot lady,'" Gideon laughed.

“Yeah...” says Mabel giggling as she looks at the live lobster on her plate.

“Mabel, tonight's date was a complete success. And tomorrow’s date promises to top this one in every way!” says Gideon.

“Whoa whoa, you said just one date, and this was it”, said Mabel somewhat annoyed.

“Hark! What a surprise! A red crested South American rainbow macaw!” Gideon said referring to the macaw that entered the restaurant.

The macaw perches on Gideon's shoulder, Mabel and many in Equestria are scared by the macaw's sudden appearance, except Fluttershy who was extremely happy about it and Mabel saves the lobster.

"MABEL! WILL YOU- ACOMPANY- GIDEON- TO- THE BALLROOM DANCE- THIS- THURBDAY”, says the macaw.

Gideon begins to shake the macaw and the macaw spits a letter on the table and flies away from the place, several people in the restaurant were moved when they realized it.

"Oh, so adorable," one woman said.

"Gideon's got a girlfriend", Chef said assuming that Mabel was Gideon's girlfriend.

“They're expectin' us. Please say you'll go," Gideon said.

"Oh, Gideon, I'm sorry, but I'm gonna have to say-" Mabel started to say very uncomfortable, but she was interrupted by the people who were watching and who thought it was a date.

"I'm on the edge of my seat," said Sheriff Blubs who was eating at that restaurant.

"This gonna be adorable," says Tyler.

“If she say’s no, I’ll die from sadness”, says an old woman.

“I can verify that that will indeed happen”, says a doctor.

The other people keep murmuring positive things about Mabel being Gideon's girlfriend and that's why she decided not to reject it.

...

In Equestria, Rarity, seeing all this, gave a comment to everyone present.

"I admit that Gideon is very good at preparing everything for the date, but the more I see that Gideon tries to make Mabel his girlfriend, the more I have the feeling that Mabel should reject him and get as far away from Gideon as possible," Rarity said very uncomfortable.

"What do you mean by that?" Applejack asked.

“It is if you look at it one way Gideon is very good at planning a date, but if you look at it another way he did it in such a way and with so many people as witnesses that it is almost impossible to refuse his invitation, it was almost like Gideon was forcing Mabel to be his girlfriend and he won't accept that Mabel rejected him”, said Rarity somewhat worried.

Everyone hearing what Rarity said realized what she meant and worried about Mabel. Rainbow Dash decided to speak to loosen things up a bit.

...

Later at the Mysery Shack, Dipper and Twilight were each reading a book when suddenly Mabel arrived.

“Hey. How'd it go? Dipper asked.

"Mabel, tell me, I want to know too," Twilight said.

"I don't know..." Mabel said as she dropped a lobster into the fish tank. “I have a lobster now.”

"Well, at leats it's over and you won't ever have to go out with him again," Dipper said after he looked at Mabel's face, she was very uncomfortable. "Mabel? It's over, right? Mabel?"

“BLAARRGG. He asked me out again and I didn't know how to say no," says Mabel.

"Like this: no," Dipper said.

Twilight nodded at Dipper, showing Mabel that she agreed with Dipper.

"It's not that easy, Dipper and Twilight. And I do like Gideon, as a friend slash little sister, so I did not want to hurt his feelings from him! I just need to get things back to where they used to be. You know, friends”, said Mabel.

"I doubt it Mabel, because you didn't tell me that Gideon when he met you, he immediately wanted you to be her girlfriend," Twilight said remembering when Gideon went to look for her on a white horse.

...

Later at night at the lake in Gravity Falls, Old Man McGucket was rowing a boat where Mabel and Gideon were.

“Boat in the night! Boat n the night!” says Old Man McGucket as he laughs and rows.

“Ha, you know I thought dancing was gonna be the end of the evening, right?” Mabel asked, a little uncomfortable.

“Don't you want this evenin' to last, my sweet?” Gideon asked as he leaned toward Mabel.

"NO! I mean yes. I mean I'm always happy to hang out with a friend, buddy, pal, chum, other word for friend...", says Mabel, backing up a bit.

“Pal?” says Old Man McGucket trying to help Mabel searching for another word.

“I already said pal, uh, mate?” Mabel said thoughtfully.

“How about mate soul?” Gideon said.

Suddenly fireworks are launched that form a heart with the word Mabel inside the heart.

"Well, you can't say no to that," said Old Man McGucket.

Mabel was now much more worried and in Equestria, friends Twilight, Spike and Shining Armor began to realize thanks to what Rarity said earlier that it really seemed that Gideon was preventing Mabel from rejecting he.

...

The next day at the Mystery Shack Mabel was very worried and thought how to solve everything that was happening regarding Gideon while she was walking in circles.

“... I mean, he's so nice, but... I can't keep doing this. But I ca n’t break his heart from him”, says Mabel and then she gets more desperate and screams. “I have no way out!”

Dipper and Twilight were walking nearby and noticed how worried Mabel was.

“I want to know what happened on that date too, because it's weird to see you so worried Mabel,” Twilight said.

“I don't know! I was in the friend zone, and then before I knew what was happening, he pulled me into the romance zone. It was like quick sand! Chubby quicksand!” says Mabel very concerned.

“Mabel, come on. It's not like you're gonna have to marry Gideon," Dipper said trying to reassure Mabel.

"Mabel's right about that," Twilight said.

Suddenly Stan arrived at the Mysery Shack wearing a shirt with the word Team Gideon written on it.

“Great news, Mabel. You have to marry Gideon!” Stan said.

“WHAT?!” Mabel yelled.

“It's all part of my long-term deal with Buddy Gleeful. There's a lot of cash tied up in this thing. Plush I got this shirt,” Stan said as he pointed to the shirt and then looked at how the shirt fit and said. "Ugh, I'm fat"

Mabel screams and runs into her room. In Equestria they were very upset with Stan for doing that behind Mabel's back and not realizing what was happening, but Rarity also really disliked seeing how Stan's shirt fit and decided not to say anything because of the problem Mabel had and not mess with your friends.

“Body change, honey! Bodies change...”, says Stan believing that Mabel ran away when she noticed how her shirt fit.

"Mr. Stan, Mabel ran off because of what you just said and not because of the shirt," Twilight said, but with a disgust at how that shirt fit Stan.

“I don't understand why, I thought Mabel would be happy now that I'm not opposed to her relationship,” Stan said.

"It's because Mabel doesn't want to be Gideon's girlfriend," Twilight said.

"That's impossible, because then Mabel decided to go out on a date with Gideon and more importantly because Mabel just told her that she didn't want to be her girlfriend to Gideon," Stan said and leaves the room.

“Those are good questions,” Twilight said.

Dipper and Twilight went to check on Mabel and saw that Mabel had hidden inside the sweater she was wearing.

"Or not. Mabel…” Dipper said.

“What the hell are you trying to do, grabbing that?” Twilight asked.

"Mabel's not here. Ella she’s in sweater town,” Mabel said while she was still hiding.

“Are you gonna come out of sweater town?” Dipper asked.

Mabel just whimpers and shakes her head at her.

“Alright, enough is enough. If you can't break up with Gideon, I'll do it for you," Dipper said.

“You will?” Mabel asked as she peeked out of her sweater.

Dipper nods and Mabel is happy and goes to hug Dipper.

"Oh thank you thank you thank you," says Mabel.

Dipper left the place to go tell Gideon that Mabel had broken up with him, and Twilight decided to talk to him.

“Dipper, I would also like Mabel to break up with Gideon, but I think Mabel should be with Gideon and not someone else,” Twilight said.

"Twilight I agree, but Mabel needs to calm down a bit and I doubt they can calm down knowing that everyone wants her to be Gideon's girlfriend," says Dipper.

"You're right about that, but I'm going to walk with you, to make sure you're honest," Twilight said.

...

Later at the restaurant called 'The Club', where Gideon was sitting waiting for Mabel, Dipper suddenly appeared being accompanied by Twilight.

“Oh. Dipper Pines, how are you? You look good, you look good,” Gideon said.

“Thank you, uh…Look, Gideon. We've got to talk. Mabel is n’t joining you tonight, she uh, she does n’t want to see you anymore”, Dipper said but before continuing he was interrupted by Twilight.

“Dipper tell the truth,” Twilight said, somewhat annoyed that Dipper wasn't telling Gideon the truth, and before Gideon could process what Dipper said.

“Okay, Twilight, I'll tell Gideon the truth. Gideon, Mabel doesn't feel comfortable with you and other people believing that she agreed to be your girlfriend, that's why she not came on this date and she wants you to make it clear that she doesn't want to be your girlfriend,” Dipper said.

"So wha't you're sayin' is... you two... come between us,", said Gideon very angrily.

"That's not what Dipper said about Mabel, what Dipper said was that Mabel doesn't want to be your girlfriend," Twilight said after whispering to Dipper. "It seems Gideon didn't hear you and he only understood something that it seems that he and Mabel are victims."

"You understood what we told you Gideon and also you're not going to freak out or anything, right?" Dipper said.

“Of course I listened to you and I don't hold a grudge against them,” said Gideon, but actually barely paid attention to what Dipper said and didn't listen to anyone else while he was full of anger, not even Twilight who spoke to him.

"Let's get out of here, Dipper," Twilight said, feeling very uncomfortable talking to Gideon.

Then they left the restaurant where Mabel was waiting for them.

“How'd it go? Was he mad? Did he try to read your mind with his psychic powers from him?” Mabel asked very concerned.

"Don't worry, Mabel, he's just a kid," says Dipper.

"I'd be a little worried, Dipper," Twilight said.

"Twilight moment, Gideon doesn't have any powers, I thought you had noticed that", Dipper said looking at Twilight with many doubts.

"Dipper obviously realized that, what worries me is that Gideon thinks you were the reason for his breakup with Mabel, I'm worried maybe he'll try to get revenge by playing practical jokes on you or something," Twilight said, then looked at Mabel and continued talking. . "That's why Mabel you must make things clear with Gideon"

Mabel was going to do it right away, but she realized that if she walked in now Gideon would think she still wanted to be her girlfriend and she couldn't and again she could make it clear to Gideon. Twilight realized that Mabel wouldn't do it today, realizing that she decided to try and convince her to talk to Gideon tomorrow.

...

Later Gideon was in her room very angry.

“Dipper and also your pet, you don't know what you've done!” Gideon said as he took the amulet.

The bulbs explode and objects begin to levitate.

“You two made the biggest mistake of your life!” Gideon said and when he finished saying that all the levitating objects fell.

Suddenly, Bub walked into his son's room.

“Gideon Charles Gleeful, clean up your room this instant!” says Bub.

“I CAN BUY AND SELL YOU, OLD MAN!” Gideon yells at his father.

"... Fair enough," says Bub and leaves his son's room.

...

A little earlier in Equestria, Pinkie left earlier because she had things she does at home and shortly after Princess Celestia, Princess Cadance and Shining Armor came to where the mirror was and asked what happened today and to tell them to go home. respective houses to sleep, but Rainbow Dash decided before everyone went home to see other parts of Gravity Falls and by chance showed what Gideon was doing in her room and everyone present saw what Gideon did.

"I can't believe Gideon has powers," Rarity said.

“Wait, if Gideon has powers, why doesn't he use those powers for the show, instead of pretending he can read minds?” Applejack wondered.

"I think the amulet Gideon has might be like the Alicorn Amulet," Fluttershy said in a barely audible voice.

"It seems that to use the powers of that amulet, you have to hold it with your hands," says Princess Celestia, having heard Fluttershy's comment.

"You're right, Princess Celestia, those powers must come from that amulet," Rainbow Dash said.

Princess Celestia, Princess Cadance and Shining Armor turned to see Rainbow Dash, because with that comment they realized that they hadn't heard Fluttershy.

"I ask again, why doesn't he use those powers for the show?" Applejack said.

“We got off track, Gideon seems like he's going to hurt Dipper and Twilight, also the feeling Princess Cadance and Rarity had that they didn't like Gideon seems to be this side of his personality,” Shining Armor said.

Everyone present was now watching, they felt worried because the only thing they could do was observe, suddenly they saw that Gideon took a photo using telekinesis where Dipper and Mabel came out and used the powers of the amulet to burn only the side where Dipper was, seeing who did this now everyone felt more worried.

“Wait a minute, that picture of Dipper and Mabel along with the other pictures he has of Mabel, perhaps Gideon stole it from Mabel, because Mabel didn't give Gideon that picture and Gideon has never seen Dipper and Mabel together, except for that lousy show, maybe Gideon is secretly stealing Mabel's stuff," Rarity said.

Everyone felt more afraid of Gideon, because this made them understand that Gideon was more obsessed with Mabel than they thought and made it clear that he was much more dangerous and crazy.

...

The next day outside the Mystery Shack, Dipper, Mabel, and Soos were playing and Twilight was watching her play.

“Hit me, dude,” Soos says after stuffing a pillow under her shirt.

Dipper and Mabel run and collide with Soos's stomach and bounce off.

"Feels good," Soos said cheerfully.

“I’m so glad everything’s back to normal!” says Mabel quite relieved.

Twilight decided to tell Mabel that she had to break up with Gideon as soon as possible, to make it clear to her that she is the one who wants to end the relationship, but was interrupted by the sound of a phone.

"Your turn," says Mabel.

“Your turn,” Dipper says, but he's realized Mabel said it before. "Aw, man..."

Dipper walks into the Mystery Shack and answers the phone.

"Hello?" Dipper says.

"Toby Determined, Gravity Falls Gossiper," Toby said into the other end of the phone.

“Oh hey man. Sorry for accusing you of murder last week”, Dipper said with some concern.

“Water under the bridge! Say, we want to interview you about whether you've seen anything unUSUAL in this here TWON since you've arrived," says Toby.

“Oh finally! I thought nobody would ever ask! I have notes and theories!” says Dipper excitedly after he starts writing down and repeating what Toby says. “412 Gopher Rd. Tonight? Got it”

After hanging up the phone, Twilight approaches to talk to Dipper.

“I only heard one address, Dipper who were you talking to? And what are you going to do in that direction at night?” Twilight asked.

"It was Toby interviewing me there to see if I've seen an anomaly," Dipper said excitedly.

"Dipper I think it's Gideon's trap, he might take you there to humiliate you and Toby will publish it in the diary", said Twilight trying to theorize that she wanted to do Gideon, because she was sure that she wanted revenge on Dipper.

“Maybe you're right, I'm going to go with a bit of caution,” Dipper said.

"Dipper you like to have the approval of others, that reminds me of me, but just as a precaution, I'm going to accompany you," said Twilight.

...

At Toby's house Determined after finishing talking to Dipper she talks to someone.

“There. I did your dirty work. Now it's time you pay YOUR end of the bargain!" Toby said to someone with him.

Someone handed him a piece of paper and Toby took it very happily.

"He has! Shandra Jimenez's puts number! Bless you, Li'l Gideon!” said Toby.

...

In Equestria they saw that Toby had told Dipper to go to that address on Gideon's orders, to set a trap for Dipper, although nobody said it they also worried a little about Shandra Jimenez, because Gideon was not the only one obsessed with a woman in Gravity falls.

...

Dipper and Twilight had then arrived at the address she had heard.

“Hello?” Dipper says as he opens the door to the warehouse.

Dipper walks into the warehouse and Twilight was taking her a while to walk because she was checking to see if anyone was outside the warehouse and also looking up at the ceiling to see if Gideon was trying to pull a prank on Dipper. Twilight noticed that there seemed to be no one in the outside of warehouse ran to where was Dipper. Dipper and Twilight they thought there was no one inside the warehouse.

"Seems this place is empty, let's go from here Twilight", said Dipper.

Twilight nodded and got out before Dipper because he was closer to the door, but suddenly the warehouse closes leaving Dipper trapped inside warehouse and Twilight outside the warehouse.

Dipper tries to open the door, but he stops as he starts to light the bulbs on top and then the chair turns and shows Gideon in the chair with a Gideon doll.

"Hello friends," Gideon said trying to sound calm.

"Ughh, Gideon," Dipper said with obvious distaste.

Gideon was going to speak, but he fluttered a bit when he realized something.

"Wait a minute, where's that purple pony," Gideon said, somewhat surprised to realize that Twilight wasn't there.

"Twilight stayed outside," Dipper said.

"I wanted the two of them to be here inside the warehouse so they could see my entrance, but it is that pet's fault that she failed the entrance because she stayed outside the warehouse," said Gideon, very annoyed.

"First of all Twilight isn't a pet and second of all that performance of yours failed why you weren't watching," Dipper said.

“Let's forget about that and get back to why you're here Dipper,” Gideon said, getting serious and said, “Dipper Pines. How long have been livin' in this twon? A week, two? You like it here? Enjoy the scenery”

"What do you want from me, man?" Dipper asked being completely direct.

“Listen carefully, boy. This twon hs secret you couldn't begin to comprehend!” Gideon said, being very angry and serious.

Is this about Mabel? I told you she doesn't want to be your girlfriend, she just sees you as a friend”, Dipper said with much disgust.

"ROLL! YOU TWO turned her against me! She was my peach dumplin'!" Gideon yelled loudly so that Twilight would also hear what she was saying, as she grabbed the amulet and walked over to Dipper.

"Uh, you okay, man?", asks Dipper somewhat uncomfortably.

Gideon uses the power of the amulet to push Dipper into a place full of Li'l Gideon merchandise, including a Gideon doll that said 'Howdy'.

"Readin' minds isn't I can do," Gideon says arrogantly.

"But-but you're a fake," says Dipper somewhat surprised.

Everyone watching that in Equestria who heard what Gideon had just said instead of being shocked was very upset.

“Oh tell me, Dipper: is this fake?” Gideon asks with a cocky tone, as he uses his amulet to levitate items in the warehouse at random.

“Come to think of it after the initial surprise, what you're doing isn't surprising at all,” Dipper says as he remembers what Twilight could do.

That comment made Gideon angry, but he quickly calmed down believing that Dipper was trying to appear calm.

At that moment Twilight was outside the warehouse trying to enter, but Gideon used the powers of the amulet to surround the warehouse with the energy of the amulet to prevent Dipper from escaping, the energy of the amulet prevented Twilight from teleporting inside the place and she did not want to use a beam of energy to get rid of the amulet's energy, because although she was sure that the lightning would destroy that energy, the warehouse would most likely fall into the cliff, that's why she didn't want to use it.

...

In Equestria they were seeing what was happening regarding Dipper and Gideon, but it returned to show Twilight that she was trying to find a way to enter the warehouse, Applejack touched the mirror to see again what situation Dipper was in, but it showed what Mabel was doing was outside the Mystery Shack.

...

At the entrance to the Mysery Shack, Mabel was worried and biting her hair.

“How that hair tastin’, buddy?” Wendy asks.

“Wendy, I need some advice. You’ve broken up with guys, right?” Mabel asks Wendy for advice.

“Oh yeah: Russ Durham, Eli Hall, Stoney Davidson...”, Wendy started to say as she remembered who she had dated and had broken the relationship, paying no attention to Mabel.

"I don't know what's wrong with me. I thought everything was back to normal, but I still feel all gross”, said Mabel without paying attention to what Wendy was saying.

“...Mike Worley, Nate Holt, oh, that guy with the tattoos...”, Wendy was saying without paying attention to Mabel.

“Maybe letting Dipper do it for me was a mistake. Gideon deserves an honest break up”, says Mabel without paying attention to Wendy.

“... Danny Feldman, Mark Epston... Oh man, I'm not sure I ever actually broke up with him. No wonder he keeps calling me”, says Wendy without paying attention to Mabel.

“I know what I've gotta do. Thanks for talking to me, Wendy,” Mabel says and immediately jumps on her bike and leaves to talk to Gideon.

Wendy was still wondering if she had broken off her relationship with Mark without realizing that Mabel had left the place, but suddenly her cell phone started ringing.

"Ignore," Wendy says as she hangs up the call.

...

In the warehouse where Dipper and Gideon were, Dipper kept dodging the things that Gideon was throwing at him and also tried to make a cabinet fall on top of him, but Dipper managed to dodge it.

“Grunkle Stan was right about you, you ARE a monster!” Dipper says angrily.

“Your sister will be mine!” Gideon says as he laughs evilly and uses the amulet power to keep throwing things at Dipper.

Gideon then decided to show off by taking a toy of himself, while he pretended that he wasn't paying attention to Dipper.

"Who's a cute little guy? You are!” Gideon says to the Toy Gideon.

“No you are!” says the Toy Gideon.

Dipper picks up a baseball bat, but Gideon uses the power of Dipper's amulet to catch him with telekinesis, causing the bat to fall.

"She's never gonna date you, man!" says Dipper.

"Tha't a lie," Gideon says, taking a pair of telekinetic scissors and bringing them up to Dipper's face and saying, "And I'm gonna make sure you never lie to me again, friend."

Gideon stopped using the power of the amulet to cover the warehouse by levitating Dipper, thanks to this Twilight was able to enter through the door and heard what Gideon was going to do, but Gideon realized that Twilight entered quite tired because she tried several times use magic to enter the warehouse.

“Looks like your pet came in that you need to be brave, friend,” Gideon says.

After Gideon said that, he uses telekinesis to throw a bunch of things at Twilight, but Twilight uses unicorn magic to throw the things back at him and Gideon was barely able to use telekinesis to protect himself.

"That animal can use magic and also intend to cowardly use his powers against me," Gideon said clearly angry as he protected himself with the amulet's power.

“I don't want to hear that about someone who tricked someone into luring them to a secluded spot and after he had the full advantage tried to use a sneak attack to hurt him!” Twilight says angrily at Gideon.

Gideon was very upset that someone would insinuate that he is a coward, but he realized something.

"That pet of yours can talk," Gideon said rather surprised, but he immediately tries to use telekinesis on Twilight.

Twilight managed to make a force field to protect herself from that power and also everyone who heard what Gideon had just said realized that he didn't hear Twilight in that restaurant.

Gideon took the scissors to try to hurt Dipper himself, because he couldn't keep Dipper trapped and while he also tried to destroy Twilight's force field, Twilight noticed this.

"You feel more hate than love and you care more about revenge than having Mabel's love," Twilight states to distract Gideon a bit.

"That's a lie, I love Mabel more than anything," said Gideon very angry.

"So why did you first try to get revenge and if you really loved her then you would have tried to talk to Mabel," Twilight said.

"Obviously I had to stop Dipper first, that he was getting in the way of my relationship," Gideon told Twilight.

Mabel saw what was happening and went into the storeroom immediately.

"Gideon! We have to talk!” said Mabel.

“M-Mabel. My marshmallow. What are you doin' here?" Gideon asked as he dropped the scissors and pretended he hadn't done anything.

"I'm sorry Gideon, but I can't be your marshmallow. I needed to be honest and tell you that myself”, said Mabel.

"I-I don't understand," Gideon said as he squeezed the amulet and this caused him to squeeze Dipper too.

“Uh, Mabel!? This probably isn't the best time to be brutally honest with him!” Dipper says as he chokes up.

Twilight also had the same opinion as Dipper as she continued to use the force field to protect herself from the amulet's energy, she was going to talk to Mabel, but Mabel talked to Gideon.

“Hey, but we can still be makeover buddies, right? Wouldn't you like that?” says Mabel.

“Really?” Gideon asks.

“No, not really!” Mabel says as she takes the amulet from Gideon.

As Mabel did this, the energy that kept Dipper buoyant and also the energy that covered Twilight's force field disappeared.

“You were like, attacking my brother and my friend Twilight, what the heck?!” says Mabel, understandably upset.

Everyone who was listening to what Mabel said agreed with what she said.

“My tie! Give it back!” Gideon says, but Mabel throws Dipper at him and he catches it.

"He has! Not so powerful without this, are you?” Dipper said mocking Gideon.

Gideon charges at Dipper to retrieve the amulet, causing Dipper to drop the amulet and slam them both into the window causing them both to fall into the abyss.

“Dipper!” Mabel and Twilight yell at the same time.

As Dipper and Gideon fall, Gideon begins to attack Dipper and Dipper begins to fight back, but before they both hit the ground and Twilight tries to do something to help, Mabel uses the power of the amulet to stop the fall and carry the 4 safely to the ground.

Twilight and several of those who were in Equestria, thought that Gideon is more violent and greedy for power than they thought a few seconds ago, because when he saw Dipper with his amulet, he did not hesitate to retrieve his amulet and attack Dipper, putting both of them in danger and he also didn't waste time attacking Dipper while they were falling.

“Listen Gideon, it's over. I will never, ever, date you”, says Mabel very angry.

“Yeah!” says Dipper.

After saying that Mabel throws the amulet and this caused it to break.

“MY POWERS! Oh this isn't over," says Gideon.

Gideon gets up and was going to leave the place threatening the three of them, but it didn't because it started to float and was suddenly released on top of a mud puddle.

“My hair and my suit,” says Gideon.

"You deserve much worse than this, for everything you tried to do tonight," Twilight says angrily.

Gideon got up angrily to try to make threats again, but when he remembered that there were three of them he decided to just run away from the place.

Twilight decided to speak to break the silence.

"That Gideon is very narcissistic, instead of striving to do more incredible things for his show, he cares more about making products based on him, but now he will have to force himself more, since his amulet is not there," said Twilight remembering all the products of Gideon what was in the warehouse.

"He's also too prone to anger and doesn't think things through," Dipper said. “He wanted to harm a relative of someone he says he loves and he thinks that person is not going to hate him for doing that. He also destroyed a lot of his merchandise just for showing off.”

Dipper, Mabel, and Twilight were pretty sure they would have preferred not to have met Gideon.

"Mabel, you had to have broken up with Gideon, so we could all have avoided a lot of trouble," Twilight said.

"Twilight hearing your opinions about on Gideon in the warehouse and Gideon being so crazy, I think if Mabel had broken up with Gideon, I think Gideon would have blamed someone close to her for the breakup," Dipper said.

Everyone who heard what Dipper said agreed. Then everyone started walking towards the Mystery Shack.

...

In Equestria they began to see other places in Gravity Falls until they stopped when he showed Gideon's house, Bud and Stan were having a great time, but suddenly Gideon appeared very angry.

“Well, hey, Gideon! Why, look who I–”, Bud was saying to Gideon but was interrupted by Gideon.

“Stanford Pines, I rebuke thee! I rebuke thee!” Gideon shouts very angrily as he is on top of the table.

"Rubuke? Is that a word?” Says Stan somewhat confused.

“The entire’ Pines family have invoked my fury! You will all pay reward for your transgressions!” Gideon yells angrily as he takes aim at Stan.

“What, you got like a word-a-day calendar or something?” Stan asks with many doubts.

“Apbap bap but-but sunshine? What about our arrangement with Mabel and– ”, Bud was saying as he giggled, but was interrupted again by Gideon.

“SILENCE!” Gideon yelled, also a little irritated that Stan wasn't taking his threats seriously.

The populations of Equestria who were watching now were fully aware that Gideon is quite prone to anger and blaming others for the negative things that happen to him, because he blamed all of the Pines family for what happened, including Stan who was the only one from the Mystery Shack that he was okay with Mabel being Gideon's girlfriend.

“Well, uh, I see that he's takin' to one of his rages from him again. Hey, sorry Stan, I have to side with Gideon on this one,” Bud says as he rips up the contract.

“Okay, okay. I can see when I'm not wanted," Stan says after he grabs a picture of a clown and starts to leave.

“Stan, I'm–I'm sorry but I'm gonna need that painting back! Stan? STAN!” Bud yells as he realizes he has started to run away from home with the painting.

“TRY AND CATCH ME, SUCKERS!” Stan yells as he flees the scene.

...

Later Stan arrives at the Mysery Shack and sees Dipper, Mabel and Twilight somewhat disheartened by what happened today.

"I coulda had it all," Stan says and then looks at Dipper, Mabel and Twilight and says "What the heck happened to you three?"

“Gideon”, all three respond at the same time.

Then Twilight decides to talk to Stan.

"Stan you were right Gideon is a monster, but you didn't help Mabel at all when you agreed to make Mabel Gideon's girlfriend," Twilight said.

“I thought Gideon liked Mabel and I don't understand why you dated Gideon so many times if you didn't like her,” Stan said.

“The first time we had agreed to just go out on something that wasn't a date, but Gideon chose a place where everyone thought we were going out and everything seemed like it was a date, also the people I saw that supported and wanted me to go out with Gideon and the date next date was the same”, replies Mabel.

Stan hearing that occurred to him because Mabel couldn't break up with Gideon earlier.

“A question Mabel, were all the dates in fancy places, with a lot of people who supported that relationship and you two were the center of everyone's attention?” Stan asks.

“All date and then prepare something special for the end of the date, for example at the end of one date was a boat ride and fireworks saying my name,” Mabel said.

"That damn Gideon, he deliberately chose places full of people who love him or put on shows so that everyone would believe that he was your girlfriend and it would be difficult for you to reject him in front of so many people," Stan said.

"Now that you mention it, Mabel when she was without people to support the relationship she could easily managed to break with Gideon," Twilight said.

"She also had to have bribed Toby to put this picture on the front page because Gideon is posing for that picture," Dipper said as he held up the cover of the Gravity Falls Gossiper.

"I wouldn't be surprised if that happened, you don't remember why we went to Dipper's warehouse, but at the same time he refuses to admit that he's lying," Twilight said reminding Dipper that Toby was the one who called him to the warehouse.

"Twilight you're right about that, because Gideon kept bragging that he could read minds, but he never realized that Mabel didn't like being his girlfriend or that Mabel was mad before he took that amulet from him," Dipper said. .

"Mabel I think it was for the best that you ended all relationship with Gideon, because I'm sure Gideon would have taken you back somewhere as a date and this whole problem would have started all over again," Twilight said.

"Gideon. Yeah, the little mutant 'swore revenge' on the whole family. Ha, I guess he's gonna try to nibble my ankles or somethin'", says Stan quite calmly.

“Oh yeah. Yeah, how's he gonna destroy us now, huh? Try to guess what number we ’re thinking of,” says Dipper as he laughs.

"He'll never guess what number I'm thinking of. NEGATIVE EIGHT! No one would guess a negative number”, said Mabel very happy.

Everyone in the Mystery Shack laughs and so do several population of the Equestria who were watching through the looking glass.

“Uh-oh. He's plannin' on destruction right now!” Stan says as he laughs.

...

In Gideon's room, Gideon was making dolls of the Pines family, Twilight, and also a model of the Mystery Shack. Suddenly Gideon pretended the figures were speaking, trying to mimic the personalities and desires Gideon believed they had.

"Gideon, I still love you. If only my family and the pony weren't in the way," said Gideon, pretending that the Mabell doll was speaking.

Then he takes the Stan doll and begins to imitate his voice.

“Look at me. I'm old, and I'm smelly," Gideon said as he imitated Stan.

Right after that he grabs the Dipper doll and Twilight doll and starts mimicking his voice.

“My magic is stronger now, so now I'm not afraid of you,” Gideon says, imitating Twilight, and then begins to imitate Dipper's voice. “Hey, what are you gonna do without your precious amulet?”

Gideon turns serious and smiles.

"Oh you'll see your two..." Gideon says as he turns his attention to something else. “You'll see...”

Said Gideon being a book where he talked about the amulet that has psychic powers and Gideon closes the book that is Journal 2.

...

At the Mystery Shack, almost everyone was going to bed, Twilight was going to write down the lesson she had learned today, but suddenly her face grew worried and Dipper noticed her.

"Twilight you seem a little worried, it's because Gideon is planning revenge, if that's what you don't have to worry about, because the amulet was destroyed," Dipper said trying to calm Twilight down.

"Dipper is not because of that, it's just that I was thinking that it was what I learned I was going to write that you should not send others to break up for you, but I also remembered that we also learned if you should not be someone's girlfriend and the others want you to be you someone's girlfriend, you shouldn't be forced to,” Twilight said.

“These are good lessons,” Dipper said.

"And Dipper doesn't worry about Gideon, although I'm curious where he got that amulet from, but I'm sure he doesn't have another amulet or other magical artifact that gives him instant powers because he would have taken it with him when he attacked us," Twilight said calmly and kept talking. "I'm also sure Gideon will have to modify his shows because he doesn't have his amulet."

"You're right Twilight, I'm also sure she's going to use something to make them believe that he really has powers, because Gideon is more of a liar than Stan," Dipper said laughing, then calmed down a bit and continued talking. "And one question, Twilight, why did you look tired when you entered the warehouse?"

“Because Gideon covered the warehouse with telekinesis from the amulet so you wouldn't escape, I had a hard time destroying that energy and when I was starting to achieve it I had to stop because of Gideon's rampage inside the warehouse they made the warehouse shake and it seemed like it would fall to the ground cliff,” Twilight said.

“Whoever built that warehouse I don't think he was very smart in choosing the place where he built it,” Dipper said remembering that he fell off that cliff.

...

In Equestria they saw that Gideon had Journal 2 and they worried a lot about Twilight, but they calmed down a bit after listening to the comments that Dipper and Twilight said.